04.03.2014 Views

PAKISTAN BUSINESS REVIEW - Institute of Business Management

PAKISTAN BUSINESS REVIEW - Institute of Business Management

PAKISTAN BUSINESS REVIEW - Institute of Business Management

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

PBR<br />

ISSN 1561-8706<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong><br />

Indexed and Abstracted by ECONLIT, Journal <strong>of</strong> Economic Literature<br />

Indexed by EBSCO New York.<br />

HEC Approved Journal<br />

Volume 13 Number 2 July, 2011<br />

Research<br />

Incoherences in Neo-Classical Economic Theory<br />

Muhammad Zahid Siddique, Haleema Sadia<br />

Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and<br />

Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles in the Banking Sector <strong>of</strong> Pakistan<br />

Humayun Zafar<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals In Karachi<br />

Based on the SERVQUAL Model<br />

Rizwan Ahmed, Hina Samreen<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Psychology Seminar Papers<br />

Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

Sadia Aziz Ansari<br />

The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

Nadia Ayub, Shagufta Rafif<br />

Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development:<br />

A Qualitative Study<br />

Zainab F . Zadeh, Samia Ahmad, Halima Ghani<br />

Role <strong>of</strong> Popularity in Being Bullied at the Work Place<br />

Qudsia Tariq, Saima Masoom Ali<br />

Personality Job-Fit<br />

Khalida Rauf<br />

Market Report<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

Azimuddin Khan , Karunesh Saxena<br />

Conference Report<br />

Workshop on Environment and Energy: An Overview<br />

Shahid Amjad<br />

INSTITUTE OF <strong>BUSINESS</strong> MANAGEMENT<br />

MANAGEMENT EXCELLENCE CENTRE<br />

KORANGI CREEK, KARACHI-75190, <strong>PAKISTAN</strong><br />

UAN (9221) 111-002-004, FAX: (9221) 509-0968, 509-2658<br />

E-mail: sabina@iobm.edu.pk, mec@iobm.edu.pk<br />

http://www.iobm.edu.pk


Volume 13 Number 2 July, 2011<br />

CONTENTS<br />

Research<br />

Incoherences in Neo-Classical Economic Theory<br />

Muhammad Zahid Siddique, Haleema Sadia<br />

Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and<br />

Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles in the Banking Sector <strong>of</strong> Pakistan<br />

Humayun Zafar<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals In Karachi<br />

Based on the SERVQUAL Model<br />

Rizwan Ahmed, Hina Samreen<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Psychology Seminar Papers<br />

Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

Sadia Aziz Ansari<br />

The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

Nadia Ayub, Shagufta Rafif<br />

Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development:<br />

A Qualitative Study<br />

Zainab F . Zadeh, Samia Ahmad, Halima Ghani<br />

Role <strong>of</strong> Popularity in Being Bullied at the Work Place<br />

Qudsia Tariq, Saima Masoom Ali<br />

Personality Job-Fit<br />

Khalida Rauf<br />

Market Report<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

Azimuddin Khan , Karunesh Saxena<br />

Conference Report<br />

Workshop on Environment and Energy: An Overview<br />

Shahid Amjad<br />

209<br />

243<br />

266<br />

315<br />

332<br />

348<br />

367<br />

379<br />

394<br />

410<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Volume 13 Number 2 July 2011<br />

Editorial Committee<br />

Amna Abbas, Humeira Jawed Abidi, Syed Aijaz Ahmed, Ejaz Ahmed, Javaid Ahmed, Maqsood<br />

Ahmed, Samin Ahmed, Ch. Sohail Ahmed, Naseem Akhtar, Ghayyur Alam, Khalid Amin, Javed<br />

A. Ansari, Sadia Aziz Ansari, Linah Askari, Nadia Ayub, Sharique Ayubi, Mirza Aqeel Baig, Sahib<br />

Khan Channa, Aslam Dossa, Shazia Farooq, Syeda Mahtab Fatima, Sameena Hasan, Nasreen<br />

Hussain, Fareeda Ibad, Samra Javed, Fauzia Kanwar, Talib S. Karim, Faisal Kazi, Shahida Kazi,<br />

Urfi Khalid, Fazal Anwar Khalidi, Muhammad Asif Khan, Muhammad Massarrat Ali Khan,<br />

Shamim Ahmed Khan, Krishan Lal Khatri, Ali Asghar Malik, Bismah Malik, Shahnaz Meghani,<br />

Mujtaba S. Memon, Abdul Qadir Molvi, Mehboob Moosa, Fakhir Musharraf, Sarwat Nauman,<br />

Munazza Owais, Abdullah Patoli, Tauseef Ahmed Qureshi, Kamran A. Rabbani, Ajaz Rasheed,<br />

Wajdan Raza, Farheen Razzak, Syed Maqboolur Rehman, Samina Riaz, Owais Riaz, Syed Zia<br />

Abbas Rizvi, Bettina Robotka, Sadiyah Saeed, Kausar Saeed, Syed Imdad Shah, Asad Shahzad,<br />

Nida Shaukat, Asiya Shirazi, Lubna Siddiqi, Shama Siddiqi, Khalida Tanweer, Ejaz Wasay,<br />

Shahida Wizarat, Sobia Younus, Humayun Zafar, Madiha Zeest, H.Jamal Zubairi.<br />

Muhammad Ashraf Janjua:<br />

Sabina Mohsin:<br />

Ms. Fareeda Ibad:<br />

Muhammad Asif Khan<br />

Sheikh Muhammad Irfan<br />

Ghulam Dastagir:<br />

Shahzad Ali:<br />

Chief Editor<br />

Managing Editor<br />

Literary Editors<br />

Production Associate<br />

Editorial Co-ordinator<br />

International Advisors (Referees)<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Izlin Ismail, Faculty <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> and Accountancy, University <strong>of</strong> Malaya, Kuala Lumpur<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. David L. Jones, Indiana University Center on Southeast Asia, USA<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dennis R. Briscoe, University <strong>of</strong> San Diego, USA<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Angelo Santagostino, University <strong>of</strong> Brescia, Italy<br />

Syed Z. Arshad, NICTA - Australian Technology Park, New South Wales 2015, Australia<br />

Mr. Thomsas Winter, University <strong>of</strong> Rostock, Rostock, Germany<br />

Dr. Ishrat Husain, <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> Administration, Karachi<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Gerald D. Huston, Arizona State University, USA<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Mehtab Karim, John Hopkins University, USA<br />

Dr. Ge<strong>of</strong>f Kay, City University, London<br />

Dr. Khalid Nadvi, IDS, University <strong>of</strong> Sussex<br />

Dr. Peter O’ Brien, SADCC, South Africa<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Sarfaraz Qureshi, Islamabad<br />

Dr. T.M. Roepstorff, UNIDO, Vienna<br />

Dr. Shahid Hasan Siddiqui, Research <strong>Institute</strong> for Islamic Banking and Finance, Karachi<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Charles J. Teplitz, University <strong>of</strong> San Diego, USA<br />

Dr. Arshad Karim, FC College, Lahore<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Munir Wasti, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Dr. Javed Iqbal, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Dr. Rashid A. Naeem, Allama Iqbal Open University, Islamabad<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr. Shafiq ur Rahman, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Dr. Rizwana Zahid, Government APWA College for Women, Karachi<br />

Dr. Arshi Ali, Federal Urdu University, Karachi<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr. Rafique Ahmed Khan, PAF-Kiet, Karachi<br />

Dr. Ayub Ali Meher, Karachi<br />

Mr. Amir Hussain Siddiqui, Trade Development Authority, Karachi<br />

Syed Zeeshan Arshad SZABIST, Karachi<br />

Dr. Abdul Wahab Suri, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr. Abdul Waheed, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

(Cont’d)<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


July 2011<br />

Volume 13 Number 2<br />

Referees<br />

Dr. Naveed, <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> Administration (IBA), Karachi<br />

Dr. Moazzam Khan Sherwani, <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> Environment Studies, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi<br />

Dr. Samiuzzaman, Global Environmental Lab (Pvt) Ltd. Korangi, Karachi<br />

Dr. Anila Ambar Malik, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Dr. Seema Munaf, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Dr. Nabeel A. Zubairi, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Dr. Sabira Sultana, Foundation for Advancement <strong>of</strong> Science and Technology (FAST), Karachi<br />

Dr. Zainab F. Zadeh, Bahria University, Karachi<br />

Dr. Ziasma, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Asim Jamal Siddiqui, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr. Mudassir-ud-din, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Ms. Yasmin Zafar, <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> Administration (IBA), Karachi<br />

Dr. Muhammad Zubair, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Dr. Uzma Parveen, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Ms. Nighat Bilgrami Jaffery, Applied Economics Research Centre, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Mr. Mohsin H. Ahmed, Applied Economics Research Centre, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Syed Afrozuddin Ahmed, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Ghulam Hussain, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Mr. Mahboob-ul-Hassan, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Dr. Muhammad Mahmood, Khadim Ali Shah Bukhari <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> Technology, Karachi<br />

Dr. Nargis Asad, Aga Khan University Hospital, Karachi<br />

Dr. Abuzar Wajidi, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Mr. Mohammad Umar, Takaful Pakistan Limited, Karachi<br />

Ms. Rubina Feroz, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Dr. Talat Wizarat, <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> Administration (IBA), Karachi<br />

Dr. Muhammad Zaki, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Mr. H. Jaleel Zubairi, Allied Bank Ltd. , Karachi<br />

Dr. Zaira Wahab, Iqra University, Karachi<br />

Dr. Ismail Saad, Iqra University, Karachi<br />

Mr. Naim Farooqui, Pak-Kuwait Investment Company Ltd. Karachi<br />

Dr. Sara Azhar, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Ahmad Farooq Shah, Bahauddin Zakarya University, Multan<br />

Mr. M. Mazhar Khan, State Bank <strong>of</strong> Pakistan, Karachi<br />

Dr. Tariq Yousuf Khan, Karachi<br />

Dr. Fauzia Shamim, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Mr. Mohammad Soliman, University <strong>of</strong> Sciences and Technology Chittagong, Bangladesh<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. Abdul Mannan, School <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong>, University <strong>of</strong> Liberal Arts Bangladesh<br />

Dr. Fatima Imam, Federal Urdu University, Karachi<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>. G.R. Pasha, Bahauddin Zakariya University, Multan<br />

Mr. Shameel Ahmad Zubairi, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

Mr. Imran Naveed, Joint Director., State Bank <strong>of</strong> Pakistan, Karachi<br />

Mr. Qaisar Mufti, Chief executive, Qaisar Mufti Associates, Shahra-e-Iraq Saddar, Karachi.<br />

Ms. Afra Sajjad, Head <strong>of</strong> Education & Policy Development, ACCA Pakistan, Lahore 54660<br />

Dr. Khan Brohi, Director, <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> Environmental Engineering and <strong>Management</strong>, Jamshoro<br />

Mr. Amir Hussain, Economist WTO Cell, Trade Development Authority <strong>of</strong> Pakistan, Karachi<br />

Mr. Tanveer Anjum, Department <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> Communications, Iqra University<br />

Dr. Arifa Farid, Department <strong>of</strong> Philosophy Ex-Dean Faculty <strong>of</strong> Arts, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi<br />

Mr. Mushammad Asim, Department <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> Administration, Karachi<br />

Mr. Kamal Udin, Karachi<br />

Mr. Bhagwan Bharvani, Retired Internal Auditor, Pakistan International Airlines, Karachi<br />

Mr. Muhammad Zubair, Department <strong>of</strong> Islamic History, University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachi<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

INCOHERENCES<br />

IN NEO-CLASSICAL<br />

ECONOMIC THEORY<br />

Muhammad Zahid Siddique<br />

National University, Karachi<br />

Haleema Sadia<br />

International Islamic University, Islamabad<br />

Abstract<br />

Neoclassical economic theory is <strong>of</strong>ten criticized for neglecting<br />

some essential elements in models <strong>of</strong> economic decision making.<br />

These criticisms can be categorized into external and internal<br />

ones. This paper summarizes a number <strong>of</strong> incoherence built into<br />

the models <strong>of</strong> neoclassical economic theory. One <strong>of</strong> the major<br />

weaknesses <strong>of</strong> standard teachings <strong>of</strong> economics is that students<br />

are <strong>of</strong>ten exposed to sanitized and uncritical exposition <strong>of</strong><br />

economic theory as if its ‘imaginary world models’ are<br />

theoretically coherent and empirically congruent to real world<br />

capitalist order. The paper will provide a refreshal <strong>of</strong> usually<br />

neglected part <strong>of</strong> standard neoclassical economic teaching.<br />

Interestingly, despite all these criticisms, economic theory has<br />

not only been able to survive but also dominate the academic<br />

intellectual world. The concluding section will argue that the<br />

answer to this puzzle lies neither in the fact that there is ‘some<br />

deeper truth’ hidden behind economic theories nor that these<br />

theories have been shown to explain the empirical realties <strong>of</strong> capitalist<br />

order, rather major reasons for the sustainability <strong>of</strong> neoclassical<br />

economics rests on the facts that (i) it continues to provide a<br />

justification for the agenda <strong>of</strong> liberal capitalism against religious<br />

social order and (ii) there is no grand alternative competing theory<br />

to microeconomics.<br />

Key Words: Bounded rationality, monopoly capital,<br />

equilibrium, methodological individualism, capital controversy<br />

JEL Classification: B3, B5, D6, P2, P4,<br />

209<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

1: Introduction<br />

Neoclassical economic theory is <strong>of</strong>ten criticized for<br />

neglecting some essential elements in models <strong>of</strong> economic decision<br />

making. These criticisms can be categorized into external and<br />

internal ones. This paper summarizes a number <strong>of</strong> incoherence<br />

built into the models <strong>of</strong> neoclassical economic theory. One <strong>of</strong> the<br />

major weaknesses <strong>of</strong> standard teachings <strong>of</strong> economics is that<br />

students are <strong>of</strong>ten exposed to sanitized and uncritical exposition<br />

<strong>of</strong> economic theory as if its ‘imaginary world models’ are<br />

theoretically coherent and empirically congruent to real world<br />

capitalist order. The paper will provide a refreshal <strong>of</strong> usually<br />

neglected part <strong>of</strong> standard neoclassical economic teaching.<br />

Interestingly, despite all these criticisms, economic theory has<br />

not only been able to survive but also dominate the academic<br />

intellectual world. The concluding section <strong>of</strong> the paper argues<br />

that the answer to this puzzle lies neither in the fact that there is<br />

‘some deeper truth’ hidden behind economic theories nor that<br />

these theories have been shown to explain the empirical realties<br />

<strong>of</strong> capitalist order, rather major reasons for the sustainability <strong>of</strong><br />

neoclassical economics rests on the fact that (i) it continues to<br />

provide a justification for the agenda <strong>of</strong> liberal capitalism against<br />

religious social order and (ii) there is no grand alternative<br />

competing theory to microeconomics.<br />

However, it is important to have an idea <strong>of</strong> the kind <strong>of</strong><br />

criticism that can be leveled against neoclassical economic theory.<br />

This will greatly help understand not only the forthcoming criticism<br />

<strong>of</strong> neoclassical economics but also demonstrate how to formulate<br />

an effective criticism <strong>of</strong> any economic theory. The first section<br />

outlines the nature <strong>of</strong> criticism as outlined by Boland (1992).<br />

2: Criticism: Its Nature and Types<br />

Criticism <strong>of</strong> any argument could take two general<br />

approaches depending upon whether or not one is ready to accept<br />

the aim <strong>of</strong> the argument for the purpose <strong>of</strong> discussion.<br />

Instrumental criticism is targeted at the methodology <strong>of</strong> an<br />

argument accepting its general objective. It could be internal and<br />

external. Internal criticism can be given if we accept the aim <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

210


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

argument. This type <strong>of</strong> criticism examines the internal logic <strong>of</strong><br />

the argument without having any external considerations by<br />

analyzing either the truth status <strong>of</strong> its assumptions or by<br />

challenging the sufficiency <strong>of</strong> the argument. If a person is able to<br />

refute at least one <strong>of</strong> the assumptions, he claims to criticize the<br />

claim to understand the phenomenon in question with that<br />

argument. The assumption (or a behavioral postulate) can be<br />

challenged either by arguing against the possibility <strong>of</strong> the<br />

hypothesized behavior or by arguing against the empirical truth<br />

<strong>of</strong> the premise <strong>of</strong> the hypothesis. Even when an assumption is<br />

not directly refutable, it is possible to criticize the adequacy <strong>of</strong><br />

the argument by proving that it is possible to have a false<br />

conclusion even when all <strong>of</strong> the assumptions are true, that is the<br />

argument is logically insufficient.<br />

However, an external criticism does not accept the aim<br />

<strong>of</strong> an argument. For example, an external criticism <strong>of</strong> the universal<br />

maximization is extended from some corners, such as Simon (1979)<br />

has argued that individuals are not maximizers <strong>of</strong> anything, rather<br />

they are ‘satisficers’ (we discuss it in detail below). Similarly,<br />

Leibenstein (1979) presented a ‘micro-micro theory’ arguing that<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>it maximization is not the objective <strong>of</strong> the firm and a complete<br />

explanation <strong>of</strong> the decision in the firm requires an intra-firm<br />

behavior. These critics do not accept the aim <strong>of</strong> the argument <strong>of</strong><br />

maximization hypothesis; that is the challenge <strong>of</strong> showing the<br />

explanation <strong>of</strong> any phenomenon as a logical consequence <strong>of</strong><br />

maximization behavior.<br />

It is important to note at the outset that it is not <strong>of</strong> our<br />

interest to evaluate the logical validity and the degree <strong>of</strong> success<br />

<strong>of</strong> the forth-coming internal and external criticisms <strong>of</strong> neoclassical<br />

economics since that falls outside the scope <strong>of</strong> this work. 1 The<br />

point that is <strong>of</strong> our interest is that all these criticism, either internal<br />

or external, are instrumental in their nature, that is the critiques<br />

accept the commitment to the fundamental beliefs <strong>of</strong> individual<br />

liberty and welfare maximization by satisfying human desires.<br />

Such criticisms are classified as instrumental ones because, given<br />

the objective <strong>of</strong> individual liberty and welfare, they serve to<br />

1<br />

For an excellent discussion on this issue, see Boland (1992)<br />

211<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

provide the best technology <strong>of</strong> obtaining these objectives. No<br />

question <strong>of</strong> the form “why is it that we should honor individual<br />

liberty or why human wants are to be satisfied at all” are ever<br />

raised since these questions form the metaphysics <strong>of</strong> modern<br />

economic thoughts and, hence, not open to objection. Some<br />

seventy years ago, metaphysics 2 was considered a meaningless<br />

word, but today it has been realized that every explanation has its<br />

metaphysics. 3<br />

3: External Critiques: Methodological Problems<br />

3.1: Marxists Attack<br />

Karl Marx visualized capitalism in a different frame <strong>of</strong><br />

mind and proposed a scientific investigation <strong>of</strong> it. To him, the<br />

current economic and social problems have their roots in the<br />

fundamental structure <strong>of</strong> capitalist system and uprooting those<br />

problems requires digging up those roots and moving towards a<br />

different sort <strong>of</strong> economic system.<br />

Marx refused the assumption that any aspect <strong>of</strong> human<br />

activity can be treated as given, such as taste and technology,<br />

and yet still manage to say something about the nature <strong>of</strong><br />

valuation as society changed [Cole, Cameron and Edward (1983)].<br />

He starts from the fact that the material environment in every<br />

society is shaped by that society’s dominant “mode <strong>of</strong> production”<br />

[the way people get together to produce means <strong>of</strong> livelihood and<br />

control and allocate the resulting surplus product] <strong>of</strong> commodities<br />

that individuals wish to use. This formulates the basis for<br />

historical materialism or economic determinism, the view that<br />

the way we think and live is transformed by prevailing material<br />

structure <strong>of</strong> production, distribution and exchange.<br />

2<br />

Metaphysics is the branch <strong>of</strong> philosophy that studies the nature and<br />

fundamental features <strong>of</strong> ‘being’ and ‘existence’. It attempts to understand<br />

the fundamental nature <strong>of</strong> all reality whether visible or invisible, that is<br />

what anything must be like in order to be at all.<br />

3<br />

Kuhn (1970) argues why metaphysical foundations are necessary for any<br />

scientific explanation.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

212


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

“The mode <strong>of</strong> production <strong>of</strong> material life conditions<br />

the social, political and intellectual life process in<br />

general. It is not the consciousness <strong>of</strong> men that<br />

determines their being, but, on the contrary, their<br />

being that determines their consciousness” [Marx:<br />

with reference from Carter (1988)]<br />

A particular type <strong>of</strong> technology determines not only<br />

the technical division <strong>of</strong> labor, but also determines class<br />

relations <strong>of</strong> control over the means <strong>of</strong> production which is the<br />

source <strong>of</strong> power over the use <strong>of</strong> economic surplus. One form <strong>of</strong><br />

these relationships is commodity-exchange which relates people<br />

to each other through markets via money, called capitalism. Such<br />

a mode <strong>of</strong> production necessitates a large majority <strong>of</strong> people in<br />

society to be wage-earner-laborers who are forced to gain<br />

subsistence through selling their time and ability to those who<br />

control the means <strong>of</strong> production and surrender all rights <strong>of</strong> the<br />

products <strong>of</strong> their labor. It is this commodity production as social<br />

relationship in the historical context <strong>of</strong> capitalism that was so<br />

strongly emphasized by Marx. To him, the problem with the<br />

neoclassical economic theory is that it only takes into account<br />

the social relations <strong>of</strong> exchange and neglects the wider structure<br />

<strong>of</strong> production within which these exchanges take place [Cole,<br />

Cameron and Edward (1983)]. Because neoclassical economists<br />

take this social structure as given, this allows them to postulate<br />

a system in equilibrium. The relations <strong>of</strong> exchange may be<br />

characterized by freedom under capitalism, but the relations <strong>of</strong><br />

production are determined by coercion that leads to conflict.<br />

For Marx the social structure is never static [Marx and<br />

Engels (1967)]. The social life can only be studied in terms <strong>of</strong> the<br />

relationships between the forces and relations <strong>of</strong> production<br />

and the internal conflicting forces within this relationship. Marx<br />

outlined a theory <strong>of</strong> history by which the relations <strong>of</strong> production<br />

correspond to a definite stage <strong>of</strong> development <strong>of</strong> the material<br />

productive forces. But then, after further development <strong>of</strong> those<br />

forces <strong>of</strong> production, a conflict arises between them and the<br />

existing relations <strong>of</strong> production. These relations had formerly<br />

helped the development <strong>of</strong> the productive forces, but now they<br />

start fettering further progress. Revolution then occurs, but only<br />

213<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

after all the productive forces in the old society that can develop,<br />

have developed. This conflict in capitalism between private<br />

appropriation and social production is revealed in the theory <strong>of</strong><br />

rate <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>it to fall, that gives rise to capital-labor conflict. Marx<br />

claimed that labor has the capacity to produce more use value<br />

than its exchange value and the difference between the two is<br />

called exploitation, but disguised as pr<strong>of</strong>it by capitalist [Marx<br />

(1898)]. 4 Therefore, the source <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>its, according to Marx, under<br />

capitalism is value added by workers but not paid out in wages.<br />

Once the wage is covered, the capitalist, owners <strong>of</strong> the means <strong>of</strong><br />

production, always has an incentive to force workers to work<br />

longer and harder than the workers are themselves likely to do.<br />

The capitalist is to compete with other businessmen to stay in<br />

competition by improving the product and cutting down the cost<br />

<strong>of</strong> production. But this attempt to increase labor productivity and<br />

thereby improve pr<strong>of</strong>it creates a tendency for the pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong><br />

capital as a whole to fall. This further puts pressure by capitalist<br />

on labor force to increase pr<strong>of</strong>itability, a move that creates<br />

competitive instability and furthers class struggle. 5 Therefore, class<br />

struggle for power, the control over the means <strong>of</strong> production, is<br />

fundamental to capitalism and, therefore, capitalism is always in danger<br />

<strong>of</strong> destroying itself which lays the foundation <strong>of</strong> a new social order.<br />

The conflict is rooted in the essential structure <strong>of</strong> capitalism as a<br />

system: “those who own the means <strong>of</strong> production and those who<br />

perform wage labor are bound together but have significantly<br />

different needs about the intensity <strong>of</strong> production and the distribution<br />

<strong>of</strong> its proceeds” [Gordon (1987)]. In Marx’s own language, the<br />

conclusion is:<br />

“The modern laborer…instead <strong>of</strong> rising with the progress<br />

<strong>of</strong> industry sinks deeper and deeper below the<br />

conditions <strong>of</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> his own class. He becomes a<br />

pauper, and pauperism develops more rapidly than<br />

population and wealth. And here it becomes evident,<br />

that the bourgeoisie [capitalist class] is unfit any longer<br />

to be the ruling class in society….It is unfit to rule<br />

4<br />

For an exposition <strong>of</strong> Marxist’s Theory <strong>of</strong> Value, see Weeks (1981)<br />

5<br />

For a detailed analysis <strong>of</strong> the rate <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>it to fall and abstract labor<br />

theory <strong>of</strong> value, see Cole, Cameron and Edward (1983)<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

214


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

because it is incompetent to assure an existence to its<br />

slave within his slavery, because it cannot help letting<br />

him sink into such a state, that it has to feed him, instead<br />

<strong>of</strong> being fed by him. Society can no longer live under<br />

this bourgeoisie…” [Marx and Engels (1967): p. 93].<br />

Finally, workers are brought together into revolutionary<br />

associations which ultimately overthrow the bourgeoisie.<br />

If it is the dynamics <strong>of</strong> capitalist system that creates<br />

problems, then according to socialists, we need to think <strong>of</strong><br />

possibilities moving somewhere else than capitalism. Many Marxist<br />

have suggested the following charter for moving beyond capitalism.<br />

Fairness: People must be treated fairly, that is they<br />

should not be penalized for their families, colors or skin. Capitalism<br />

violates social fairness in one fundamental aspect at least, that<br />

is a kind <strong>of</strong> power and control enjoyed by the owners <strong>of</strong> capital<br />

that is denied to the rest. “Nature does not produce on the one<br />

side owners <strong>of</strong> money or commodities, and on the other men<br />

possessing nothing but their own labor power…it is clearly the<br />

result <strong>of</strong> a past historical development” [Marx (1970): p. 169).<br />

The top 10 percent richest people in any country are many times<br />

wealthy as the bottom 10% percent <strong>of</strong> its people. Did they work<br />

so many times as hard as their income levels suggest? Rather,<br />

this huge difference is driven due to the concentration <strong>of</strong> capital<br />

goods ownership in a few hands legitimized by the capitalist<br />

system. Much economic fairness can be achieved by moving<br />

towards a system in which the ownership <strong>of</strong> capital goods is<br />

common.<br />

215<br />

Efficiency: People do not want to work harder than<br />

what makes their life comfortable. Heavy investment in social<br />

structures and economic systems, on the armies <strong>of</strong> managerial<br />

and supervisory personnel, on resolving continuing labor<br />

conflicts and on ever-present over production <strong>of</strong> dangerous and<br />

wasteful products necessitated by inter-firm competition make<br />

capitalism a remarkably wasteful kind <strong>of</strong> economic system. A<br />

better efficient system can be constructed if we move towards<br />

cooperation and control in the organization <strong>of</strong> production and<br />

greater social participation and control in the planning and<br />

allocation <strong>of</strong> economic resources.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

Community: According to Marxists, capitalism<br />

promotes pr<strong>of</strong>its without any concern for developing people. If<br />

the capital and infrastructure <strong>of</strong> a community is aging, capital will<br />

decide to move away without any concern for the lives <strong>of</strong><br />

community workers. People are unessential and communities are<br />

ignored. Relations destroy but goods are produced and<br />

worshipped. It makes sense, therefore, to develop a system that<br />

places higher weight on developing people and promoting strong<br />

communities.<br />

However, the serious problem for Marxists lies in<br />

maintaining the social planning along with the individual freedom,<br />

the ultimate end to be achieved by Marx:<br />

“…in communist society, where nobody has<br />

exclusive sphere <strong>of</strong> activity but each can become<br />

accomplished in any branch he wishes, society<br />

regulates the general production and thus makes it<br />

possible for me to do<br />

one thing today and another tomorrow, to hunt in<br />

the morning, fish in the afternoon, rear cattle in the<br />

evening, criticize after dinner, just as I have mind,<br />

without ever becoming hunter, fisherman, herdsman<br />

or critic” [Marx and Engel (1967), p. 54]<br />

This passage contains two crucial facts [Carter (1988)]:<br />

(i) it is the individual who decides his/her own activity as<br />

expressed by ‘just as I have mind’, and (ii) ‘society regulates<br />

the general production’. The question is to reconcile the<br />

antagonism between (i) and (ii). 6<br />

Capitalist Defense against Marxism<br />

Marx was surely a pr<strong>of</strong>ound thinker who won legions<br />

<strong>of</strong> supporters around the world. But his predictions have not<br />

withstood the test <strong>of</strong> time. Although capitalist markets have<br />

changed over the past 150 years, competition has not devolved<br />

into monopoly. Real wages have risen and pr<strong>of</strong>it rates have not<br />

declined. Nor has a reserve army <strong>of</strong> the unemployed developed.<br />

We do have bouts with the business cycle, but more and more<br />

economists believe that significant recessions and depressions<br />

may be more the unintended result <strong>of</strong> state intervention (through<br />

6<br />

See Carter (1988) for a discussion on this issue.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

216


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

monetary policy carried out by central banks and government<br />

policies on taxation and spending) and less an inherent feature <strong>of</strong><br />

markets as such.<br />

Socialist revolutions, to be sure, have occurred<br />

throughout the world, but never where Marx’s theory predicted—<br />

in the most advanced capitalist countries. On the contrary, socialist<br />

revolts have occurred in poor, so-called Third World countries.<br />

The apparently higher standards <strong>of</strong> living and technological<br />

advancements in capitalist social system are regarded as a prima<br />

facie evidence <strong>of</strong> the supremacy <strong>of</strong> capitalist reality over Marxism<br />

by neoclassical economists [See Friedman (1980) and (1982) for<br />

ample examples]. But, when the defenders <strong>of</strong> capitalism frequently<br />

compare the Socialist East with the industrialized West, they<br />

choose the richest capitalist countries for comparison. This is<br />

analogous to defending feudalism by drawing attention to the<br />

happy condition <strong>of</strong> the nobility, while forgetting that their wealth<br />

and leisure are the results <strong>of</strong> the poverty <strong>of</strong> their serfs. Similarly<br />

West, when viewed as far from self-sufficient and a part <strong>of</strong> an<br />

international economic system, includes the exploitation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Third-World as a basis for the high standards <strong>of</strong> living experienced<br />

in the developed nations, or at the very least is seen to induce<br />

underdevelopment in other parts <strong>of</strong> the world [Carter (1988)]. When<br />

this whole international exploitive capitalist system is compared<br />

with socialism, capitalism does not sound so well.<br />

Most troubling to present-day Marxism is the ongoing<br />

collapse <strong>of</strong> socialism. Revolutions in socialist countries today are<br />

against socialism and for free markets. In practice, socialism has<br />

failed to create the non-alienated, self-managed, and fully planned<br />

society. Real-world socialism in the twentieth century was<br />

unsuccessful in emancipating the masses. In most cases,<br />

neoclassical economists believe, it merely led to new forms <strong>of</strong><br />

statism, domination, and abuse <strong>of</strong> power. Marx’s theory <strong>of</strong> value,<br />

his philosophy <strong>of</strong> human nature, and his claims to have uncovered<br />

the laws <strong>of</strong> history fit together to <strong>of</strong>fer a complex, yet grand vision<br />

<strong>of</strong> a new world order. If the first three-quarters <strong>of</strong> the twentieth<br />

century provided a testing ground for that vision, the end <strong>of</strong> the<br />

century demonstrated its somewhat utopian nature and apparent<br />

217<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

unworkability. Neoclassical economists usually equate the fall <strong>of</strong><br />

Soviet Russia with the failure <strong>of</strong> socialism.<br />

It is important to highlight the instrumental nature <strong>of</strong><br />

Marxist criticism on neoclassical economics. Both Classical<br />

Liberalism and Orthodox Marxism are the out products <strong>of</strong><br />

Enlightenment belief that the natural order produces perfection<br />

[Moore and Bruder (2002)]. Both looked forward to a future <strong>of</strong><br />

ever-increasing human freedom and placed great faith in human<br />

happiness. Though, according to Marxists, all economic and social<br />

problems have their roots in the fundamental structure <strong>of</strong> free<br />

market economic system and they proposed a different kind <strong>of</strong><br />

economic system to avoid the reappearance <strong>of</strong> the same problems,<br />

yet they do not see any problem with the metaphysical objectives<br />

<strong>of</strong> neoclassical economics. It differs from it not on the basis <strong>of</strong> its<br />

metaphysics, rather on its approach to reach those presupposed<br />

objectives. Individuals left free to choose their self interest,<br />

according to this school <strong>of</strong> thought, will necessarily lead to clash<br />

in self-interests and a class struggle for power and, as a result,<br />

will impede the very objective <strong>of</strong> individual liberty and welfare.<br />

They <strong>of</strong>fer an alternative social order which, they think, can best<br />

serve to achieve these metaphysical objectives: nothing wrong<br />

with those objectives is associated; these are to be attained<br />

anyhow. The matter <strong>of</strong> disagreement is how to get to them.<br />

3.2: Origins <strong>of</strong> Economies: Pitfalls <strong>of</strong> Methodological<br />

Individualism<br />

Neoclassical economics is based on the ideology <strong>of</strong><br />

methodological individualism—the idea that all social and political<br />

institutions can / should be reduced to and understood in terms<br />

<strong>of</strong> autonomous self-interested individual’s preferences and<br />

choices. Communitarian philosophers [e.g. Sandel (1982), Raz<br />

(1986), Taylor (1990)] have argued that the isolated individual<br />

cannot be a viable analytical starting point to understand<br />

societies. In fact, even if we take the individual as given, the rules<br />

<strong>of</strong> their interaction cannot be explained in terms <strong>of</strong> the individual’s<br />

terms. For example, standard economic theory traces back money<br />

to market exchange hypothesizing that money originated as<br />

individuals’ voluntary cost-minimizing innovation to replace<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

218


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

barter, but the orthodox economic theory cannot explain how<br />

individual utility maximizers settled on a single numeraire (Gardiner<br />

2004). In fact to present the higgling and haggling <strong>of</strong> market<br />

process as support for evolutionary development <strong>of</strong> money<br />

presupposes a fairly high degree <strong>of</strong> specialization <strong>of</strong> labor and<br />

resource ownership—but this pre-market specialization is itself<br />

hard to explain. The critics <strong>of</strong> methodological individualism point<br />

that in order to explain the origins <strong>of</strong> social institutions; one<br />

always has to presume individuals acting in a specific context.<br />

For example, game theory presumes a set <strong>of</strong> rules and constraints<br />

regarding the behavior <strong>of</strong> individuals at the very outset. The<br />

standard economic assertion that economies take the form by<br />

virtue <strong>of</strong> millions <strong>of</strong> individual human actions is misleading<br />

because ‘interaction requires accepted rules, practices, customs<br />

and language understanding’ (Mayhen 2005). Institutions are<br />

durable systems <strong>of</strong> established and embedded social rules that<br />

structure and constrain social interaction among individuals. The<br />

very institutions <strong>of</strong> private property, exchange and job-markets<br />

seem so basic in the modern world that people assume them to be<br />

‘natural parts’ <strong>of</strong> human existence. But in most parts <strong>of</strong> the world<br />

before the sixteenth century, this was not the common way <strong>of</strong><br />

organizing life and distributing income—e.g. most food was<br />

produced not for exchange but for family consumption,<br />

production was organized by family unit and wage labor was rare.<br />

Neoclassical economic theory does not recognize the need to<br />

deal with processes whereby rules and practices are created.<br />

One reason why modern economics dismisses<br />

understanding individual behavior in terms <strong>of</strong> social collectivities<br />

is because it calls forth incorporating Classical economists’<br />

(Malthus, Ricardo, Marx) idea <strong>of</strong> class-conflict as a permanent<br />

feature <strong>of</strong> the capitalist system. These economists maintained<br />

that capitalist economies are structured by classes (such as<br />

workers, landlords and holders <strong>of</strong> ‘stocks’) and the share <strong>of</strong> each<br />

group is determined largely by social and political conditions.<br />

For example, Malthus and Ricardo conceived that the wage share<br />

<strong>of</strong> workers is determined not in accordance with their contribution<br />

to output, but by the principle <strong>of</strong> ‘subsistence wages’—i.e. workers<br />

receive out <strong>of</strong> the total output only what is required to reproduce<br />

their labor services and their family. The exact amount <strong>of</strong> this<br />

219<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

‘subsistence wage’ may differ as it is dictated by the level <strong>of</strong><br />

development that has taken place in any society at any specific<br />

time (e.g. subsistence wage in Pakistan will be far lower than that<br />

in the US). Marx took this ‘class-based’ analysis to its logical<br />

conclusion by showing that capitalism is a system <strong>of</strong> production<br />

where workers are exploited by the capitalist class. Neoclassical<br />

economic theory <strong>of</strong> income distribution was developed to refute<br />

the ‘class-based’ theoretical analysis put forward by the Classical<br />

economists in the early and middle parts <strong>of</strong> the 19 th century.<br />

Neoclassical economics sets itself the task to prove that the<br />

fundamental characteristic <strong>of</strong> the market economy is ‘harmony’<br />

and not ‘class-conflict’; and that the market is not a source <strong>of</strong><br />

exploitation but <strong>of</strong> welfare maximization. The response to the<br />

Classical heritage came in the form <strong>of</strong> ‘equilibrium based analysis’<br />

which asserted that competitive markets generate prices which<br />

leave all market participants in a state which cannot be improved<br />

upon by any other means—no one can be made better <strong>of</strong>f by<br />

means other than participating in the market. Hence, to<br />

neoclassical economists, ‘market equilibrium’ is not only efficient<br />

but also welfare maximizing for all agents.<br />

But as pointed out above, this harmonized projection<br />

<strong>of</strong> capitalist social reality is based upon erroneous conception<br />

<strong>of</strong> asocial and ahistorical individuation—which is itself a specific<br />

conception <strong>of</strong> human self as a natural disposition <strong>of</strong> human<br />

nature. The idea <strong>of</strong> methodological individualism presumes that<br />

men could exist before the establishment <strong>of</strong> societies—an idea<br />

which is quite implausible. Ferguson (1776) attacked such an<br />

asocial and ahistorcial conception <strong>of</strong> human being (used, for<br />

example, by Rousseau or more recently by Rawls) as:<br />

“if we would know him (man), we must attend to<br />

himself, to the course <strong>of</strong> his life, and to the tenor <strong>of</strong><br />

his conduct. With him the society appears to be as<br />

old as the individual…If there was a time in which<br />

he has his acquaintance with his own species to<br />

make and his faculties to acquire, it is a time <strong>of</strong><br />

which we have no record, and in relation to which<br />

our opinions serve no purpose and are supported<br />

by no evidence” (p. 9)<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

220


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Methodological individualism takes people to be distinct<br />

from their ends and embodies a mistaken view that peoples’ ends<br />

are formed independent <strong>of</strong> or prior to society which is seen merely<br />

as the outcome <strong>of</strong> contract between individuals whose ends are<br />

already given. This involves a mistaken relation between<br />

individual with his society because it is the kind <strong>of</strong> society that<br />

affects peoples’ understandings both <strong>of</strong> themselves and <strong>of</strong> how<br />

they live, argue communitarians.<br />

3.3: Maximization Hypothesis and Bounded Rationality<br />

The assumption <strong>of</strong> maximization behavior is the corner<br />

stone <strong>of</strong> neoclassical economics, and it has become an open<br />

avenue for criticism <strong>of</strong> this school <strong>of</strong> thought. The theory <strong>of</strong><br />

“rational choice” has central place in economics. In the<br />

mainstream economics, explanations are regarded as “economic”<br />

to the extent that they explain the relevant phenomenon in terms<br />

<strong>of</strong> the rational (utility / pr<strong>of</strong>it maximizing) choices <strong>of</strong> the economic<br />

agents. Theories which do not have this structure—such as<br />

General Theory <strong>of</strong> Keynes with its reference to psychological<br />

propensities and animal spirit—are treated as suspect until their<br />

micro foundations have been constructed. Rationality means<br />

optimization <strong>of</strong> any objective for the attainment <strong>of</strong> utility and,<br />

therefore, is equivalent to the ‘consistency’ for economists: a<br />

person is rational to the extent that his choices are consistent<br />

with one another; i.e. his choices can be predicted by some theory.<br />

However, in recent years a new paradigm within economics has<br />

developed which has challenged the rationality hypothesis as<br />

assumed by traditional economists.<br />

First, the traditional rationality hypothesis has been<br />

criticized on philosophical grounds. Robert Sudgen provides a<br />

review <strong>of</strong> current state <strong>of</strong> rationality hypothesis, as presented in<br />

Savage’s The Foundations <strong>of</strong> Statistics, and argues that neither<br />

<strong>of</strong> the two axioms <strong>of</strong> rationality, that are completeness and<br />

transitivity <strong>of</strong> choices, can be defended from the view point <strong>of</strong><br />

rationality as presented by economists. Similarly, Fullbrook (2005)<br />

provides a number <strong>of</strong> situations (e.g. social being, reciprocal<br />

imitation, self-referential goods, spontaneity, adventure etc.) in<br />

which a consumer clearly violates neoclassical axioms <strong>of</strong><br />

221<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

rationality. He emphasizes that ‘rather being obscure or farfetched<br />

exceptions to the general rule, they characterize<br />

mainstream economic practice’ <strong>of</strong> modern consumer society (p.<br />

83). His criticism seriously undermines the context-independent<br />

axioms <strong>of</strong> rationality.<br />

Apart from these considerations, it has been argued by<br />

psychologists that individuals are not rational as proposed by<br />

economists. Rather there are many obstacles to being rational in<br />

this sense. Simon (1979) says that human being have cognitive<br />

limitations (the limited processing capabilities <strong>of</strong> human being,<br />

the lack <strong>of</strong> knowledge <strong>of</strong> alternatives in the choice) which are a<br />

source <strong>of</strong> bounds in their rational decision-making. He<br />

discovered that when we ourselves confront a puzzle, we rarely<br />

reach a solution in a neat, linear fashion. Rather, we search in a<br />

haphazard way for potentially relevant facts and information,<br />

and usually quit once our understanding reaches a certain<br />

threshold. In Simon’s terms, we are “satisficers” not maximizes.<br />

Our conclusions are <strong>of</strong>ten inconsistent or even incorrect.<br />

Kaufman (1999) extends emotional arousal (the idea that high<br />

emotional intensity prevents optimal human performance) as<br />

another source for bounded rationality. These theories borrow a<br />

lot from psychological research which asserts that individuals<br />

make systematic errors by using decision heuristics (biases) or<br />

rules <strong>of</strong> thumb which fail to accommodate full logic <strong>of</strong> a decision,<br />

as when a person makes systematic errors by using adaptive<br />

rather than rational expectations. Equipped with the above ideas<br />

<strong>of</strong> bounded rationality, there is a fast growing field in economics,<br />

called experimental economics, designed to do research in the<br />

field <strong>of</strong> economics [Kahneman and Tversky (1979), Looms and<br />

Sugden (1982), Tversky and Thaler (1990), Kahneman and<br />

Tversky (1991). For the extension <strong>of</strong> bounded rationality in macro<br />

models, see Akerl<strong>of</strong> (1982), Akerl<strong>of</strong> and Yellen (1985a) and<br />

(1985b)].<br />

Multiple answers are extended to this criticism.<br />

Neoclassical economists argue that it is implausible for an agent<br />

to forgo opportunities for gain; therefore, unbounded rationality<br />

identifies an agent’s likely action because it describes the best<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

222


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

opportunity for gain. Further, utility maximization has been a<br />

powerful generator <strong>of</strong> successful hypotheses. Without the<br />

discipline <strong>of</strong> optimizing models, economic theory would degenerate<br />

into a hodge podge <strong>of</strong> ad hoc hypotheses which covers every<br />

fact but lacks scientific methodology. Using well-understood<br />

mathematical tools, unbounded rationality confers definite<br />

outcomes. 7 It is also important to note that theory consists <strong>of</strong><br />

three parts: hypothesis, deduction and empirical testing.<br />

Maximization hypothesis cannot be ruled out as a logical<br />

impossibility because direct testing <strong>of</strong> this hypothesis is almost<br />

impossible. The only way to reject this hypothesis is to apply<br />

indirect test by examining the implied patterns <strong>of</strong> observable<br />

choices based on the assumption <strong>of</strong> maximization hypothesis. But,<br />

as Boland (1992) notes it, “the fundamental methodological problem<br />

<strong>of</strong> refuting any behavioral hypothesis indirectly is that <strong>of</strong> constructing<br />

a convincing refutation”. The objection that a number <strong>of</strong> anomalies<br />

can’t be explained from utility maximization hypothesis can be met<br />

from the direction that the theorizing process is still not complete.<br />

Deductions from assumptions are crude and the project is to refine<br />

the argument by the use <strong>of</strong> more sophisticated mathematics. Lastly,<br />

until a strong competing theory is created which is better in test,<br />

neoclassical economists are uninterested in a priory discussion <strong>of</strong><br />

the realism <strong>of</strong> assumptions. Neoclassical economists follow<br />

Friedman’s (1953) instrumentalism which presumes that the truth <strong>of</strong><br />

the assumptions does not matter and the objective <strong>of</strong> research in<br />

economic theory is solutions to practical problems. Thus, neoclassical<br />

economics seems to be able to defend itself on methodological<br />

grounds.<br />

4: Internal Critiques: Theoretical Problems<br />

4.1: Monopoly Capital<br />

A standard economic declaration in favor <strong>of</strong> competition<br />

is based upon an unsound description <strong>of</strong> the dynamics <strong>of</strong> market<br />

mechanism. This argument is explicated with most clarity in the<br />

microeconomics textbook by Schotter (1997) which tries to<br />

provide a reassuring link between perfect competition and the<br />

real world: that pr<strong>of</strong>it-maximizing behavior converges to the<br />

223<br />

7<br />

For detailed discussion <strong>of</strong> the arguments on bounded rationality, see<br />

Conlisk (1996)<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

perfectly competitive ideal as the number <strong>of</strong> firms in the industry<br />

increases—i.e. if we begin with monopoly business and leave<br />

the world alone to the individual’s self-interest, it would<br />

automatically converge to the unique solutions <strong>of</strong> perfectly<br />

competitive model. However, this image <strong>of</strong> market dynamics<br />

presents an opposite description <strong>of</strong> what actually happens in<br />

capitalist order—i.e. when we begin with perfect competition,<br />

the market mechanism tends towards monopoly (one large firm<br />

prevailing) or at best towards oligopoly (few large firms operating<br />

in the whole market).<br />

The formal treatment <strong>of</strong> economic process neglects the<br />

implications <strong>of</strong> technological advancements for the breakdown<br />

<strong>of</strong> competition. In fact, the very nature <strong>of</strong> competition itself<br />

induces changes that undermine competition [Henry (1990)].<br />

Under the given structure <strong>of</strong> competition, firms are in social<br />

pressure to introduce new innovations quite rapidly in production<br />

process. Because a single firm has to face market price as a<br />

constraint as it cannot affect it in competitive conditions, the<br />

only way to increase pr<strong>of</strong>it is the reduction in costs. The costreducing<br />

and output-increasing innovations help make more pr<strong>of</strong>it<br />

to those firms who introduce them first, but the very act <strong>of</strong><br />

innovation tends to reduce competition. It is because <strong>of</strong> two<br />

reasons: first, the growth <strong>of</strong> output due to technological<br />

advancement decreases market price as long as market prices<br />

are not dictated by any single firm. This reduction in price<br />

eliminates those firms from the market who are slow in innovating<br />

because prices have fallen lower than their minimum unit cost <strong>of</strong><br />

production. Secondly, the higher technological invention<br />

incorporated in production process also means a higher fixed<br />

cost <strong>of</strong> production which implies higher entry cost. This<br />

constraints and limits the potential increase in the number <strong>of</strong><br />

firms within the market. Moreover, since technology usually<br />

translates into higher production, therefore, the introduction <strong>of</strong><br />

higher technology means that fewer, much larger, producers are<br />

needed to satisfy the requirement <strong>of</strong> any given market. According<br />

to Veblen [1904 (1967)] the result <strong>of</strong> the historical power has<br />

been the transformation <strong>of</strong> industry from a larger number <strong>of</strong> small<br />

producers to that <strong>of</strong> a few larger producers. Standard economic<br />

theory assumes away the potential entrepreneurial threat to<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

224


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

competition by assuming that pr<strong>of</strong>its attract entirely new entrant<br />

in the market. But in reality, a great deal <strong>of</strong> the new entry in capitalist<br />

markets takes place in the form <strong>of</strong> expansion in the scope <strong>of</strong><br />

existing firms—i.e. through diversification and integration by<br />

already established firms.<br />

The above detrimental tendency for competition is<br />

further enhanced by the existence <strong>of</strong> increasing returns to scale.<br />

The standard economic theory usually assumes that monopoly<br />

has no scale-advantages over a perfectly competitive firm. But, in<br />

general, this assumption <strong>of</strong> scale-invariant costs is invalid because<br />

large firms do benefit from returns to scale. Increasing returns to<br />

scale occur when the cost <strong>of</strong> production rises less rapidly than<br />

the output as the scale <strong>of</strong> production increases. If large firms do<br />

have cost advantages over small ones, then given free competition,<br />

the large firms will drive the small ones out <strong>of</strong> the business. In<br />

reality, no capitalist market can sustain hundreds or thousands <strong>of</strong><br />

competitive firms for a long time because economies <strong>of</strong> scale are<br />

always there to be exploited. Hence, increasing returns to scale<br />

means that the perfectly competitive market is unsustainable. It<br />

will, over time, break down to a situation <strong>of</strong> either monopoly or<br />

oligopoly. The theoretical response <strong>of</strong> economists to this dilemma<br />

has been to presume constant returns to scale. With constant<br />

returns to scale, the size <strong>of</strong> the firm does not matter; a small firm<br />

will be as effective as a large one. But the reality is that size does<br />

matter because economies <strong>of</strong> scale are an important part <strong>of</strong> the<br />

reason that most capitalist industries are dominated by a small<br />

number <strong>of</strong> large firms (Tables 1 and 2 in the appendix provide a<br />

highlight <strong>of</strong> concentration in US economy).<br />

Similar to the technical advancements are the problems<br />

<strong>of</strong> indivisibilities in production. Once an entrepreneur controls<br />

more and more resources, the size <strong>of</strong> that firm increases relative to<br />

market and one entrepreneur may become powerful enough to<br />

affect the price <strong>of</strong> a good by varying output rather than accepting<br />

it as a fact for decision making; the situation called imperfect<br />

competition. The argument is further strengthened if the given<br />

firm can constraint entry either by manipulating information; say<br />

by advertising to influence consumer motivation, by having<br />

patents on production technology or by using limit pricing<br />

225<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

strategy. The result <strong>of</strong> this anti-social behavior is the inefficiency<br />

and inequity similar to the one discussed in section 4.6 for the<br />

social abuses <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurship.<br />

The neoclassical response to the above criticism holds<br />

that sustained imperfect competition is difficult, if not impossible,<br />

for many reasons. Firstly, it is argued that even the largest firms<br />

have their competitors in producing substitute goods, if not the<br />

identical ones. Second, if a firm needs large scale investment projects,<br />

it usually needs to raise funds from financial institutions which<br />

bring them under a critical and informed eye that judges its<br />

performance by its return to savers and not to its owner. This helps<br />

spread <strong>of</strong> rewards over a wider group <strong>of</strong> consumers and not to the<br />

entrepreneur alone. Therefore, “pressure exists even on the largest<br />

firm to keep prices down, distribute economic rent widely and<br />

maintain productivity in line with smaller, specialist firms” [Cole,<br />

Cameron and Edward (1983): p. 77].<br />

4.2: Markets without Stability<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the important predictions <strong>of</strong> neoclassical<br />

economic theory is the stability <strong>of</strong> markets; that is markets have<br />

an inherent tendency to return to equilibrium. This prediction is<br />

vulnerable to changes in the underlying assumptions about the<br />

structure <strong>of</strong> the market. In a number <strong>of</strong> cases, markets go unstable.<br />

First, when economies <strong>of</strong> scale for the expanding firms at the<br />

market level are present and no individual firm is able to achieve<br />

them the on its own. Since these economies are external to the<br />

firm, it appears at the market level as a downward sloping supply<br />

curve; i.e. the larger the output, the lower the minimum average<br />

cost <strong>of</strong> production and, hence, the break-even price. However,<br />

the instability arises in this case if the supply curve slopes<br />

downward faster than the demand curve. Another case when<br />

the supply curve can be negatively sloped without internal<br />

economies <strong>of</strong> scale is decreasing cost industry. The increase in<br />

demand causes industry output to increase but as industry grows<br />

larger; it can take advantage <strong>of</strong> its size to obtain some <strong>of</strong> its inputs<br />

more cheaply. Here also the firm’s average cost curve shifts<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

226


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

downward and the market price <strong>of</strong> the output falls. Second, instability<br />

can arise even in the face <strong>of</strong> normal demand and supply curves if<br />

time lag is assumed in supply responses, say due to the fact that<br />

decisions regarding production are to be made at the start <strong>of</strong> the<br />

period as in agricultural goods. This assumption will involve a process<br />

<strong>of</strong> adjustment over a time which turns out to be unstable if the slope<br />

<strong>of</strong> the demand curve is steeper than that <strong>of</strong> supply curve. The model<br />

that studies this process is called cobweb model. 8<br />

However, the observation <strong>of</strong> these instabilities in terms<br />

<strong>of</strong> large variations in prices is no longer conclusive evidence<br />

against economic criterion <strong>of</strong> falsification. A number <strong>of</strong> variables<br />

are held constant to reach the demand and supply curves. The<br />

variations can be explained by extending reasons that shifts either<br />

demand or supply or both <strong>of</strong> them. And, after all, formal empirical<br />

testing is not an essential element for the survival <strong>of</strong> neoclassical<br />

economics, as stated by Cole, Cameron and Edward (1983):<br />

“the criterion <strong>of</strong> success within subjective<br />

preference theory (neoclassical economics) is not<br />

in statistically valid observations, but is self<br />

evident in the relative material well-being <strong>of</strong> the<br />

citizens <strong>of</strong> those societies where governments have<br />

appeared generally to act as if subjective preference<br />

theory were true” [p. 81, explanation added in<br />

bracket]<br />

This takes us close to what Blaug (1980) has stated as:<br />

“economists do not practice what they preach”. The accepted<br />

Popperian criterion for knowledge by prominent marginalists that<br />

knowledge is scientific only if it is put into falsification in the<br />

face <strong>of</strong> observation is honored in principle, not in practice. 9<br />

8<br />

See any good textbook on mathematical economics for it, such as<br />

Chiang (1985).<br />

9<br />

An all important case <strong>of</strong> market instability arises by relaxing the assumption<br />

<strong>of</strong> ‘representative agent’. However, this discussion would require a somewhat<br />

detailed discussion about economic methodology which is beyond the scope<br />

<strong>of</strong> this paper.<br />

227<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

4.3: Capital Controversy<br />

The theory <strong>of</strong> Investment is central to neoclassical<br />

growth theories. These growth theories treat ‘capital’ as a<br />

separate input in the production function to obtain the downward<br />

sloping labor demand curve. The assumption <strong>of</strong> diminishing<br />

marginal productivity implies decreasing returns to scale if labor<br />

is the only available input. Since decreasing returns to scale is<br />

the assumption that is not compatible with the overall plan <strong>of</strong><br />

neoclassical production theory, the alternative assumption <strong>of</strong><br />

constant returns to scale is made by introducing another input<br />

that is substitutable with labor if wages increase so as to <strong>of</strong>fset<br />

the fall in output. The introduction <strong>of</strong> capital as a separate input<br />

plays multiple roles: as a collection <strong>of</strong> machines it leads towards<br />

growth theory, as a source <strong>of</strong> a form <strong>of</strong> reward, called interest,<br />

leads to aggregate distribution theory and as a result <strong>of</strong> technical<br />

knowledge and natural resources leads towards international<br />

trade theory as an expression <strong>of</strong> unequal endowments [Cole,<br />

Cameron and Edward: p. 94]. With downward sloping demand<br />

curve for labor, the natural laws for unemployment, economic<br />

growth, international trade and income distribution between<br />

inputs could be shown to exist at the aggregate level as an<br />

extension <strong>of</strong> the laws <strong>of</strong> any single market.<br />

But the major problem is the measurement <strong>of</strong> capital<br />

stock <strong>of</strong> the economy. Adding up machines with warehouses<br />

requires a common index and for neoclassical economics that<br />

index is the system <strong>of</strong> relative prices that reflect the value <strong>of</strong><br />

goods and services. Unfortunately, this index inherits a built-in<br />

problem because relative prices include interest paid out as part<br />

<strong>of</strong> the cost <strong>of</strong> goods included in capital stock. Capital is<br />

irretrievably a value quantity. In that case, if the price <strong>of</strong> capital<br />

rises, then demand for it will decrease, however, the value <strong>of</strong><br />

capital stock might rise or fall depending upon the demanders’<br />

intensity for capital. It is the treatment <strong>of</strong> capital being put on<br />

one axis in text books without even suggesting its problem that<br />

allows neoclassical economists to reach rigorous logical<br />

conclusions. But the Cambridge Capital Controversy that became<br />

known in the 1960s did have significant effects in the theoretical<br />

defeat <strong>of</strong> neoclassical economics. Cambridge Capital<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

228


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Controversy was a major theoretical controversy arising out <strong>of</strong><br />

the work <strong>of</strong> Sraffa (1960). This controversy concludes that it is<br />

impossible to deduce unambiguous predictions <strong>of</strong> any crucial<br />

variables from aggregate capital models if capital is measured by<br />

using prices to add up all types <strong>of</strong> manufactured inputs and raw<br />

material. Even more counterintuitive conclusions can arise in much<br />

more complicated models with many techniques, many more<br />

commodities, land-like natural resources, and fixed capital. In fact,<br />

these complications create surprising difficulties for traditional<br />

neoclassical theory. An important negative implication <strong>of</strong> this<br />

analysis concerns the marginal productivity theory <strong>of</strong><br />

distribution—that is, there is no such thing. At least one <strong>of</strong> the<br />

two special assumptions is necessary to obtain any meaningful<br />

proposition: either the rate <strong>of</strong> interest should be zero which implies<br />

labor only economy or the relative price between a unit <strong>of</strong> capital<br />

input good and a unit <strong>of</strong> final output good should remain rigidly<br />

fixed which leaves no economic difference between the two goods<br />

and we effectively live in a world where single good is consumed<br />

and stored to be used with labor to produce more <strong>of</strong> itself.<br />

Marginal productivity theory based on aggregate production<br />

functions relies on too restrictive assumptions to have any hope<br />

<strong>of</strong> being descriptive <strong>of</strong> capitalist reality. The Cambridge Capital<br />

Controversy showed that an abundance <strong>of</strong> traditional models<br />

implicitly relied on special and unstated assumptions.<br />

Neoclassical economists had no way out <strong>of</strong> this defeat<br />

and came out with the preservation that such cases either don’t<br />

exist or are rare in practice and can be neglected so as to treat the<br />

whole economy as if the price <strong>of</strong> an input was inversely related to<br />

its demand. Solow (1983) realized the negative consequences <strong>of</strong><br />

the Cambridge criticism for his growth model; he proposed an<br />

alternative basis for capital theory. He argued that the central<br />

concept <strong>of</strong> capital theory should not be capital, but the rate <strong>of</strong><br />

interest as expressing a rate <strong>of</strong> return. Interest reflects a payment<br />

for deferring present consumption. By deferring present<br />

consumption, one can redirect the resources set free to produce<br />

tools that will result in a greater stream <strong>of</strong> consumption in the<br />

future. Interest rates measure this supposed return on investment.<br />

He claims that the market rate will converge to this value in longterm<br />

equilibrium. However, no aggregate measure <strong>of</strong> capital seems<br />

229<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

to appear in this formulation <strong>of</strong> interest rate theory. The interest<br />

rate appears to be purely a technocratic notion independent <strong>of</strong><br />

all considerations <strong>of</strong> pricing. It is still open to debate whether<br />

neoclassical long-run equilibrium theories can survive without a<br />

centralized capital market equating investment and savings or<br />

the demand and supply <strong>of</strong> capital. It is also a subject <strong>of</strong> discussion<br />

what, if anything, has been abandoned in such models. Capital<br />

controversy apparently ended as a theoretical defeat <strong>of</strong><br />

neoclassical economics, at least to its critics.<br />

Underneath the apparently technical debate <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Capital Controversy lies the clash <strong>of</strong> ideological and political<br />

views <strong>of</strong> the two combating groups regarding the functioning <strong>of</strong><br />

market capitalist system. The Cambridge-England critics <strong>of</strong><br />

neoclassical economics regard market capitalism as an inherently<br />

antagonistic social order where different classes (such as workers<br />

and managers <strong>of</strong> capital) are trying to dominate each other. They<br />

argue that the distribution <strong>of</strong> surplus value cannot be understood<br />

independent <strong>of</strong> the political institutional structures <strong>of</strong> the market<br />

capitalist system. These critics, having rejected the marginal<br />

productivity theory <strong>of</strong> income distribution, argue ‘for a return to<br />

the Classical method <strong>of</strong> analysis in which pricing is an aspect <strong>of</strong><br />

distribution’ instead <strong>of</strong> ‘distribution being but an aspect <strong>of</strong> pricing’<br />

(Harcourt: 1972). The Cambridge critics, following Mill,<br />

distinguished between the analysis <strong>of</strong> production and that <strong>of</strong><br />

distribution. They reinforced Mill’s view that: ‘the laws and<br />

conditions <strong>of</strong> the production <strong>of</strong> wealth partake <strong>of</strong> the character <strong>of</strong><br />

physical truths. There is nothing optional or arbitrary in them’,<br />

whereas, ‘It is not so with the Distribution <strong>of</strong> wealth. That is a<br />

matter <strong>of</strong> human institution(s) solely’.<br />

Neoclassical economists, on the other hand, have some<br />

other beliefs. They struggle to show that capitalism is<br />

fundamentally characterized by harmony where each individual<br />

makes voluntary choices as a market participant—this is the<br />

reason they employ the ‘equilibrium methodology’ to analyze<br />

the market system. To them, the basic unit <strong>of</strong> a market capitalist<br />

system is ‘a self-interested individual’ and not ‘social classes’.<br />

Hence, in the neoclassical theory <strong>of</strong> income distribution there is<br />

no room for the analysis <strong>of</strong> ‘class-struggle’. Their theory pretends<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

230


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

to show that the supply <strong>of</strong> inputs is determined by a great mass<br />

<strong>of</strong> self-interested individuals and both production as well as<br />

distribution is dictated by the ‘laws <strong>of</strong> nature’ (such as the laws<br />

<strong>of</strong> demand and supply). The symmetric incorporation <strong>of</strong> ‘capital’<br />

as a factor <strong>of</strong> production alongside ‘labor’ in the neoclassical<br />

production function is actually intended to incorporate the idea<br />

<strong>of</strong> ‘social and political equality’ <strong>of</strong> labor and capital in market<br />

capitalism.<br />

4.4: The Social Choice Dilemma<br />

All societies do make social choices, the National<br />

Assembly passes the budget, university faculties establish<br />

curricula, etc. A normative question that has taken much attention<br />

is how to make such choices in a socially optimal way. In the<br />

standard literature <strong>of</strong> welfare economics, social choice theory<br />

deals with the problem <strong>of</strong> aggregating individual preferences over<br />

different alternatives to construct a social welfare function so<br />

that the alternatives could be evaluated in terms <strong>of</strong> their welfare<br />

for the society. 10 In principle, the same structure that is used to<br />

analyze individual choices [i.e., maximization] should also be<br />

applied for making social choices since society is merely a sum<br />

total <strong>of</strong> individuals. Further, since the social outcomes [i-e. the<br />

value <strong>of</strong> each activity] are the function <strong>of</strong> sum total <strong>of</strong> individual<br />

preferences; the social choices should also be representative <strong>of</strong><br />

those individual preferences [i-e. they should be democratic].<br />

Keeping these reservations in view, the standard<br />

treatment <strong>of</strong> social choice theory regards society’s welfare as no<br />

more than the aggregate <strong>of</strong> individual utilities as perceived by the<br />

individuals themselves. This aggregation takes the form <strong>of</strong> a<br />

majority voting mechanism whereby the weights <strong>of</strong> each<br />

alternative project are obtained on the basis <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong><br />

votes in favor <strong>of</strong> that project. The social choice theory has the<br />

characteristic that the social planner, usually an institution, must<br />

construct its objective function from the information gathered.<br />

The decision context in the social choice theory is the set <strong>of</strong><br />

possible individuals’ cardinal utility functions. If these utility<br />

10<br />

See Sen (1986), Jhele & Reny (1998) and Gravelle & Rees R. (1994)<br />

for details.<br />

231<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

functions are interpersonally comparable, we should be able to<br />

choose the exact social ordering without any ambiguity. This<br />

relationship between decision context and preference ordering<br />

is called performance correspondence. For any decision context,<br />

the performance correspondence tells which ordering will satisfy<br />

the performance criterion. However, the planner cannot use this<br />

knowledge to construct an ordering over the social states<br />

because there are certain non-comparability restrictions imposed<br />

on his frame; that is utility levels are non-comparable across<br />

individuals. Therefore, he must take an indirect route and specify<br />

a voting institution for the people in a society to use. He can<br />

only work with a set <strong>of</strong> individual ordering over states revealed<br />

by that voting mechanism to form the social ordering. Thus, the<br />

social choice theory is concerned with the existence <strong>of</strong> a function<br />

transforming or aggregating individual orderings into social<br />

ordering under these non-comparability assumptions.<br />

Arrow (1963) demonstrated that under certain<br />

restrictions on knowledge received by the social planner, an<br />

overall ordering possessing some reasonable properties cannot<br />

exist [those properties are consistency, transitivity, unrestricted<br />

domain, non-dictatorship, weak Pareto preference and<br />

independence <strong>of</strong> irrelevant alternatives]. This negative theorem,<br />

called Arrow’s Impossibility Theorem, states that no decision<br />

rule based on individual preferences can be completely<br />

satisfactory to choose among different alternatives. Any social<br />

decision rule that is chosen on majority voting basis must be<br />

dominated; that is we must relinquish either the desire for<br />

transitive preferences (the very basis for rationality) or democracy<br />

(the very basis for society).<br />

There have been various attempts to rescue social<br />

choice theory from the grip <strong>of</strong> Arrow’s impossibility theorem.<br />

One focus <strong>of</strong> attention has been the restrictions on the type <strong>of</strong><br />

preferences that are allowed. An important result discovered by<br />

Black (1983) which says that equilibrium voting outcomes always<br />

occur if the issue being voted is one-dimensional (i. e., alternatives<br />

differ only in one characteristic) and voters preferences are<br />

‘single-peaked’. But if the issues <strong>of</strong> public choice are <strong>of</strong><br />

multidirectional, as they normally are, then Black’s result is <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

232


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

little importance. Another attempt to rescue social choice dilemma<br />

has been to relax the restrictions on the type <strong>of</strong> information that is<br />

conveyed by individual evaluations. In the above-mentioned<br />

Arrow’s framework, if the restrictions on knowledge are relaxed<br />

and evaluations are assumed to be measurable and characteristics<br />

are comparable to certain extents, interesting possibilities emerge.<br />

The basic references for this line <strong>of</strong> work include Hammond (1976),<br />

Roberts (1980) and Sen (1976). However, those relaxations require<br />

so much information to be conveyed that they become implausible<br />

and unobserved in practice. The social choice remains a dilemma.<br />

Sen (1970) took up the social choice dilemma and<br />

presented an impossibility result that has even more disturbing<br />

consequences for the principles <strong>of</strong> social choice. He, unlike<br />

Arrow’s theorem, neither required the transitivity <strong>of</strong> social<br />

preferences, but merely required the existence <strong>of</strong> a best alternative<br />

in each choice situation, nor the assumption <strong>of</strong> independence <strong>of</strong><br />

irrelevant alternatives. Even with this mild formulation, it turned<br />

out to be the case that “liberal values even in a very mild form<br />

cannot possibly be combined with the weak Pareto principle,<br />

given an unrestricted domain…While the Pareto criterion has<br />

been thought to be an expression <strong>of</strong> individual liberty, it appears<br />

that in choices involving more than two alternatives it can have<br />

consequences that are, in fact, deeply illiberal” [Sen (1970): p.<br />

155]. The framework <strong>of</strong> rational choice does not allow even the<br />

minimal liberalism. “The society cannot let more than one<br />

individual be free to read what they like, sleep the way they prefer,<br />

dress as they care to, etc., irrespective <strong>of</strong> the preferences <strong>of</strong><br />

others in the community” [Sen (1970)]<br />

4.5: Social Abuses <strong>of</strong> Rationality<br />

The choice between an individual’s best interest and<br />

the group’s best interest is a choice we all must make constantly.<br />

As explained previously, standard neoclassical economics<br />

assumes that there is an invisible hand that guides self-interest<br />

maximization to the well-being <strong>of</strong> society. Nash (1928-)<br />

demonstrated that social exchanges involve games in which<br />

several agents interact with actions <strong>of</strong> each usually affecting the<br />

valued results for all and players must <strong>of</strong>ten make guesses about<br />

233<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

the actions <strong>of</strong> other agents in order to choose their own best<br />

response. Game theory attempts to explain exchange results <strong>of</strong><br />

such complex interactions. The problem raised by this analysis<br />

was that we don’t always choose what is best for society and<br />

ourselves even though we make rational choices! The classic<br />

example in game theory, called the prisoner’s dilemma, originated<br />

by Nash (1950) illustrates this problem. In the Prisoner’s Dilemma,<br />

a situation is described in which rewards are in amounts such<br />

that it would be in the mutual best interests <strong>of</strong> the participants<br />

for both to cooperate but the best interests <strong>of</strong> an individual is to<br />

defect. In particular, if you played the game over and over and<br />

you added up everyone’s score, the total would be a maximum if<br />

everyone cooperated all the time. Yet a rational player is presented<br />

a pay<strong>of</strong>f matrix that pays most for defection in every single play.<br />

Even communication cannot help maintain cooperation in one<br />

shot Prisoner’s dilemma game; only changing the pay<strong>of</strong>f<br />

structure can maintain cooperation. The essence <strong>of</strong> the story is<br />

that self-interest seeking behavior is not the best policy in all<br />

cases, not only for society but also for individuals.<br />

Following the above arguments, we should have no<br />

problem accepting the argument that most crime is a direct result<br />

<strong>of</strong> the ‘individual over individual’s group choice’. That is, crime<br />

is usually committed based on the individual’s assessment that<br />

his/her benefit will exceed the personal cost. Similarly, politicians<br />

as well as policemen generally do what is in their own best interests<br />

with disastrous impact on society in general by replacing<br />

exchange with ‘theft’—even though they are a member <strong>of</strong> that<br />

society. Why should a politician do what is best for their<br />

community when much greater personal rewards can be achieved<br />

in other ways? Why should politicians return control to the<br />

states or the individuals? If all individuals are maximizers <strong>of</strong> their<br />

own interest, this same principle should logically be applied to<br />

their elected representatives. The question <strong>of</strong> who controls the<br />

controllers is generally not faced by the economists. 11<br />

There are two major aspects to this paradox, both <strong>of</strong><br />

which present enormous difficulties for a society based on<br />

exchange interaction. First, while it is true that a particular<br />

11<br />

See Stigler (1941) for some discussion on this issue.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

234


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

endeavor would return a benefit to all members <strong>of</strong> the group<br />

where each individual would receive rewards that more than<br />

compensate for each individual’s contribution, it is also true that<br />

any particular individual would receive an even greater net return<br />

by not contributing anything. Good examples are elections, roads,<br />

water supplies, and other large investments. Yet, at the same time,<br />

it is obvious that for a particular individual, his/her maximum<br />

return is obtained by making no contribution—that is, free-riding.<br />

The second major component is that <strong>of</strong> the “Voter’s Paradox”,<br />

that is while it is true that the outcome <strong>of</strong> a group effort is made up<br />

<strong>of</strong> the sum <strong>of</strong> the individual efforts, in many cases a particular<br />

individual’s contribution makes no significant and/or measurable<br />

impact on the outcome. On a national election, one vote cannot<br />

possibly determine the outcome <strong>of</strong> the election. Massive noncooperation<br />

results in a breakdown <strong>of</strong> many group activities that<br />

would be useful. The massive growth <strong>of</strong> the welfare roles, crime,<br />

government spending, government waste, etc., are examples <strong>of</strong><br />

individuals maximizing their own return at the expense <strong>of</strong> the<br />

group. The paradox is that they are acting rationally.<br />

How might cooperation be maintained? One answer is<br />

to have some sort <strong>of</strong> enforcement <strong>of</strong> contracts that changes the<br />

pay-<strong>of</strong>fs so that reneging is no longer pr<strong>of</strong>itable. But this involves<br />

comparing the benefits from gains against the costs <strong>of</strong> state<br />

resources from the existence <strong>of</strong> such an institution. Another way<br />

to induce cooperation is creating the shadow <strong>of</strong> future. If the<br />

players may be involved in the contracts other than the one<br />

discussed in future times, then the incentive <strong>of</strong> each party changes<br />

because cheating will cause loss <strong>of</strong> value in future plays. Similarly,<br />

reputation developed from past honoring <strong>of</strong> contracts or reneging<br />

can also affect the behavior <strong>of</strong> future trading partners. Despite<br />

these possibilities <strong>of</strong> cooperation, neoclassical economists<br />

assume that these adverse cases are not widespread in practice<br />

and exclude them by assumption. After all, that society functions<br />

at all is a testimony for marginalist methodology to the fact that a<br />

large part <strong>of</strong> society does cooperate. Fortunately, it does not<br />

require 100 percent cooperation for most group efforts to succeed.<br />

Many public projects function with only a small percentage<br />

contributing. Voting is a good example in this regard. Moreover,<br />

this criticism has left limited impact because “the general principle<br />

235<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

that market prices do reflect the real scarcity or abundance <strong>of</strong><br />

goods and services is not fundamentally challenged” [Cole,<br />

Cameron and Edward (1983): p. 99].<br />

5: Conclusion: Why Economics?<br />

One would wonder why, despite after so much critical<br />

exposition, neoclassical economics has not only survived but also<br />

dominated the academic circles <strong>of</strong> economics. The answer to this<br />

question lies neither in the fact that there is ‘some deeper truth’<br />

hidden behind microeconomic theories nor that these theories have<br />

been shown to explain the empirical realties <strong>of</strong> capitalist order, rather<br />

a major reason for the sustainability <strong>of</strong> neoclassical economics<br />

rests on the fact that it continues to provide a justification for the<br />

agenda <strong>of</strong> liberal capitalism against religious social order. Economics<br />

as a distinct academic discipline arose at a time when Europe was<br />

undergoing a social transformation—a transformation from<br />

Christianity to capitalism. The new capitalist class was asking for<br />

the removal <strong>of</strong> political and social controls on individuals and society<br />

which were justified on the grounds <strong>of</strong> religious doctrine. Since a<br />

religious social order seeks to structure all social institutions so as<br />

to maximize the opportunities for the fulfillment <strong>of</strong> the Will <strong>of</strong> God,<br />

it necessarily imposes restrictions to discourage the immoral<br />

impulses <strong>of</strong> ‘accumulation and competition’ (i.e. greed and envy)—<br />

the impulses which ultimately commit an individual to ‘rivalry in<br />

worldly goods’ as an end in itself. In the social environment <strong>of</strong><br />

Europe during the 18 th century, economic theory provided a counter<br />

to the religious way <strong>of</strong> thinking about individual, society and state.<br />

The emerging capitalist class faced social and political barriers and<br />

restrictions and whenever they objected to these barriers, they<br />

were reminded that these controls were needed to maintain the<br />

social order. At this critical juncture, economic theory armed the<br />

capitalist class with an effective rejoinder against the priests: it<br />

brought forth the idea that a system <strong>of</strong> government was not needed<br />

to maintain social order, instead social order and harmony arise<br />

spontaneously and naturally in a market economy where each<br />

individual is guided by only his or her self-interestedness. The<br />

echo <strong>of</strong> this idea was also found in Smith’s famous ‘invisible hand’<br />

doctrine which played a key role in the transformation taking place<br />

during the 18 th century in Europe. Economists, since that time,<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

236


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

proposed that the essential feature <strong>of</strong> a market social order was<br />

‘equilibrium’—reflecting a state <strong>of</strong> social harmony. They preached<br />

the assumption that a market system necessarily and inherently tends<br />

towards equilibrium. If markets automatically and spontaneously<br />

attain equilibrium, then everything happens in equilibrium, hence in<br />

harmony, in a market system. This impersonal, spontaneous, natural<br />

and automatic ‘market equilibrium’ was presented to replace the<br />

legislative order <strong>of</strong> the European Christendom. Keen (2004) has rightly<br />

pointed out that ‘if, instead <strong>of</strong> equilibrium, economists had promised<br />

that capitalism would deliver chaos; if, instead <strong>of</strong> meritocracy,<br />

economists had said that capitalism could concentrate inequality,<br />

then economists could have hindered rather than helped the transition<br />

to capitalism’ (p. 162). It is specifically due to the service <strong>of</strong> this<br />

‘economic vision’ that economics has been able to resist all its<br />

critics—though, over the last century, it has been proved that<br />

economic theory is full <strong>of</strong> incoherence, but over the years the<br />

commitment to the ‘economic vision’ has become stronger. Contrary<br />

to the neoclassical economists’ assertion that ideology plays no role<br />

in the development <strong>of</strong> positive economic theory, it is in fact the<br />

defense <strong>of</strong> this core economic ideology that has made economic<br />

theory so resistant to change because the heterodox critics <strong>of</strong><br />

economic theory have asked it to abandon the core belief <strong>of</strong><br />

‘equilibrium’. It is rightly pointed out that ‘equilibrium’ is more than<br />

just a concept in neoclassical economics, it is a sweeping ontological<br />

pronouncement on the nature <strong>of</strong> capitalist social reality and, therefore,<br />

it is not open to direct conformation or refutation [Fullbrook (2005)]—<br />

it is presented as an apriori article <strong>of</strong> faith. Thus, the resistance to<br />

stick with economic theory is deeply embedded in ideological<br />

reasons. By using economics doctrines, economists try to rationalize<br />

the belief that capitalism is a rational system—in the sense that<br />

maximizing utility / self-interest / freedom maximizes social welfare or<br />

freedom. In this sense, economics is the religion <strong>of</strong> modern or<br />

enlightened man who treats its ‘belief system’ as unshakable dogmatic<br />

truths. This explains Stiglitz’s assertion that economics has suffered<br />

from the ‘triumph <strong>of</strong> ideology over science’ [Stiglitz (1941)].<br />

Another reason why neoclassical economics has<br />

managed to survive despite its incoherence is the absence <strong>of</strong> any<br />

grand alternative competing theory to microeconomics. The survey<br />

<strong>of</strong> alternative schools <strong>of</strong> thought given by Siddique and Ansari<br />

237<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

(2010) shows that though there are a number <strong>of</strong> emerging trends<br />

against neoclassical economics, their work is mostly restricted to<br />

the critical evaluation <strong>of</strong> microeconomics and they largely fail to<br />

provide any rigorous alternative framework to analyze capitalist<br />

social order. Economics will continue to celebrate its triumph,<br />

thanks to missing alternatives.<br />

Appendix<br />

The following two tables give the structure <strong>of</strong> businesses in USA to<br />

show the market power enjoyed by the large corporations. Table 1<br />

shows that though more than three quarters <strong>of</strong> all US firms are<br />

proprietorships-partnerships and only one fifth are corporations<br />

which capture 86% <strong>of</strong> total US revenue. Similarly, it is evident from<br />

Table 2 that almost all the US industries are dominated by a very few<br />

large corporations. Ignoring these numbers and assuming that actual<br />

capitalist markets behave as if they were perfectly competitive is in<br />

fact to make a mockery <strong>of</strong> capitalist realities.<br />

Table 1: Number <strong>of</strong> firms and their revenue shares in US<br />

economy 2001<br />

Proprietorships & Corporations<br />

Partnerships<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> Firms 80% 20%<br />

Total Revenue 14% 86%<br />

Controlled by<br />

Source: US Bureau <strong>of</strong> the Census, Statistical Abstract <strong>of</strong> the US: 2001<br />

Table 2: Revenue shares <strong>of</strong> firms in some US industries 2001<br />

Pe rce ntage Re ve nu e C on trol le d by<br />

Indust ry P rop riet orship s Large C orp orations<br />

A gricult ure 50 50<br />

Services 30 70<br />

C onst ruction 20 80<br />

R etail trade 17 83<br />

M ining 19 81<br />

T ransp ort 16 84<br />

F inance 10 90<br />

W holesale trade 6 94<br />

M anufact uring 3 97<br />

Source: US Bureau <strong>of</strong> the Census, Statistical Abstract <strong>of</strong> the US: 2001<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

238


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

References<br />

Akerl<strong>of</strong> (1982), “Labor contracts as partial gift Exchange,”<br />

Quarterly Journal <strong>of</strong>Eeconomics, Vol. XCVII, 543-69<br />

Akerl<strong>of</strong> and Yellen (1985a) “A near rationality model <strong>of</strong> the<br />

business cycle, with wage and price inertia”, Quarterly Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> Economics, supplement, 1985, 823-838<br />

Akerl<strong>of</strong> and Yellen (1985b) “Can small deviations from rationality<br />

make significant difference to economic equilibrium?” American<br />

Economic Review, Sep 1985, 75, 708-20<br />

Arrow K. J. (1963), “Social Choice and Individual Values”, 2 nd<br />

Ed., Wiley, New York<br />

Black Max (1983), “Why Should I be Rational”, in The Prevalence<br />

<strong>of</strong> Humbug and Other Essays, Cornwell University Press<br />

Blaug M. (1980), Methodology <strong>of</strong> Economics, Cambridge<br />

University Press, New York<br />

Boland A. Lawrence (1992), The Principles <strong>of</strong> Economics: some<br />

lies my teachers told me, Routledge, London and New York<br />

Carter A. (1988), Marx: A Radical Critique, Westview Press,<br />

Boulder, Colorado<br />

Chiang A. C. (1985), Mathematical Economics, 3 rd Ed., McGraw<br />

Hill<br />

Cole K, J. Cameron, and C. Edwards (1983), Why Economists<br />

Disagree, The political economy <strong>of</strong> economics, Longman Group<br />

Limited<br />

Conlisk J. (1996), “Why bounded rationality?”, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Economic Literature, 1996, Vol. XXXIV, 669-700<br />

Friedman Milton (1953), Essays in Positive Economics, Chicago<br />

University Press, Chicago<br />

239<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

Friedman Milton (1982), Capitalism and Freedom, Chicago,<br />

University <strong>of</strong> Chicago Press<br />

Friedman Rose and Friedman Milton (1980), Free to Choose,<br />

Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, New York and London<br />

Ferguson Adam (1776), An Essay on the History <strong>of</strong> Civil Society,<br />

[Alex Callinicos 1969, Social Theory, p. 26, Polity Press]<br />

Fullbrook Edward (2005), “Are You Rational?”, A Guide to What<br />

is Wrong with Economics, p. 71-83, Edward Fullbrook London<br />

Gardiner G. W. (2004), ‘The primacy <strong>of</strong> trade debts in the<br />

development <strong>of</strong> money’, in L.R. Wray (ed.), Credit and State<br />

Theories <strong>of</strong> Money: The contributions <strong>of</strong> A. Mitchell Innes, 128-<br />

172, Cheltenham, UK<br />

Gordon David M. (1987), “Left, Right and Centre: An introduction<br />

to Political Economy”, in Imperiled Economy edited by Robert<br />

Cherry et al. New York, Union for radical political economics<br />

Gravelle H. and Rees R. (1994), Microeconomics, 2 nd ed., Addison<br />

Wesley Longman, USA<br />

Hammond P. J. (1976), “Equity, Arrow’s conditions and Rawls’<br />

difference principle”, Econometrica, 44: 793-804<br />

Harcourt (1972), Some Cambridge Controversies in the Theory<br />

<strong>of</strong> Capital Cambridge University Press, London<br />

Henry J. F. (1990), The Making <strong>of</strong> Neoclassical Economics,<br />

Boston, Unwin Hyman, London, Sydney, Willington<br />

Jhele A. and Reny P. (1998), Advanced Microeconomic Theory,<br />

Addison Wesley Longman, USA<br />

Kahneman and Tversky (1979), “Prospect Theory: An analysis<br />

<strong>of</strong> decision under risk”, Econometrica, March, 47(2), 263-91<br />

Kahneman and Tversky (1991), “Loss aversion and risk less<br />

choice: A reference dependent model”, Quarterly Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Economics, 1991, 1039-1061<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

240


Research<br />

Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Kaufman (1999), “Emotional arousal as a source <strong>of</strong> bounded<br />

rationality”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Economic Behavior and Organization,<br />

38, 1999, 135-44<br />

Keen Steve (2004), Debunking Economics, Zed Books, London<br />

and New York<br />

Kuhn, T. S. (1970), The Structure <strong>of</strong> Scientific Revolutions, 2 nd<br />

ed., Chicago University Press<br />

Leibenstein H. (1979), “A Branch <strong>of</strong> Economics is Missing: Micro-<br />

Micro Theory, Journal <strong>of</strong> Economic Literature, 17: 477-502<br />

Looms and Sugden (1982), “Regret Theory: An alternative theory<br />

<strong>of</strong> rational choice under uncertainty”, Economic Journal,<br />

December: 92, 805-24<br />

Marx K. (1898), Value, Price and Pr<strong>of</strong>it, Swan Sonnenschein and<br />

Co., London<br />

Marx K. (1970), A Contribution to the Critique <strong>of</strong> Political<br />

Economy, Progress Publishers, Moscow (1971, International<br />

Publishers’ Co., New York)<br />

Marx K. and Engels F. (1967), Communist Manifesto,<br />

Harmondsworth: Penguin Books<br />

Mayhin Anne (2005), “Where Do Economies Come From? The<br />

Missing Story”, A Guide to What is Wrong with Economics, p.<br />

46-55, Edward Fullbrook London<br />

Moore and Bruder (2002), Philosophy: The Power <strong>of</strong> Ideas,<br />

McGraw Hill, USA<br />

Nash John (1950), ‘The Bargaining Problem’, Econometrica<br />

Raz J. (1986), The Morality <strong>of</strong> Freedom, Oxford University Press<br />

Robert Sudgen (1991), “Rational Choice: A Survey <strong>of</strong> contributions<br />

from Economics and Philosophy”, Economic Journal, Dec 1991,<br />

101, 751-85<br />

241<br />

Roberts K. W. S. (1980), “Interpersonal comparability and social<br />

choice theory”, Review <strong>of</strong> Economic Studies, 47: 421-439<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Refreshing Incoherence in Neoclassical Economic Theory<br />

Research<br />

Sandel M. (1982), Liberalism and the Limits <strong>of</strong> Justice, Cambridge<br />

University Press<br />

Schotter A. (1997) Microeconomics, 2 nd ed. Addison Wesley<br />

Longman, USA<br />

Sen A. K. (1970), “The impossibility <strong>of</strong> Paretian Liberty”, Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> Political Economy, 72: 152-157<br />

Sen A. K. (1977), “On weights and measures: informational<br />

constraints in social welfare analysis”, Econometrica, 45: 1539-1572<br />

Sen, A. K. (1986), “Social Choice theory”, in: K. J. Arrow and M.<br />

D. Intrilligator, eds, Handbook <strong>of</strong> Mathematical Economics, Vol.<br />

III (North Holland, Amsterdam): 1073-1181<br />

Siddique Zahid and Javed Ansari (2010), Microeconomics in<br />

Pakistan: Theory, Practice and Evaluation, unpublished book<br />

(shortly to be published)<br />

Simon H. (1979), “Rational Decision Making in <strong>Business</strong><br />

Organizations”, American Economic Review, papers and<br />

proceedings, 69, 493-513<br />

Solow R. and Carry Brown (1983), “Modern Capital Theory”, in<br />

Paul Samuelson and Modern Economic Theory, McGraw Hill<br />

company, New York<br />

Sraffa P. (1960), Production <strong>of</strong> Commodities by Means <strong>of</strong><br />

Commodities, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge and New<br />

York<br />

Stigler J. (1941), “The Theory <strong>of</strong> Economic Regulation”, Bell<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Economics 2, (Spring 1941), 3-21<br />

Taylor C. (1990), Sources <strong>of</strong> the Self, Cambridge University Press<br />

Tversky and Thaler (1990), “Anomalies: Preference reversal”,<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> economic perspective, 1990, 4(2), 201-11<br />

Veblen Thorstein (1904 [1967]), The History <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong><br />

Enterprise, New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons<br />

Weeks John (1981), Capital and Exploitation, Princeton<br />

University Press<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

242


Research<br />

Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

ASSESSING THE RELATIONSHIP<br />

BETWEEN LEADERSHIP AND<br />

CONFLICT MANAGEMENT<br />

STYLES IN THE BANKING<br />

SECTOR OF <strong>PAKISTAN</strong><br />

Abstract<br />

Humayun Zafar<br />

Department <strong>of</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

College <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> <strong>Management</strong>, Karachi<br />

The purpose <strong>of</strong> this paper is to assess the relationship <strong>of</strong> Blake<br />

and Mouton’s leadership grid with the conflict resolution<br />

strategies <strong>of</strong> the leaders. These strategies categorized by<br />

Bernardin and Alvares (1976) are: accommodating, avoiding,<br />

compromising, competing and collaborating.<br />

The purpose <strong>of</strong> this article is to study the positive relationship<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Blake and Mouton (1964) leadership styles with these<br />

strategies in Pakistan. Three categories <strong>of</strong> executives in the<br />

banking industry were chosen, comprising <strong>of</strong> 19 employees in<br />

each category and the categories were those <strong>of</strong> managers, senior<br />

managers and top executives.<br />

The results <strong>of</strong> the study show that a growing number <strong>of</strong><br />

executives in all the three categories perceived themselves to be<br />

practicing the team management style, and the proportion <strong>of</strong><br />

this was found to be highest in the category <strong>of</strong> top executives.<br />

Keywords: SAMS (self assessment management skills) conflict<br />

resolution strategies, collaborating, accommodating, concern for<br />

production and concern for task<br />

JEL Classification: M 1100<br />

243<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Research<br />

I. Introduction<br />

Leadership style plays an important role in shaping the<br />

behaviour and attitudes <strong>of</strong> employees in an organization. In recent<br />

years the study <strong>of</strong> leadership has drawn attention due to its role<br />

in the failure or success <strong>of</strong> an organization. Several studies have<br />

focused on investigating the role <strong>of</strong> leadership in developed<br />

countries. However, relatively little is known about the prevailing<br />

leadership styles in developing countries. The next section<br />

attempts to enhance the understanding <strong>of</strong> different leadership<br />

styles as introduced by Blake and Mouton 1964.<br />

II. Blake and Mouton’s Leadership Grid<br />

Figure 1: Blake and Mouton’s Leadership Grid<br />

Source Blake and Mouton (1964) The Managerial Grid, Houston Gulf Publishing<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

244


Research<br />

Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

The Blake and Mouton leadership grid as shown in<br />

Figure 1 uses two axes:<br />

Concern for people which is plotted on the X axis<br />

Concern for production or task plotted along the Y axis<br />

Both <strong>of</strong> these axes have a range from 0 to 9. The notion<br />

that just two dimensions can describe managerial behaviour has<br />

the attraction <strong>of</strong> simplicity.<br />

Blake and Mouton came up with the following five leadership<br />

styles after studying the behaviour <strong>of</strong> those in managerial<br />

positions:<br />

a. Authoritarian or “Produce or Perish” (score 9 on<br />

production, and 1 on people scale).<br />

b. Team leader (9 on production, 9 on people scale)<br />

c. Country Club leader ( 1 on production, 9 on people<br />

scale)<br />

d. Impoverished leader ( 1 on production, 1 on people<br />

scale)<br />

e. Middle-<strong>of</strong>-the-road leader (5 on production, 5 on<br />

people scale)<br />

Authoritarian Leader (high on task, low on relationship)<br />

People who get this rating are mainly task oriented and<br />

are hard on their workers (autocratic).There is little or no allowance<br />

for cooperation or collaboration. Heavily task oriented leaders<br />

display these characteristics; they are head strong on schedules;<br />

they expect people to do what they are told without question or<br />

debate, when something goes wrong they tend to focus on who<br />

to blame rather than concentrate on exactly what is wrong and<br />

how to prevent it; they show intolerant behaviour, which is<br />

contrary to norms, and they do not like people who show dissent,<br />

so it is difficult for the subordinates to contribute or develop.<br />

Team Leader (high on task, high on relationship)<br />

This type <strong>of</strong> person leads by positive example and<br />

endeavors to foster a team environment in which all team<br />

245<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Research<br />

members can reach their highest potential, both as team members<br />

and as people. They encourage the team to reach team goals as<br />

effectively as possible, while also working tirelessly to strengthen<br />

the bonds among the various members. They normally form and<br />

lead some <strong>of</strong> the most productive teams.<br />

Country Club leader (low on task, high on relationship)<br />

As the name suggests, this person uses predominantly<br />

reward power to maintain discipline and to encourage the team to<br />

accomplish its goals. Conversely, they are almost incapable <strong>of</strong><br />

employing punitive, coercive and legitimized powers. This<br />

inability results from the fear that using such powers could<br />

jeopardize relationships with the other team members, and thus<br />

would render them unpopular in their respective domains. This<br />

type <strong>of</strong> leader which was described by Lewin, Lippit and White in<br />

(1938) as a”Laizzez-Faire” leadership style.<br />

Impoverished leader (low on task, low on relationship)<br />

This is a leader who uses a “delegate and disappear”<br />

management style. Since they are not committed to either task<br />

accomplishment or relationship maintenance; they essentially<br />

allow their team to do whatever it wishes and prefer to detach<br />

themselves from the team process by allowing the team to suffer<br />

from a series <strong>of</strong> power struggles and failures. Source: Bartol<br />

Kathryn Tien Margaret Mathews Graham Martin David 4 th ed.<br />

<strong>Management</strong>: A Pacific Rim focus<br />

Middle-<strong>of</strong>-the-road (equal concern for task, equal concern for<br />

people)<br />

Such a leader is a compromiser, a politician who wants<br />

to maintain the status quo. B.J. Avolio, (2002)has identified this<br />

criteria <strong>of</strong> leadership as being that <strong>of</strong> a transactional leadership<br />

style, enforcing the notion that this type <strong>of</strong> leader perform up to<br />

the minimum expected level <strong>of</strong> performance, which is required in<br />

order to justify their stay or tenure in the organization.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

246


Research<br />

Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Leadership styles depend upon conditions, which are<br />

typical <strong>of</strong> certain organizations. Furthermore, they also depend<br />

upon the situations in which people are performing in their<br />

respective organizations. These include working conditions, pay<br />

scales, fringe benefits, hygiene conditions, etc.<br />

A survey was carried out by Blake & Mouton (1964) in<br />

the United States to identify leadership styles, in manufacturing<br />

industry and for that purpose a questionnaire was developed,<br />

which served as the research instrument for subsequent analysis.<br />

A valid criticism <strong>of</strong> the Blake & Mouton model is that it<br />

is a weak indicator for judging managerial behaviour or style <strong>of</strong><br />

leadership, because the results solely rest upon filling out a<br />

simple questionnaire without using other sophisticated research<br />

instruments, so anyone can deceive the researcher by filling out<br />

the questionnaire, citing all the examples and traits which point<br />

to the welfare <strong>of</strong> people, and project himself as a “people –<br />

oriented leader” Answers to the questionnaire, reflect only the<br />

self perception <strong>of</strong> the respondents and are not, therefore, an<br />

objective assessment <strong>of</strong> their managerial characteristics.<br />

According to Blake & Mouton, although most managers<br />

admire and see themselves as operationalising a team<br />

management style, this style is not easily achievable in practice.<br />

There have been instances in the past, where leaders have attained<br />

the team management styles in their respective organizations,<br />

but were unable to sustain them over the long run.<br />

Blake and Mouton’s Managerial Grid (1964) still serves<br />

as the basis for research in the areas <strong>of</strong> leadership studies<br />

because the pivotal point in leadership studies is the<br />

determination <strong>of</strong> leadership styles, and the focus is <strong>of</strong>ten on<br />

determining to what extent a leader adjusts his style to changing<br />

situations and circumstances.<br />

247<br />

The managerial grid is widely used to gauge leadership<br />

effectiveness and it has been adopted extensively by several<br />

major industrial organizations throughout the world in order to<br />

improve interpersonal effectiveness and develop leadership<br />

skills.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Research<br />

III The Bernardin – Alvares conflict resolution style<br />

characterization<br />

John Bernardin and Kenneth M. Alvares (1976) argue<br />

that despite the claims made by Blake and Mouton the grid theory<br />

has been subjected to relatively limited empirical testing. However,<br />

the companies which adopted the grid methodology did report<br />

changes in their pr<strong>of</strong>its and productivity, whether the changes<br />

were in part due to the team management style practiced by their<br />

supervisors, or due to other factors remains questionable.<br />

Bernardin and Alvares have placed strong emphasis on<br />

conflict resolution strategies, and their hypothesis testing is also<br />

accordingly based:<br />

The following hypotheses have been generated by<br />

Bernardin and Alvares:<br />

1. SAMS (self assessment management skills) as<br />

identified by Blake and Mouton’s managerial grid<br />

should predict preferred conflict resolution<br />

strategies. The 9.9 team oriented supervisor should<br />

prefer the collaborating resolution strategy, the 5.5<br />

middle <strong>of</strong> the road supervisor should prefer a<br />

compromise strategy and the 9.1 task oriented<br />

supervisor should prefer a forcing strategy. This<br />

hypothesis is tested by Bernardin and Alvares for<br />

two managerial levels It is posited that the<br />

respondents exhibit the above predicted correlation<br />

between leadership and conflict management styles.<br />

2. On the other hand, Blake and Mouton would predict<br />

a significant relationship between scores on the<br />

SAMS and effectiveness ratings from subordinates<br />

and superiors. More particularly, they predict that<br />

the team-oriented supervisor would be rated<br />

significantly higher in effectiveness than<br />

supervisors with other orientations.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

248


Research<br />

Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

One hundred twenty-nine employees <strong>of</strong> a large<br />

American Midwestern manufacturing company participated in<br />

the Alvares (1976) study on determining the relation between<br />

leadership and conflict resolution styles. The employees came<br />

from construction and maintenance departments <strong>of</strong> the firm.<br />

Participants had received no previous formal managerial training.<br />

The sample included all general foremen in the department, at<br />

least four first line supervisors in each section <strong>of</strong> the department,<br />

and at least one subordinate working under all supervisors. Of<br />

those receiving requests to participate, forty one out <strong>of</strong> fifty<br />

general foremen, forty six out <strong>of</strong> fifty five first line supervisors,<br />

and forty two out <strong>of</strong> seventy three subordinates returned usable<br />

questionnaires. All supervisors had to have occupied their<br />

present position for at least three months and all subordinates<br />

had to have worked under the same first line supervisor at least<br />

for three months.<br />

Participants were asked to rank paragraphs <strong>of</strong><br />

behavioral descriptions from most to least typical <strong>of</strong> themselves<br />

and then to select from groups <strong>of</strong> statements those that best<br />

describe their own behaviour. The conflict situation section<br />

consisted <strong>of</strong> various situations and this can be defined by using<br />

the following example:<br />

“A job deadline is approaching that a foreman’s<br />

supervisor has emphasized to be met. The foreman, however,<br />

feels his men’s safety may be jeopardized if work is speeded up<br />

to assure meeting the deadline. What should the foreman do?”<br />

Following strategies are available to a supervisor:<br />

1. Forcing —— he makes what he himself feels is the<br />

appropriate decision and emphasizes that the<br />

workers have no choice but to comply (Blake and<br />

Mouton’s)authoritarian style (9.1)<br />

2. Compromise —— he looks for a compromise; he<br />

tries to find some sort <strong>of</strong> common ground and<br />

attempts to please everyone Blake and Mouton’s<br />

middle <strong>of</strong> the road style (5.5)<br />

249<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Research<br />

3. Confrontation —— he organizes a meeting <strong>of</strong> all<br />

interested parties providing them with an opportunity<br />

to work out their differences.(Blake and Mouton’s)<br />

team management style (9.9)<br />

The effectiveness rating scale consisted <strong>of</strong> five<br />

behavioral statements and were rated on a scale from 0 to 6 and<br />

the respondents were asked to evaluate a supervisor or general<br />

foreman on the following criteria:<br />

a. He maintains a high working standard and performs<br />

all needed tasks.<br />

b. He is quick to spot changes which will improve his<br />

effectiveness.<br />

c. He does and says the right things at the right time.<br />

d. He is good in time management, using the right<br />

equipment, and the right people.<br />

e. He is needed very much if the job is to be done right.<br />

According to the responses on the SAMS, participants<br />

were identified as task oriented (9.1), middle-<strong>of</strong>-road (5.5) or team<br />

oriented (9.9). According to the scoring procedure presented in<br />

Blake & Mouton (1964), 11, 9, and 17 first-line supervisors and 9,<br />

6, and 13 general foremen were classified with the three orientations,<br />

respectively. Ratings on the three conflict resolution strategies<br />

were summed up across conflict management style for each group<br />

<strong>of</strong> supervisors.<br />

As a final test <strong>of</strong> the predictability <strong>of</strong> conflict resolution<br />

strategy ratings from managerial orientation, responses on the<br />

SAMS behaviour statements were summed up. There were no<br />

significant correlations when the scores <strong>of</strong> the SAMS [Self<br />

Assessment <strong>Management</strong> Skills] were compared to conflict<br />

resolution strategies.<br />

A summary leadership effectiveness rating was complied<br />

for each first-line supervisor and general foreman by summing up<br />

across the five effectiveness statements, which are the original<br />

Blake & Mouton leadership styles. A number <strong>of</strong> tests which were<br />

carried out further failed to verify the hypothesis that there is a<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

250


Research<br />

Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

relationship between managerial orientation as defined by the<br />

SAMS and leadership effectiveness ratings <strong>of</strong> first-line<br />

supervisors. Source: Bernardin John H and Alvares Kenneth M<br />

(1976) The Managerial Grid as a Conflict Resolution Method and<br />

Managerial Effectiveness Administrative Science Quarterely.<br />

IV<br />

Research Methodology<br />

The purpose <strong>of</strong> this study is to attempt to test the<br />

hypothesis that there is a relationship between Blake and<br />

Mouton’s leadership styles and the conflict resolution styles as<br />

presented by Bernardin and Alvares (1976).<br />

The sample consisted <strong>of</strong> 20 financial institutions; all<br />

situated in the city <strong>of</strong> Karachi, predominantly in the financial<br />

district. All were listed on the Karachi Stock Exchange and this<br />

number has been randomly selected.<br />

From each financial institution, three executives have<br />

been selected who have completed at least five years <strong>of</strong> service<br />

with that organization, and are in managerial roles, having<br />

leadership as one <strong>of</strong> their main functions.<br />

The justification for selecting the financial sector is the<br />

fact that this is a highly organized sector and attracts quite a<br />

number <strong>of</strong> qualified and well trained pr<strong>of</strong>essionals.<br />

Two set <strong>of</strong> questionnaires were submitted to these<br />

managers one <strong>of</strong> which is based on the survey carried out by<br />

Blake and Mouton (1964) and the other set is based on conflict<br />

resolution styles assessment as presented by John Bernardin<br />

and Kenneth Alvares (1976).<br />

The purpose <strong>of</strong> the research is to correlate the Blake<br />

and Mouton leadership styles with those <strong>of</strong> the conflict resolution<br />

management styles <strong>of</strong> Bernardin and Alvares and to analyze the<br />

findings <strong>of</strong> both the questionnaires in order to determine the<br />

leadership and conflict resolution styles <strong>of</strong> the managers in the<br />

sample.<br />

251<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Research<br />

First <strong>of</strong> all, a matrix is developed to describe the<br />

theoretically posited relationship between Blake and Mouton’s<br />

leadership styles match with the conflict resolution styles <strong>of</strong><br />

Bernardin and Alvares (1976). Secondly, using the questionnaire<br />

<strong>of</strong> Blake and Mouton, questions are identified on the basis <strong>of</strong> the<br />

leadership styles that the respondents are applying, however, it<br />

will also show how different management styles are estimated<br />

from the questionnaire.<br />

Table 1: Matrix showing hypothesized relationship between Leadership and Conflict<br />

<strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Blake & Mouton’s<br />

leadership styles<br />

1, Impoverished (1.1)<br />

2. Country Club (1.9)<br />

3.Middle <strong>of</strong> the road (5.5)<br />

4.Task management (9.1)<br />

5.Team management (9.9)<br />

Conflict resolution strategies <strong>of</strong> Bernardin &<br />

Alvares (1976)<br />

Accommodating<br />

Avoiding<br />

Compromising<br />

Competing<br />

Collaborating<br />

Questionnaire for assessing Blake and Mouton’s Managerial<br />

Grid Rating scale<br />

Never sometimes always<br />

0 1 2 3 4 5<br />

1.———— I encourage my team to participate when it comes to<br />

decision making time and I try to implement their ideas and<br />

suggestions..<br />

2.———— Nothing is more important than accomplishing a goal<br />

or task.<br />

3.———— I closely monitor the schedule to ensure a task or<br />

project will be completed in time.<br />

4.———— I enjoy coaching people on new tasks and procedures.<br />

5.——-— The more challenging a task, the more I enjoy it.<br />

6.—— I encourage my employees to be creative about their job.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

252


Research<br />

Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

7.———— When seeing a complex task through to completion,<br />

I ensure that every detail is accounted for.<br />

8.———— I find it easy to carry out several complicated tasks<br />

at the same time.<br />

9.———— I enjoy reading articles, books, and journals about<br />

training, leadership and psychology; and then putting what I<br />

have read into action.<br />

10.———— When correcting mistakes, I do not worry about<br />

jeopardizing relationships.<br />

11.———— I manage my time very efficiently.<br />

12——— I enjoy explaining the intricacies and details <strong>of</strong> a complex<br />

task or project to my employees.<br />

13———— Breaking large projects into small manageable tasks<br />

is second nature to me.<br />

14———— Nothing is more important than building a great<br />

team.<br />

15———— I enjoy analyzing problems.<br />

16———— I honor other people’s boundaries.<br />

17———— Counseling my employees to improve their<br />

performance or behaviour is second nature to me.<br />

18———— I enjoy reading articles, books, and trade journals<br />

about my pr<strong>of</strong>ession; and then implementing the new procedures<br />

I have learned.<br />

I now categorize the questions on the basis <strong>of</strong> people and task<br />

orientation the two dimensions <strong>of</strong> Blake and Mouton’s<br />

management grid.<br />

Questions pertaining to people orientation<br />

Question 1, is about encouraging and motivating the<br />

subordinates so that they can take decisions.<br />

Question 4 emphasizes the coaching and training aspect, as far<br />

as subordinates are concerned.<br />

Question 6 is about inculcating creativity in jobs.<br />

Question 9 is about developing reading habits, leadership traits,<br />

understanding human psychology and significance <strong>of</strong> training<br />

at the work place.<br />

Question 10 emphasizes the significance <strong>of</strong> not only admitting<br />

mistakes, but also correcting them as well.<br />

Question 12 emphasizes the importance <strong>of</strong> making complex tasks<br />

simple for the subordinates.<br />

253<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Research<br />

Question 14 emphasizes the importance <strong>of</strong> team work.<br />

Question 16 stresses respecting privacy <strong>of</strong> subordinates.<br />

Question 17 lays emphasis on counseling employees to improve<br />

not only behaviour at work place, but also their individual<br />

performance.<br />

Questions pertaining to task orientation<br />

Question 2 emphasizes completion <strong>of</strong> tasks.<br />

Question 3 emphasizes strict meeting <strong>of</strong> deadlines.<br />

Question 5 stresses the fact that tasks should be made more<br />

challenging and that subordinates should be in a position to<br />

enjoy accomplishing them.<br />

Question 7 is about incorporating minute details in a complex<br />

task.<br />

Question 8 is about the need for multi tasking complex jobs with<br />

ease.<br />

Question 11 is about time management.<br />

Question 13 emphasizes the need to develop work specialization<br />

and its related methods.<br />

Question 15 stresses the need to develop analytical skills.<br />

Question 18 emphasizes the need to enhance knowledge through<br />

reading and applying the same in discharging pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

commitments.<br />

The nine questions pertaining to task orientation are<br />

plotted on the X axis, whereas the nine questions pertaining to<br />

people orientation are plotted on Y axis <strong>of</strong> the leadership grid.<br />

As in Blake and Mouton, the entire grid is divided into<br />

four major quadrants, namely the impoverished style (1.1) the<br />

country club style (1.9) the authoritarian (9.1) and the team<br />

management styles (9.9) on the basis <strong>of</strong> people and task<br />

orientation. The manager who scores (5.5) has a middle <strong>of</strong> the<br />

road style, the leader, who falls into this criteria attaches equal<br />

importance to work as well as to the welfare <strong>of</strong> his subordinates.<br />

In all 57 respondents have been interviewed. The<br />

stratification is on a non-gender basis, involving three persons<br />

from each bank, (i) a senior top executive, drawing a salary equal<br />

to or in excess <strong>of</strong> Rs, 150,000 per month (ii) a senior manager,<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

254


Research<br />

Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

drawing a salary between the range <strong>of</strong> Rs. 75,000-100,000 per<br />

month and (iii) a manager drawing a salary in the range <strong>of</strong><br />

Rs.50,000 - 75,000 per month. In smaller financial institutions, if<br />

the senior executive is the CEO or the owner is the key person<br />

this has been taken into account in the survey. The respondents<br />

have filled out the above given questionnaire to indicate whether<br />

they see themselves as possessing one <strong>of</strong> the five mentioned<br />

leadership styles.<br />

The respondents were required to answer 18 questions<br />

in the first questionnaire, regarding leadership styles. The 9<br />

questions relating to the area <strong>of</strong> people consideration are<br />

multiplied by 0.2; similarly the remaining 9 questions relating to<br />

the task area have been multiplied by 0.2. In the original Blake<br />

and Mouton model, there are 5 probable leadership styles, and<br />

in order to make our participants fall into one single leadership<br />

style the probability is 1 over 5, hence the weight 0.2. is assigned<br />

to each question.<br />

The second questionnaire consists <strong>of</strong> 15 questions<br />

which assess the conflict resolution style self perception <strong>of</strong> the<br />

managers. These styles are Competing, Avoiding, Compromising,<br />

Accommodating, Collaborating and Forcing strategies as<br />

specified by the Bernardin and Alvares study (1976).<br />

The purpose <strong>of</strong> the second questionnaire is to identify<br />

the conflict resolution style <strong>of</strong> the managers.<br />

The participants have been informed that the intended<br />

survey is being carried out to test the relationship between<br />

leadership styles and conflict management styles and preferences<br />

in this regard will in no way be taken into consideration as an<br />

adverse feature. All communication will be considered to be<br />

strictly confidential.<br />

In the case <strong>of</strong> the conflict resolution questionnaire the<br />

respondents were required to answer 15 questions, which<br />

identify various conflict resolution styles, such as Competing,<br />

Avoiding, Compromising, Accommodating, Collaborating, and<br />

Forcing and each <strong>of</strong> these styles are assessed on the basis <strong>of</strong> a<br />

255<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Research<br />

specific set <strong>of</strong> questions. i.e. the questions answered fall into that<br />

particular conflict management style categories. In total there are<br />

15 questions and all <strong>of</strong> them fall into one <strong>of</strong> the above mentioned<br />

categories.<br />

The sum total <strong>of</strong> individual styles and their weightage is<br />

added. The highest score indicates the most preferred conflict<br />

resolution style <strong>of</strong> the respondent and similarly, the style with the<br />

lowest score determines the least preferred conflict resolution<br />

style<br />

For example in this questionnaire, high scores on<br />

questions 4, 9 and 12 pertain to the competing resolution style. If<br />

a respondent scores highest on these questions as compared to<br />

the other resolution styles, then we can conclude that the<br />

respondent’s preferred style is “Competing”.<br />

Exhibit 1Questionnaire regarding Conflict Resolution Strategies<br />

1- I look at issues with others to find solutions that meet the needs<br />

<strong>of</strong> everyone.<br />

2- I try to negotiate and adopt a give-and-take approach to problem<br />

situations.<br />

3- I try meet the expectations <strong>of</strong> others<br />

4- I would argue my case and insist on the merits <strong>of</strong> my point <strong>of</strong><br />

view.<br />

5- When there’s disagreement, I get as much info as I can and keep<br />

communication open.<br />

6- When I find myself in an argument, I usually say very little and<br />

leave as soon as possible.<br />

7- I try to see conflicts from both sides: what I need and what the<br />

other person needs.<br />

8- I prefer to compromise when solving problems and just move on.<br />

9- I find conflicts challenging and exhilarating and enjoy the battle<br />

<strong>of</strong> wits that usually follows.<br />

10- Being at odds with other people makes me feel uncomfortable<br />

and anxious.<br />

11- I try to accommodate the wishes <strong>of</strong> my friends and family.<br />

12- I can figure out what needs to be done and I am usually right.<br />

13- To break and deadlocks, I am willing to meet people halfway.<br />

14- I avoid hard feelings by keeping my disagreements with others<br />

to myself.<br />

15- I may not get what I want, and it’s a small price to pay for<br />

keeping the peace.<br />

True<br />

Somewhat<br />

True<br />

Somewhat<br />

False<br />

False<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

256


Research<br />

Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

The rating scale is given to each question which is indicated below:<br />

(True=4 points; Somewhat true =3 points; Somewhat false=2 points; False=1 point)<br />

Categorization <strong>of</strong> Questions by Conflict Resolution Strategies<br />

Exhibit 2<br />

Question I scored Question I scored Question<br />

number this as: number this as: Number<br />

Competing 4 9 12<br />

Avoiding 6 10 15<br />

Compromising 2 8 13<br />

Accommodating 3 11 14<br />

Collaborating 1 5 7<br />

I scored<br />

this as:<br />

Row<br />

Total<br />

The row with the highest score indicates the most preferred conflict resolution<br />

style.<br />

Source: http://www.nwlink.com/-docclark/leader/bm/model.html<br />

V. Results<br />

The hypothesis tested states that the team management<br />

supervisor is expected to prefer a collaborating resolution<br />

strategy; middle <strong>of</strong> the road supervisor is expected to adopt a<br />

compromising strategy. The task oriented supervisor is expected<br />

to adopt a forcing strategy. We hypothesize that senior<br />

executives; senior managers and managers in the sample banks<br />

in Karachi demonstrate this relationship between conflict<br />

resolution and leadership style.<br />

There were 57 respondents from the banking sector, 19<br />

were at managerial levels, 19 were at senior managerial levels<br />

and the remaining 19 were at top managerial levels in their<br />

respective organizations, involving 3 persons (1 top, 1 senior<br />

and 1 junior manager) from each bank.<br />

257<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Research<br />

The overall responses <strong>of</strong> the participants can be seen<br />

from the following scatter diagram (Fig 2) and the predominant<br />

self perceived style seems to be the team management style and<br />

it is appropriate to say that there is a gradual and consistent shift<br />

away from the middle <strong>of</strong> the road style towards the team<br />

management style (9.9) 43 participants had shown themselves as<br />

falling into the team management quadrant.<br />

There are three respondents who have categorized<br />

themselves in the impoverished style <strong>of</strong> leadership and similarly,<br />

there are four respondents who have categorized themselves in<br />

the country club leadership style. One <strong>of</strong> the respondents had<br />

categorized himself in the task management style and the<br />

remaining two respondents have classified themselves in the<br />

middle <strong>of</strong> the road style.<br />

What seems to be surprising is the fact that only one<br />

respondent categorized himself in the task management (produce<br />

or perish) leadership management style.<br />

It has been observed that most <strong>of</strong> the participants do<br />

not have complete knowledge about the impact <strong>of</strong> effective<br />

leadership styles and are not fully aware as to how to alter styles<br />

in changing situations and the questionnaires which were<br />

circulated to them only managed to extract sketchy information<br />

and one <strong>of</strong> the main reasons for this is that leadership and<br />

managerial styles are also culture bound, and as a result <strong>of</strong> that a<br />

majority <strong>of</strong> the respondents fail to align the questions to the<br />

accuracy <strong>of</strong> their respective styles and came up with responses<br />

which do not truly reflect their own individual styles. However,<br />

the positive aspect which emerged out <strong>of</strong> this survey was the fact<br />

that the ‘optimum’ leadership styles theorized by Blake and<br />

Mouton’s i.e the Team <strong>Management</strong> style is perceived as ideal in<br />

the banking industry <strong>of</strong> Pakistan by most incumbent executives.<br />

(43 out <strong>of</strong> 57)<br />

The total responses are 57, but four responses are<br />

similar, hence those responses are not registered separately and<br />

the scatter diagram shows only 53 responses.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

258


Research<br />

Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Fig 2. Scatter Diagram: Leadership styles (Full Sample)<br />

Country Club<br />

Style (1.9)<br />

Team <strong>Management</strong><br />

(9.9)<br />

Impoverished style (1.1)<br />

Task <strong>Management</strong> 9.1<br />

Fig 3 reflects the responses from the managers in the banking<br />

sector one <strong>of</strong> the responses which were received categorized<br />

himself in the impoverished style (1.1) two responses fell in the<br />

area <strong>of</strong> country club style (1.9) and the remaining fourteen<br />

considered themselves to be in the area <strong>of</strong> team management<br />

style (9.9) The two remaining responses fell into the area <strong>of</strong><br />

middle <strong>of</strong> the road (5.5) style.<br />

259<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Research<br />

Fig 3<br />

Scatter Diagram: Leadership style: Managers<br />

Country Club Style<br />

(1.9)<br />

Team <strong>Management</strong> (9.9)<br />

9.1<br />

Middle <strong>of</strong> the road<br />

Impoverished Style (1.1)<br />

Task <strong>Management</strong><br />

(9.1)<br />

Fig 4 presents the responses from the senior managers in the<br />

banking sector. None <strong>of</strong> the responses received from senior<br />

managers classified themselves in the impoverished style (1.1)<br />

no responses fell in the area <strong>of</strong> the country club style (1.9) and 17<br />

responses considered themselves to be in the area <strong>of</strong> team<br />

management style (9.9) The two remaining responses accounted<br />

for duplication <strong>of</strong> styles, not exhibited in the diagram.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

260


Research<br />

Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Fig 4 Scatter Diagram: Leadership style: Senior Managers<br />

Country Club Style<br />

(1.9)<br />

Team <strong>Management</strong> Team (9.9)<br />

<strong>Management</strong><br />

9.1<br />

Middle <strong>of</strong> the road<br />

Impoverished Style (1.1)<br />

Task <strong>Management</strong><br />

(9.1)<br />

The final scatter diagram (Fig 5), reflects the results <strong>of</strong><br />

the top executives working in the banking sector, and fourteen<br />

see themselves as following the team management style <strong>of</strong><br />

leadership (9.9), whereas two <strong>of</strong> the top executives see themselves<br />

following the impoverished style (1.1) and two perceive<br />

themselves to be practicing the country club style <strong>of</strong> leadership<br />

1.9). One executive consider himself to be practicing the task<br />

management style <strong>of</strong> leadership (9.1).<br />

261<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Research<br />

Most <strong>of</strong> the top level executives see themselves as<br />

having crossed the threshold <strong>of</strong> middle <strong>of</strong> the road approach with<br />

the exception <strong>of</strong> only five persons and out <strong>of</strong> them two rate poorly<br />

on the task structure and another two rate poorly on the people<br />

oriented grid as well as task leadership grid, whereas the remaining<br />

one sees himself as following the task management style, and<br />

this is evident from Figure 5.<br />

Fig 5 Scatter Diagram: Leadership style: Top Executives<br />

Country Club Style (1.9)<br />

Team <strong>Management</strong> (9.9)<br />

9.1<br />

Middle <strong>of</strong> the road<br />

Impoverished Style (1.1)<br />

Task <strong>Management</strong><br />

(9.1)<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

262


Research<br />

Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

We now proceed to examine the relationship between<br />

leadership and conflict management styles. Table 2 shows the<br />

extent to which the theoretical expectations are realized on the<br />

basis <strong>of</strong> our empirical results.<br />

Table2: Correlation <strong>of</strong> Blake & Mouton leadership styles with Bernardin & Alvares<br />

conflict resolution styles<br />

Managers<br />

1, Impoverished (1.1) Accommodating<br />

2. Country Club (1.9) Avoiding<br />

3. Middle <strong>of</strong> the road (5.5) Compromising<br />

Proportion <strong>of</strong> total sample showing this<br />

correspondence<br />

3 out <strong>of</strong> 19<br />

0/19<br />

0/19<br />

2 out <strong>of</strong> 19<br />

4. Task management (9.1) Competing<br />

14 out <strong>of</strong> 19<br />

5. Team management (9.9) Collaborating<br />

Senior Manager<br />

1, Impoverished (1.1) Accommodating<br />

2. Country Club (1.9) Avoiding<br />

3. Middle <strong>of</strong> the road (5.5) Compromising<br />

4. Task management (9.1) Competing<br />

5. Team management (9.9) Collaborating<br />

Proportion <strong>of</strong> total sample showing this<br />

correspondence<br />

0 out <strong>of</strong> 19<br />

0 out <strong>of</strong> 19<br />

0 out <strong>of</strong> 19<br />

0 out <strong>of</strong> 19<br />

19 / 19<br />

Top Executives<br />

1, Impoverished (1.1) Accommodating<br />

2. Country Club (1.9) Avoiding<br />

3. Middle <strong>of</strong> the road (5.5) Compromising<br />

4. Task management (9.1) Competing<br />

5. Team management (9.9) Collaborating<br />

Proportion <strong>of</strong> total sample showing this<br />

correspondence<br />

3 out <strong>of</strong> 19<br />

1 out <strong>of</strong> 19<br />

0 out <strong>of</strong> 19<br />

1 out <strong>of</strong> 19<br />

14 out <strong>of</strong> 19<br />

263<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

Research<br />

We find a close correspondence between perception <strong>of</strong><br />

management and conflict resolution styles with respect to the<br />

Team <strong>Management</strong> style and the collaborative conflict<br />

management style. Of the total sample <strong>of</strong> 57 respondents 47<br />

respondents see themselves as having a team management and a<br />

collaborative conflict management style. This close<br />

correspondence between the team management and the<br />

collaborative conflict management holds across all three sub<br />

samples –– managers, senior managers and top executives. Thus<br />

our results contradict the Bernardin Alvares finding that there is<br />

no correspondence between management and conflict resolution<br />

style perception by managers at least as far as the team<br />

management leadership and collaborative conflict resolution style<br />

is concerned.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

264


Research<br />

Assessing the Relationship between Leadership and Conflict <strong>Management</strong> Styles<br />

References<br />

Keys E. Bernard (1977) <strong>Management</strong> <strong>of</strong> Learning Grid for<br />

Managerial Development, The Academy <strong>of</strong> <strong>Management</strong> Review,<br />

vol 2, No 2, pp289-292.<br />

Blake Robert R and Mouton S. Jane (1964) The Managerial Grid,<br />

Houston Gulf Publishing.<br />

Bartol Kathryn Tien Margaret Mathews Graham Martin David<br />

4 th Ed.<strong>Management</strong> A Pacific Rim Focus pp 407.<br />

Bernardin John H and Alvares Kenneth M. (1976) The Managerial<br />

Grid as a Conflict.<br />

Resolution Method and Managerial Effectiveness Administrative<br />

Science Quarterly, vol 21, No I pp 84-92.<br />

Mckee Rachel The Grid Difference (2005) A Historical Perspective<br />

<strong>of</strong> Grid.<br />

Methodology, grid User’s Conference Belfast City, Northern<br />

Ireland.<br />

Robbins P. Stephens, (2007) Organizational Behaviour 12 th Ed.<br />

Prentice Hall, pp434-440.<br />

Deluga, J. Ronald, (1988) The politics <strong>of</strong> leadership: The<br />

Relationship between Task-<br />

People Leadership and Subordinate Influence: Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Organizational Behaviour, vol 9, No 4, pp359-366.<br />

Schermerhorn R. John, Hunt G. James, Osborn N. Richard (2003)<br />

Organizational.<br />

Behaviour 8 th Ed. John Wiley and Sons pp 301-302.<br />

http://www.nwlink.com/-docclark/leader/bm/model.html<br />

265<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

ASSESSING THE SERVICE<br />

QUALITY OF SOME SELECTED<br />

HOSPITALS IN KARACHI<br />

BASED ON THE SERVQUAL<br />

MODEL<br />

Rizwan Ahmed<br />

Hina Samreen<br />

College <strong>of</strong> Computer Sciences & Information Systems<br />

<strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> <strong>Management</strong>, Karachi<br />

Abstract<br />

The study is aimed at exploring the dimensions <strong>of</strong> the<br />

SERVQUAL model which are the significant determinants <strong>of</strong><br />

service quality, in terms <strong>of</strong> patients’ satisfaction, in the<br />

selected hospitals <strong>of</strong> Karachi. For this purpose, data was<br />

collected from 252 outpatients visiting three selected<br />

hospitals each from public sector, private sector and semipublic<br />

sector. The technique <strong>of</strong> factor analysis is used to<br />

extract the important factors on the basis <strong>of</strong> responses<br />

obtained from patients. Factor analysis resulted in five<br />

factors. The key findings <strong>of</strong> this study are the regression<br />

models obtained for all three hospitals. These models have<br />

the predictors that are statistically significant determinants<br />

<strong>of</strong> the patients’ satisfaction for each hospital.<br />

Keywords: SERVQUAL, Patients satisfaction, public<br />

hospitals, private hospitals, semi public hospitals<br />

JEL Classification: I10, I11<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

266


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

I. Introduction<br />

The purpose <strong>of</strong> this study is to evaluate the performance<br />

<strong>of</strong> some selected hospitals <strong>of</strong> Karachi on the basis <strong>of</strong> the<br />

SERVQUAL model related to customer service quality. The<br />

research objectives <strong>of</strong> the study are to:<br />

Ascertain whether the selected hospitals that are<br />

operating in Karachi in the public, semi public and<br />

private sectors follow all five dimensions<br />

(TANGIBILES, RELIABILITY, RESPONSIVENESS,<br />

ASSURANCE, & EMPATHY) <strong>of</strong> the SERVQUAL<br />

model.<br />

Compare gaps among three types <strong>of</strong> hospitals.<br />

Identify the areas <strong>of</strong> maximum and minimum gaps for<br />

the items that are related to each dimension <strong>of</strong> the<br />

SERVQUAL model.<br />

Identify the determinants <strong>of</strong> patients’ satisfaction in<br />

the selected hospitals.<br />

The term “service quality” has been defined in several<br />

ways. Parasuraman et al. (1985) describes the word service quality<br />

as “a measure <strong>of</strong> the degree <strong>of</strong> discrepancy between consumers’<br />

perceptions and expectations”.<br />

“Consumer dissatisfaction occurs when expectations<br />

<strong>of</strong> the consumers are greater than actual performance <strong>of</strong> service<br />

delivering organizations and perceived service quality is less than<br />

the satisfactory level.”<br />

Gronsroos (1984) defines service quality as a function<br />

<strong>of</strong> expectations, outcome and image.<br />

267<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

The well known “SERVQUAL scale can be applied to<br />

any service providing organization to assess service<br />

quality.”(Zeithaml, Parasuraman and Berry (1990)<br />

The five generic dimensions or factors were<br />

introduced by Parasuraman et al (1988) to measure service<br />

quality are:<br />

Tangibles: Physical facilities, equipment and<br />

appearance <strong>of</strong> personnel;<br />

Reliability: Aability to perform the promised service<br />

dependably and accurately;<br />

Responsiveness: Willingness to help customers and<br />

provide prompt service;<br />

Security: Knowledge and courtesy <strong>of</strong> employees and<br />

their ability to inspire trust and confidence; and<br />

Empathy: Caring, individualized attention provided<br />

to customers.<br />

These dimensions were extracted on the basis <strong>of</strong> a<br />

questionnaire (See Chart 1) consisting <strong>of</strong> 22 questions that<br />

cover the expectations and performance aspect <strong>of</strong> each<br />

dimension <strong>of</strong> the SERVQUAL model<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

268


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Chart 1: Original version <strong>of</strong> the SERVQUAL scale<br />

It e m E x p e c t at io n ( E ) P e r fo r m a n c e ( P )<br />

X Y Z ha s m o d e rn<br />

T h e y sho u ld ha v e m o d e r n<br />

e qu ip m e n t.<br />

e qu ip m e n t.<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

1 0<br />

1 1<br />

1 2<br />

1 3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

T an gib ilit y<br />

R e li ab i lit y<br />

R e s p o n sib ilit y<br />

T h e p hy sic a l i n st a lla tio n s<br />

sh o u ld b e v isu a lly<br />

a ttr a c tiv e .<br />

T h e e m p lo y e e s sh o uld b e<br />

w e ll- dr e s se d a n d c le a n.<br />

T h e a p p e a r a n c e <strong>of</strong> c o m p a n y<br />

ins ta lla tio n s sh o u ld b e<br />

c on se r v e d a c c o r d in g t o th e<br />

se r v ic e o f fe r e d .<br />

W h e n th e se c o m pa nie s<br />

pr o m i se to d o so m e th in g i n<br />

a c e r ta in tim e , th e y m us t d o<br />

it.<br />

W h e n c lie n ts ha v e a ny<br />

pr o bl e m w ith th e se<br />

c om p a nie s , t he la te r m u s t<br />

be so lid a r y a n d m a k e th e m<br />

fe e l s e c u r e .<br />

T h e s e c o m p a n ie s s ho u ld b e<br />

<strong>of</strong> c on f ide n c e .<br />

T h e y sho u ld pr o vid e th e<br />

se r v ic e i n th e t im e<br />

pr o m i se d .<br />

T h e y sho u ld ke e p the ir<br />

re c o r d s c or r e c tly .<br />

It s ho u l d n o t b e e x pe c te d<br />

tha t th e y i nf o r m c lie n ts<br />

e xa c tl y w h e n th e se r v ic e s<br />

a re to b e e x e c u te d .<br />

It is no t r e a so n a b le to<br />

e xp e c t im m e d ia te<br />

a va ila b ilit y o f c o m pa n y<br />

e m p lo y e e s .<br />

C o m p a n y e m p lo ye e s d o no t<br />

ne e d to b e a lw a y s a v a ila b le<br />

to h e lp c l ie nt s.<br />

It is no r m a l f o r t he m to b e<br />

too b us y to re a d ily r e sp on d<br />

to r e q ue s ts.<br />

X Y Z ’s ph y sic a l<br />

in s ta lla tio n s a r e v is ua ll y<br />

a ttr a c tive .<br />

X Y Z ’s e m p lo y e e s a r e<br />

w e ll dr e s se d a nd c le a n.<br />

T he a p pe a r a n c e <strong>of</strong><br />

X Y Z ’s ph y sic a l<br />

in s ta lla tio n s is c o n se r ve d<br />

a c c o r d in g to the se r v ic e<br />

o f f e re d .<br />

W h e n X Y Z p r o m is e s to<br />

d o so m e t hin g i n a c e r ta in<br />

tim e , it r e a lly d o e s it .<br />

W h e n y o u h a v e a<br />

p r o b l e m w ith X Y Z , it is<br />

so lid a ry a nd m a ke s yo u<br />

fe e l s e c ur e .<br />

X Y Z c a n b e tr ust e d .<br />

X Y Z p r o vid e s th e<br />

se r vic e i n th e t im e<br />

p r o m i se d .<br />

X Y Z ke e p s its re c o r d s<br />

c or r e c tly .<br />

X Y Z d o e s n ot i nf o r m<br />

e xa c tl y w h e n s e r vic e s<br />

w ill b e e x e c u te d.<br />

Y ou d o n o t r e c e iv e<br />

im m e d ia te se r v ic e s f r o m<br />

X Y Z e m p lo y e e s.<br />

X Y Z e m p lo y e e s a r e n o t<br />

a lw a y s a v a il a ble to h e lp<br />

c lie nt s.<br />

X Y Z e m p lo y e e s a r e<br />

a lw a y s too b u s y to<br />

re s po n d to c lie n t<br />

re q u e sts.<br />

269<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

C li e nts sho ul d be a bl e t o<br />

be l ie ve in the c om pa n y’s<br />

e m plo ye e s.<br />

Y o u c a n be l ie ve X Y Z<br />

e m plo ye e s.<br />

1 4<br />

1 5<br />

1 6<br />

S e c u r ity<br />

C li e nts sho ul d be a bl e t o<br />

fe e l sa f e in ne go ti a ti ng<br />

w i th c om pa n y e m pl oy ee s .<br />

T h e e m p loy e e s sh oul d be<br />

po li te .<br />

Y o u f e e l se c ure<br />

ne go ti a ti ng w it h X Y Z<br />

e m plo ye e s.<br />

X Y Z e m p loy e e s are<br />

po li te .<br />

1 7<br />

T h e e m pl oye e s sh oul d<br />

ob ta i n a de qu a te su pp or t<br />

fr om t he c om p a ny t o<br />

pe rf o rm th e ir ta s ks<br />

c orr e c tl y.<br />

It sho uld n ot be e xp e c te d<br />

for t he c o mp a ni e s t o p a y<br />

in di vid ua l a tt e nti on to th e<br />

c li e nts .<br />

X Y Z e m pl oye e s do n ot<br />

ob ta in a de qu a te su pp or t<br />

f r om th e c om p a ny t o<br />

pe r form th e ir ta s ks<br />

c or re c tl y.<br />

X Y Z do e s n ot pa y<br />

in div id ua l a tte n ti on to<br />

yo u.<br />

1 8<br />

1 9<br />

2 0<br />

2 1<br />

2 2<br />

E m p a th y<br />

Source: Oliveria (2008)<br />

II.<br />

It sho uld n ot be e xp e c te d<br />

for t he e m pl oy e e s t o g ive<br />

pe rs ona l iz e d a tte n tio n to<br />

th e c li e nts .<br />

It is ab su rd t o e x pe c t t he<br />

e m plo ye e s to kn ow c l ie n t<br />

ne e d s.<br />

It is ab su rd t o e x pe c t t he s e<br />

c om pa n ie s to ha ve the<br />

c li e nts ’ be s t i nt e re s ts a s<br />

th e ir o bj e ct iv e .<br />

It sho uld n ot be e xp e c te d<br />

for t he b us ine s s h our s to b e<br />

c on ve ni e nt f or a l l c li e nt s.<br />

Literature Review<br />

X Y Z e m pl oye e s do no t<br />

gi ve pe r s on a l a tt e nt io n.<br />

X Y Z e m pl oye e s do no t<br />

kno w t he i r ne e ds .<br />

X Y Z do e s n ot ha ve<br />

yo ur b es t i nt e re sts a s its<br />

ob je c ti ve .<br />

X Y Z do e s n ot ha ve<br />

c on ve ni e nt bus in e ss<br />

ho urs fo r a ll c li e nt s.<br />

Andaleeb (2008) studied patient satisfaction (measured<br />

by using factor analysis). This study was conducted on<br />

caregivers who had accompanied a child came to a hospital in<br />

Dhaka. A regression model was constructed by using factor<br />

analysis based upon the five dimensional SERVQUAL model.<br />

The model explained 67.4% <strong>of</strong> the variation in the patients’<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> 365 <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

270


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

satisfaction which was taken as the dependent variable. The<br />

behavior <strong>of</strong> the nurses, the behavior <strong>of</strong> the doctors and facilitation<br />

payments (staff expectation <strong>of</strong> extra payment for normal services<br />

that were provided to the patients) had been appeared as<br />

statistically significant determinants <strong>of</strong> patients’ satisfaction.<br />

Tangibles composite (all the items that were related to the<br />

cleanliness <strong>of</strong> the hospital and staff) and input adequacy<br />

(availability <strong>of</strong> medicines and equipment whenever needed),<br />

appeared as statistically insignificant.<br />

Babakus and Mangold (1992) assessed patients’<br />

perceptions <strong>of</strong> service quality in a hospital environment. A modified<br />

SERVQUAL scale with 15 pairs <strong>of</strong> questions having 5 point scale<br />

was used. Factor analysis and correlation were used to assess<br />

the validity <strong>of</strong> the study. Reliability coefficients for all five<br />

dimensions were found greater than 0.5.<br />

Kang and James (2004) applied the SERVQUAL model<br />

in the cell phone industry based on European perspective 1 . A<br />

total <strong>of</strong> 464 users <strong>of</strong> two specific cell phone companies in South<br />

Korea were interviewed. Interviewees were asked to rate questions<br />

in the questionnaire constructed for 3 constructs i.e. functional<br />

quality, technical quality, image and their impact on overall service<br />

quality and customer satisfaction. Confirmatory Factor Analysis<br />

(CFA) was conducted to check the uni-dimensionality <strong>of</strong> the<br />

construct. Initial results did confirm the five-factor structure <strong>of</strong><br />

the SERVQUAL model. The results <strong>of</strong> the study indicated that<br />

functional and technical quality influence the perceptions that<br />

are related to the overall service quality.<br />

Karassavidou (2009) aimed to identify the service quality<br />

dimension used by patients for service quality evaluation in Greek<br />

NHS (National Services Hospitals). A SERVQUAL questionnaire,<br />

including an expectation and perception section, each consisting<br />

<strong>of</strong> 26 statements having seven point Likert scale was used for the<br />

survey. A survey <strong>of</strong> 137 patients was conducted in six hospitals<br />

located in Northern Greece. In this study, principal component<br />

271<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

method was used to extract factors. Factor analysis resulted in<br />

three extracted factors. Alpha coefficient ranged from 0.785 to<br />

0.996 and confirmed the reliability <strong>of</strong> all three dimensions. Gap<br />

analysis was also performed to determine the degree to which<br />

the difference between expectations and perceptions exist among<br />

patients surveyed.<br />

Lim and Tang (2000) examined patients’ expectations<br />

and perceptions about hospital service quality in Singapore. In<br />

the beginning, the survey instrument was designed with five<br />

dimensions <strong>of</strong> the SERVQUAL model. The instrument consisted<br />

<strong>of</strong> 25 questions having 5 point Likert scale. In this study another<br />

dimension “accessibility and affordability” was added to the<br />

questionnaire in the form <strong>of</strong> three additional questions that were<br />

different from original SERVQUAL model. This additional<br />

dimension would also be included as the part <strong>of</strong> the present<br />

study.<br />

In addition to this, the questionnaire also had a question<br />

on “overall importance” in the expectation section and another<br />

question “overall rating <strong>of</strong> service quality” in the perception<br />

section. 252 satisfactorily filled questionnaires out <strong>of</strong> 300 were<br />

collected from four general practitioners and two specialist<br />

clinics. The question related to the overall rating <strong>of</strong> service quality<br />

is also included in the present study. SERVQUAL score was<br />

calculated by using mean and standard deviation. Mann-Whitney<br />

test was applied to test the hypothesis that there was no difference<br />

in the mean gap (mean difference between the ratings <strong>of</strong><br />

expectations and perceptions). In this study assurance and<br />

responsiveness appeared to be the most important dimensions<br />

<strong>of</strong> hospital services.<br />

Manaf and Nooi (2009) based their study upon the<br />

difference in perceptions and expectations <strong>of</strong> in-patients and<br />

out-patients on the basis <strong>of</strong> SERVQUAL model adapted for the<br />

health care industry in Malaysia. Surveys <strong>of</strong> outpatients and<br />

inpatients were conducted and 646 inpatients and 570 outpatients’<br />

usable questionnaires were analyzed. Factor analysis was carried<br />

out for both inpatient and outpatient data. This yielded with two<br />

factors, namely clinical dimensions <strong>of</strong> service 2 and physical<br />

dimension <strong>of</strong> service 3 .<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

272


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Miranda et.al. (2010) based their study on the SERVQUAL<br />

model and measured the gap between the perceptions <strong>of</strong> health<br />

managers and that <strong>of</strong> patients’. Patients’ satisfaction was taken<br />

as the dependent variable and the variables, Health staff (doctors<br />

and nurses), Efficiency (waiting times and the time it takes to<br />

resolve complaints), No Health Staff (administrative staff), and<br />

Facilities (cleanliness, equipment and the location <strong>of</strong> the health<br />

center) were taken as independent variables. The gap between<br />

the perceptions <strong>of</strong> health managers and patients were measured<br />

and most <strong>of</strong> them were found to have statistically significant<br />

negative values.<br />

Mostafa (2005) tested perceptions <strong>of</strong> service quality in<br />

Egypt from the perspective <strong>of</strong> public and private hospital patients<br />

and attempted to seek an answer to the question; how do patients<br />

evaluate service quality by using relevant dimension. A survey<br />

<strong>of</strong> a total <strong>of</strong> 500 patients, from 12 hospitals <strong>of</strong> Egypt was conducted,<br />

and resulted in 332 successfully filled questionnaires. This<br />

questionnaire was designed on the basis <strong>of</strong> the five dimensional<br />

SERVQUAL model having 5-point Likert rating scale. The results<br />

<strong>of</strong> the survey highlighted a three factor solution <strong>of</strong> the SERVQUAL<br />

model. A statistically significant difference in terms <strong>of</strong> service<br />

quality was observed between public and private hospitals.<br />

Oliveria and Ferreira’s (2008) measured service quality<br />

at a higher education institute in Brazil. This was a survey based<br />

research. The survey instrument was five dimensional SERVQUAL<br />

model. The instrument consisted <strong>of</strong> 19 items having 7 point Likert<br />

scale. The gaps between expectations and perceptions for all 19<br />

items had been measured. The questionnaire was applied to 38<br />

beginning students in the Production Engineering course. The<br />

results show that the gaps for all 19 items were negative and this<br />

implies that the expectations <strong>of</strong> the students were higher as<br />

compared to the perceptions.<br />

273<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

Parasuraman et al. (1985) used the original ten<br />

dimensions <strong>of</strong> the SERVQUAL Model in their study. They defined<br />

quality as a gap between expectations and performance. In-depth<br />

interviews <strong>of</strong> 3 - 4 executives from four recognized service firms<br />

and a total <strong>of</strong> 12 focus group interviews <strong>of</strong> consumers were<br />

conducted to gain insights about:<br />

The perceptions <strong>of</strong> managers regarding key attributes<br />

<strong>of</strong> service quality<br />

The consumers’ perceptions regarding the key<br />

attributes <strong>of</strong> quality in services<br />

Do discrepancies exist between the perceptions <strong>of</strong><br />

consumers and service marketers?<br />

<br />

Can consumer and marketer perceptions be<br />

combined in a general model that explains service<br />

quality from the consumer’s standpoint?<br />

The authors’ exploratory research revealed 10<br />

evaluative dimensions or criteria that covered variety <strong>of</strong> services.<br />

The researchers developed the items that cover these 10<br />

dimensions. They had mentioned seven propositions to measure<br />

the gap between expectations and perceptions.<br />

Parasuraman et al. (1988) described the development <strong>of</strong><br />

a 22-item instrument <strong>of</strong> the SERVQUAL model having 5<br />

dimensions to assess perceptions <strong>of</strong> customers regarding service<br />

quality in service and retailing organizations. The researchers<br />

had selected four major well known service providing businesses:<br />

a bank, a credit care company, a firm <strong>of</strong>fering appliance repairs<br />

and maintenance services and a long-distance telephone<br />

company. They ended up with a 22-item instrument having five<br />

dimensions. All four different firms, from which the data was<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

274


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

collected to perform factor analysis, yielded five extracted factors<br />

with the same items loaded on each factor and having factor<br />

loadings greater than 0.5 cut-<strong>of</strong>f value. The reliability<br />

coefficients (Cronbach’s Alpha) were all greater than the cut<strong>of</strong>f<br />

value <strong>of</strong> 0.6. This signifies the internal validity <strong>of</strong> the factors.<br />

Scale’s validity was also assessed with the use <strong>of</strong> analysis <strong>of</strong><br />

variance.<br />

Sohail’s (2003) objective was to assess the dimensions<br />

<strong>of</strong> the SERVQUAL model that influence the perception <strong>of</strong><br />

patients regarding the service quality in private hospitals in<br />

Malaysia. Patients’ satisfaction was taken as dependent variable<br />

and it was measured on the basis <strong>of</strong> five dimensions defined in<br />

the SERVQUAL model. The research instrument was a<br />

questionnaire based upon a modified version <strong>of</strong> SERVQUAL<br />

having five dimensions Tangibility, Reliability, Responsiveness,<br />

Assurance and Empathy and it consisted <strong>of</strong> 15 pairs <strong>of</strong> matching<br />

expectation/perception items. A total <strong>of</strong> 186 responses were<br />

obtained and this represented a response rate <strong>of</strong> 18.6%. To<br />

address construct validity <strong>of</strong> the study, factor analysis was<br />

conducted. None <strong>of</strong> the reliability alphas were below the cut<strong>of</strong>f<br />

point <strong>of</strong> 0.60. The mean scores <strong>of</strong> the patients’ expectations<br />

<strong>of</strong> service quality were generally low.<br />

Yesilada and Direktor (2010) extracted the dimensions<br />

<strong>of</strong> the SERVQUAL model in both public and private hospitals.<br />

In the survey, 990 people living in Northern Cyprus, above 18<br />

years <strong>of</strong> age were selected for the survey. 806 people contributed<br />

their responses. A 22 items-SERVQUAL model with 5-point<br />

“agree-disagree” Likert scale was used. Three factors were<br />

extracted through factor analysis, with 61.5% explained variance.<br />

Reliability –confidence, empathy and tangibility appeared as<br />

the most important dimensions <strong>of</strong> service quality. Private<br />

hospitals appeared with smaller gaps between expectations and<br />

perceptions (not negligibly small), as compared to the public<br />

hospitals and were perceived as better service providers.<br />

275<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

III. Methodology<br />

III.1 Data Collection<br />

In this study, three hospitals are selected that are<br />

operating in Karachi. The study is conducted from September 15<br />

to October 8, 2010. To give appropriate representation to the<br />

population <strong>of</strong> the city, one hospital each from the public sector,<br />

the semi-public and the private sector was selected. Both the<br />

hospital authorities and patients were given assurance <strong>of</strong><br />

anonymity. Target population was the out-patients who visit the<br />

consulting and executive clinics <strong>of</strong> the three selected hospitals<br />

during their operating hours (morning and evening hours).<br />

As a sampling technique, systematic sampling was<br />

used to select every k th patient 4 as a respondent. Systematic<br />

sampling was used to collect data because the entire<br />

population was homogenous in terms <strong>of</strong> the purpose for which<br />

they had come to the hospital. The number <strong>of</strong> patients sitting<br />

in the waiting lounge was considered as the population and<br />

20% <strong>of</strong> the individuals were selected as the part <strong>of</strong> the sample.<br />

During the data collection, we found that from 20 to 30 patients<br />

per executive/consulting clinic visited these hospitals during<br />

consulting hours.<br />

During the data collection, we have faced the difficulty<br />

<strong>of</strong> lack <strong>of</strong> cooperation when the individuals who were selected,<br />

refused to be the part <strong>of</strong> the study (Approximately between 40 to<br />

50 % <strong>of</strong> them refused). The lowest numbers <strong>of</strong> respondents were<br />

from the public hospital where people were least willing to<br />

cooperate. Even though, the questionnaire in Urdu and was<br />

especially designed, keeping in view the difficulty that the<br />

respondents may face, most <strong>of</strong> the individuals who visit public<br />

hospitals are not well educated. The lack <strong>of</strong> cooperation within<br />

the public hospital patients was mainly because they had been<br />

kept waiting for so long as they were<br />

finished with the consultation they were eager to leave the<br />

hospital premises immediately.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

276


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

This data collection activity was spread over the three<br />

weeks (one week each for each hospital). The number <strong>of</strong><br />

respondents from the private hospital, the semi-public hospital,<br />

and the public hospital was 96, 90, and 66 (a total <strong>of</strong> 252)<br />

respectively. The lowest numbers <strong>of</strong> respondents were from public<br />

hospital where people were least willing to cooperate.<br />

III.2 Research Instrument<br />

The research instrument for this study was a<br />

questionnaire having 26 items and each item was divided into<br />

two parts in such a manner that the first part <strong>of</strong> each item measures<br />

the expectations <strong>of</strong> the patients and the second part measures<br />

the perceptions <strong>of</strong> the patients based upon their experiences.<br />

Each question is constructed with the 5-points Likert scale rating<br />

from 1 (strongly disagree) to 5 (strongly agree). Questionnaire<br />

was also translated in Urdu for the respondents who did not<br />

understand English.<br />

In this study, five dimensions <strong>of</strong> the original SERVQUAL<br />

model that is Tangibility, Reliability, Responsibility, Assurance<br />

and Empathy were incorporated and an additional dimension<br />

Accessibility & Affordability included in Lim & Tang (2005) was<br />

also incorporated.<br />

Tangibility includes questions related to Physical facilities,<br />

equipment and appearance <strong>of</strong> personnel.<br />

Questions related to hospital equipment, other facilities<br />

apparent get up and out going personalities <strong>of</strong> doctors and<br />

paramedical staff were a vital part <strong>of</strong> the previous studies (Babakus<br />

(1992), Lim and Tang (2000), Sohail (2003), Mostafa (2005),<br />

Karassavidou (2009), and Miranda (2010)). This study has also<br />

included these questions in Tangibility dimension. (Question no.<br />

1 to Question no. 5 in the questionnaire)<br />

277<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

The question related to privacy during the treatment<br />

was only included by Lim and Tang (2000) in the Tangibility<br />

dimension, and we have also included this question as a part <strong>of</strong><br />

Tangibility dimension. (Question no. 5)<br />

Lim and Tang (2000) and Karassavidou (2009) have used<br />

modified version <strong>of</strong> SERVQUAL by adding a new dimension<br />

“Accessibility and Affordability” in their studies. A question on<br />

adequate parking facilities was included in both studies.<br />

Questions about the easy accessibility to hospital<br />

location, and affordability <strong>of</strong> hospital services, are also the part<br />

<strong>of</strong> our questionnaire (Question no. 25 and question no. 26).<br />

Previous researchers like Lim and Tang (2000), and Karassavidou<br />

(2009) have also studied these dimensions.<br />

Ability to perform the promised service dependably<br />

and accurately comes under the definition <strong>of</strong> Reliability.<br />

Babakus (1992) and Miranda (2010) had included<br />

question about the pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism and competency <strong>of</strong> doctors<br />

and health staff. This question is also the part <strong>of</strong> our<br />

questionnaire under reliability dimension (Question no. 8).<br />

Question about error-free documentation <strong>of</strong> medical<br />

records, previously used by Babakus (1992), Lim and Tang (2000),<br />

Sohail (2003), Mostafa (2005), Karassavidou (2009) is also added<br />

in our questionnaire in Reliability dimension (Question no. 9).<br />

Two questions, “Hospitals should provide their services<br />

at the time they promise to do so”, and “Services should be<br />

carried out right the first time”, were previously included by<br />

Babakus (1992), Lim and Tang (2000), Mostafa (2005),<br />

Karassavidu (2009), Miranda (2010) in Reliability dimension.<br />

(Question no. 6 and question no. 7).<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

278


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Lim and Tang (2000) included a question about<br />

consistency <strong>of</strong> charges in the same dimension and we are also<br />

considering this question. (Question no. 10).<br />

The fourth dimension Responsiveness is defined as<br />

Willingness to help customers and provide prompt service.<br />

Questions related to “provide prompt services”, and<br />

“willingness <strong>of</strong> doctors and health staff to help patients” was<br />

considered as a part <strong>of</strong> responsiveness dimension, by Babakus<br />

(1992), Lim and Tang (2000), Sohail (2003), Mostafa (2005),<br />

Karassavidou (2009) and we are also including these questions<br />

under this dimension. (Question no. 11 and question no. 12)<br />

Our next question is about waiting time in health centers, was<br />

also the part <strong>of</strong> Lim and Tang (2000) and Miranda (2010) (Question<br />

no. 14).<br />

The fifth dimension Assurance, consists <strong>of</strong> questions<br />

related to competence, courtesy, credibility and security,<br />

Knowledge and ability to inspire trust and confidence.<br />

In this dimension, we are considering a question<br />

regarding Secure feeling <strong>of</strong> patients, receiving medical services,<br />

was previously used by Babakus (1992), Sohail (2003), Mostafa<br />

(2005), Karassavidou (2009), Miranda (2010).<br />

We have also added a question in this dimension, “Do<br />

the Attitude and behavior <strong>of</strong> doctors/staff instill confidence in<br />

patients?”(Question no. 13), adapted by the previous studies <strong>of</strong><br />

Lim and Tang (2000), Sohail (2003), Mostafa (2005), Karassavidou<br />

(2009).<br />

279<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

D i m e n s i o n<br />

Accessibility & Affordability Empathy<br />

Assurance Responsiveness Reliability Tangibility<br />

Chart 2- Dimensions and related items<br />

Ite m<br />

u p -t o -d a t e e q u ip m e n t<br />

c le a n & c o m fo rt a b le<br />

e n v iro n m e n t<br />

d o c t o rs / s t a ff a re n e a t<br />

in fo rm a t iv e b ro c h u re s<br />

p riv a c y is o b s e rv e d<br />

s e rv ic e s a re p ro v id e d a t<br />

a p p o in t e d t im e<br />

s e rv ic e s a re c a rrie d o u t rig h t a t<br />

t h e firs t t im e<br />

d o c t o rs a n d s t a ff a re<br />

p ro fe s s io n a l a n d c o m p e t e n t<br />

s y s t e m o f e rro r fre e a n d fa s t<br />

re t rie v a l o f d o c u m e n t s e xis t s<br />

c o n s is t e n c y o f c h a rg e s<br />

p ro m p t s e rv ic e s a re g iv e n<br />

d o c t o rs a n d s t a ff a re re s p o n s iv e<br />

a t t it u d e o f d o c t o rs a n d s t a ff<br />

in s t ill c o n fid e n c e in p a t ie n t s<br />

w a it in g t im e d o e s n o t e xc e e d<br />

o n e h o u r<br />

d o c t o rs a n d s t a ff a re c o u rt e o u s<br />

a n d frie n d ly<br />

d o c t o rs p o s s e s s w id e s p e c t ru m<br />

o f k n o w le d g e<br />

p a t ie n t s a re t re a t e d w it h d ig n it y<br />

a n d re s p e c t<br />

p a t ie n t s a re e xp la in e d t h e ir<br />

m e d ic a l c o n d it io n t h o ro u g h ly<br />

fe e d b a c k is o b t a in e d fro m<br />

p a t ie n t s<br />

s e rv ic e s a re a v a ila b le ro u n d t h e<br />

c lo c k<br />

d o c t o rs a n d s t a ff h a v e p a t ie n t s '<br />

b e s t in t e re s t s a t h e a rt<br />

d o c t o rs a n d s t a ff u n d e rs t a n d<br />

t h e s p e c ific n e e d s o f p a t ie n t s<br />

h o s p it a l h a s a d e q u a t e p a rk in g<br />

fa c ilit ie s<br />

t h e lo c a t io n is a c c e s s ib le<br />

c h a rg e s fo r t h e s e rv ic e s<br />

re n d e re d a re a ffo rd a b le<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

280


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Babakus (1992), Lim and Tang (2000), Sohail (2003),<br />

Mostafa (2005), Karassavidou (2009), Miranda (2010) have<br />

included questions related to knowledge, friendliness and<br />

courtesy <strong>of</strong> doctors and health staff. And we are also considering<br />

these questions in this dimension. (Question no. 13, Question<br />

no. 15 & Question no. 16).<br />

Lim and Tang (2000) and Karassavidou (2009) have<br />

extended this dimension by incorporating two additional<br />

questions addressing dignity and respect <strong>of</strong> patients receiving<br />

health services, and how doctors explain medical conditions to<br />

patients. So we are considering both questions under the same<br />

dimension. (Question no.17)<br />

The sixth dimension Empathy includes access,<br />

communication, Caring and individualized attention that the<br />

firm provides to its customers.<br />

24-hours availability <strong>of</strong> services, used by Lim and Tang<br />

(2000), and Karassavidou (2009), is included in our questionnaire<br />

as a part <strong>of</strong> Empathy dimension. (Question no. 20)<br />

Another question in the questionnaire <strong>of</strong> present study,<br />

is related to understanding <strong>of</strong> specific needs <strong>of</strong> patients, is<br />

previously used by Lim and Tang (2000), Mostafa (2005),<br />

Karassavidou (2009), Miranda (2010). (Question no. 22)<br />

Interest <strong>of</strong> doctors and health staff towards problem<br />

resolution <strong>of</strong> their patients was considered previously by Lim<br />

and Tang (2000), Mostafa (2005), Karassavidou (2009), Miranda<br />

(2010) and we are including this question in our questionnaire.<br />

(Question no. 21).<br />

281<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

III.3 Measures<br />

SPSS 17 is used for data analysis and differences <strong>of</strong><br />

ratings related to expectations and perceptions were obtained to<br />

identify the gap regarding each item <strong>of</strong> the questionnaire. The<br />

purpose was to identify the areas where the maximum and<br />

minimum gaps in the selected hospitals exist. This approach was<br />

also used in Karassavidou (2009), Lim and Tang (2000),<br />

Myercoughs (2002), Sohail (2003), and Yesilada and Direktor<br />

(2010).<br />

As a second step, factor analysis was performed. On<br />

the basis <strong>of</strong> the ratings <strong>of</strong> the perceptions <strong>of</strong> 252 respondents,<br />

factors were extracted as the determinants <strong>of</strong> the patients’<br />

satisfaction 5 . To extract important factors as the determinants <strong>of</strong><br />

patients’ satisfaction, the technique <strong>of</strong> factor analysis was used<br />

as used by Andaleeb (2008), Iwaarden (2003), Kang and James<br />

(2004), Karassavidou (2009), Manaf and Nooi (2000), Sohail<br />

(2003), Parasuraman (1988), Yesilada and Direktor (2010). Factor<br />

loadings were obtained by using Varimax rotation. The<br />

consistency <strong>of</strong> data was checked by using Cronbach alpha that<br />

was also used in Babakus and Mangold (1992), Manaf and Nooi<br />

(2000), Parasuraman (1988), Sohail (2003) and Mostafa (2005).<br />

After performing the factor analysis a regression was run by<br />

taking all the extracted factors as the independent variables and<br />

patients’ satisfaction as the dependent variable (Yesilada &<br />

Direktor, 2010). The values <strong>of</strong> the independent variables were<br />

obtained by calculating the mean score <strong>of</strong> the items that were<br />

loaded on each factor. The 26 th item that measures the patients’<br />

satisfaction with overall service quality was used as the<br />

dependent variable.<br />

Y ( patients ' satisfacti on)<br />

<br />

0<br />

1X<br />

1<br />

<br />

2<br />

X<br />

2<br />

<br />

.......... <br />

n<br />

X n<br />

Where,<br />

<br />

i<br />

: the regression coefficients estimated on the basis <strong>of</strong> the<br />

data<br />

X<br />

i<br />

: the independent variables obtained from factor analysis<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

282


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

The regression models were measured in two steps:<br />

First, by considering all 252 observations and second them three<br />

regression models that were obtained for three hospitals<br />

based upon thedata collected from each hospital.<br />

IV. Findings & Discussion<br />

At the first stage <strong>of</strong> our analysis, the study has been<br />

focused on the gap analysis (the difference in the ratings <strong>of</strong><br />

expectations and perceptions <strong>of</strong> the respondents). For each item<br />

<strong>of</strong> the questionnaire, the study identified the maximum and<br />

minimum gaps so that the areas <strong>of</strong> strengths and weaknesses for<br />

each hospital. In Table 1, only maximum and minimum gaps in the<br />

items related to each dimension were presented for all the three<br />

hospitals.<br />

In tangibility, the item “doctors/staff are neat in<br />

appearance” has minimum difference <strong>of</strong> 0.7292 for the private<br />

hospital while the item “informative brochures are available” has<br />

the maximum differences <strong>of</strong> 1.7879 for the public hospital.<br />

In Reliability, the item “doctor/staff are pr<strong>of</strong>essional and<br />

competent” has the minimum value <strong>of</strong> 0.9167 for the private hospital<br />

and the item “system <strong>of</strong> error free and fast retrieval <strong>of</strong> documents”<br />

has the maximum value <strong>of</strong> 1.7556 for the semi-public hospital.<br />

283<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

Table 1- Hospital-wise minimum and maximum gaps in expectations & perceptions<br />

D im e n s io n It e m M a x. M in . M a x. M in . M a x. M in .<br />

u p -t o -d a t e<br />

e q u ip m e n t<br />

c le a n &<br />

c o m fo rt a b le<br />

e n v iro n m e n t<br />

Tangibility<br />

d o c t o rs / s t a ff a re<br />

n e a t<br />

in fo rm a t iv e<br />

b ro c h u re s<br />

p riv a c y is<br />

o b s e rv e d<br />

s e rv ic e s a re<br />

p ro v id e d a t<br />

a p p o in t e d t im e<br />

0 .7 3 0 .9 8 0 .9 0 9 1<br />

1 .2 9 1 7 1 .6 6 7 1 .7 8 8<br />

1 .5 1 5<br />

s e rv ic e s a re<br />

c a rrie d o u t rig h t<br />

a t t h e firs t t im e<br />

Reliability<br />

D o c t o rs a n d<br />

s t a ff a re<br />

p ro fe s s io n a l a n d<br />

c o m p e t e n t<br />

0 .9 2 1 .1 3 1 .2 4 2 4<br />

s y s t e m o f e rro r<br />

fre e a n d fa s t<br />

re t rie v a l o f<br />

d o c u m e n t s<br />

e xis t s<br />

c o n s is t e n c y o f<br />

c h a rg e s<br />

p ro m p t s e rv ic e s<br />

a re g iv e n<br />

d o c t o rs a n d s t a ff<br />

a re re s p o n s iv e<br />

1 .6 0 4 2<br />

1 .7 5 6 1 .5 1 5<br />

1 .4 2 1 .3 6 3 6<br />

1 .4 2 1 .3 6 3 6<br />

Responsiveness<br />

a t t it u d e o f<br />

d o c t o rs a n d s t a ff<br />

in s t ill c o n fid e n c e<br />

in p a t ie n t s<br />

0 .9 6<br />

w a it in g t im e<br />

d o e s n o t e xc e e d<br />

o n e h o u r<br />

2 .0 8 3 3 1 .7 1 1 2<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

284


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Table-1 (continuation)<br />

D im e nsi on I tem M a x . M in . M ax . M in . M a x . M in.<br />

Empathy<br />

Assurance<br />

Accessibility &<br />

Affordability<br />

do cto r s and<br />

sta f f a r e<br />

c ou r te o us<br />

a nd fr ien d ly<br />

do cto r s<br />

po ss ess w i de<br />

sp e c tr um o f<br />

kn o w le d ge<br />

pa t ie nts a re<br />

tr e a ted w it h<br />

dig n ity a nd<br />

re s p e c t<br />

pa t ie nts a re<br />

e xp la in e d<br />

the ir<br />

m e d ic al<br />

c on d itio n<br />

tho r o ug hl y<br />

fe e d b a c k is<br />

ob ta in e d<br />

fr o m<br />

pa t ie nts<br />

ser vi c es a r e<br />

a va il a ble<br />

ro u nd th e<br />

c lo c k<br />

do cto r s and<br />

sta f f ha v e<br />

pa t ie nts ' be s t<br />

inter es ts a t<br />

he a r t<br />

do cto r s and<br />

sta f f<br />

un de rs ta nd<br />

the s pe c i fic<br />

ne e d s o f<br />

pa t ie nts<br />

ho sp ital h a s<br />

a de q u ate<br />

pa r k in g<br />

fa c il ities<br />

the lo c a tio n<br />

is a c ce ss ib le<br />

c ha r g e s f or<br />

the s e rv ic es<br />

re n d er ed a r e<br />

a ff o r dab le<br />

1.0 8 89 .93 9 4<br />

.87 5 0<br />

1 .1 8 75 1 .6 22 2 2 .1 51 5<br />

1 .5 8 33 2 .0 22 2 2 .4 54 5<br />

1 .06 2 5 1.5 1 11 .87 8 8<br />

.77 0 8 1.0 0 00 .78 7 9<br />

1 .8 1 25 1 .9 11 1 2 .3 33 3<br />

285<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

In Responsiveness, the item “attitude <strong>of</strong> doctors and<br />

staff instill confidence in patients” has the minimum mean<br />

difference <strong>of</strong> 0.9583 for the private hospital and the item “waiting<br />

time should not exceed one hour” has the maximum mean rating<br />

<strong>of</strong> 2.0833 for the private hospital.<br />

In Assurance, the item “patients are treated with dignity<br />

and respect” has the minimum mean difference <strong>of</strong> 0.875 for the<br />

private hospital and the item “patients are explained their medical<br />

condition thoroughly has the highest mean difference <strong>of</strong> 2.1515<br />

for the public hospital.<br />

For Empathy, the item “services are available round the<br />

clock” is found with the minimum value <strong>of</strong> 0.8788 lowest for the<br />

public hospital and the item “feedback is obtained from patients<br />

has the highest mean difference <strong>of</strong> 2.4545 for the public hospital.<br />

For Accessibility & Affordability, the item “the location<br />

is accessible” has the minimum mean difference <strong>of</strong> 0.7708 for the<br />

private hospital and the maximum difference <strong>of</strong> 2.3333 in mean<br />

ratings is observed for the item “charges for the services<br />

rendered are affordable” for the public hospital.<br />

In the second stage, exploratory factor analysis was<br />

performed (see Appendix 2 for SPSS output <strong>of</strong> Factor Analysis),<br />

by taking the ratings <strong>of</strong> the perception <strong>of</strong> respondents regarding<br />

each item then these extracted factors were used to determine<br />

patients’ satisfaction. The results are displayed in table 2.<br />

Five factors were extracted as a result <strong>of</strong> factor analysis.<br />

According to the nature <strong>of</strong> the items that were loaded on a factor;<br />

they are named as Tangibility & Pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism, Reliability &<br />

responsiveness, Assurance & Empathy, Feedback, and<br />

Affordability.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

286


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Table 2- Extracted Factors, Factor Loadings, Cronbach Alpha and Average<br />

Variance Extracted<br />

Dimensions /Item s<br />

F actor<br />

Loa dings<br />

C ronbach<br />

A lpha(α)<br />

Avera ge<br />

Variance<br />

Ex tracted<br />

(AVE )<br />

287<br />

T angibility and Pro fessiona lis m 0 .8 38 17 .555<br />

Up to date and well m ain tain ed<br />

equ ip men t 0 .77 4<br />

Do ctors and staff are neat in a ppearance 0 .67 1<br />

Do ctors and staff are pr<strong>of</strong>es sio nal and<br />

com petent 0 .70 5<br />

Sys tem <strong>of</strong> erro r free and fas t r etrieval <strong>of</strong><br />

do cum ents 0 .66 2<br />

Do ctors po ss ess wid e sp ectrum o f<br />

kn owledg e 0 .61 7<br />

Th e lo catio n is access ib le 0 .54 1<br />

Reliability & Respo nsiv enes s 0 .8 65 15 .754<br />

Priv acy is ob served du rin g tre atm ent 0 .59 0<br />

Services are pro vid ed at app oin ted time 0 .68 4<br />

Services are carried out rig ht at the first<br />

tim e 0 .63 8<br />

Do ctors and staff are res po nsi ve 0 .51 5<br />

Atti tud e <strong>of</strong> d octors an d s taff ins till<br />

con fi den ce in patients 0 .63 6<br />

waitin g tim e d oes not exceed on e hou r 0 .77 2<br />

As surance a nd Em pathy 0 .7 52 13 .851<br />

Do ctors and staff are court eous and<br />

friend ly 0 .57 4<br />

Pati ents are treated with di gni ty and<br />

resp ect 0 .62 3<br />

Do ctors and staff have p atients' best<br />

in terest at heart 0 .77 8<br />

Do ctors and staff und erstand the specific<br />

needs o f a patient 0 .80 3<br />

Feedback a nd Gui dance 0 .5 57 9.6 90<br />

Infor mative broch ures are av ailab le 0 .57 3<br />

Pati ents are exp lain ed their med ical<br />

con ditio n thoro ug hly 0 .79 2<br />

Feedback is ob tain ed fro m pati ent s 0 .80 7<br />

Affo rdability 0 .8 51 6.4 98<br />

C ons is ten cy o f charges 0 .70 4<br />

C harges for the s ervices rendered are<br />

affo rdab le 0 .81<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

The reliability coefficients (Cronbach Alpha) are all<br />

greater than 0.5 (see appendix 3) and ranged from 0.577 to 0.865<br />

except for the factor (named as affordability) for which the value<br />

is below the cut <strong>of</strong>f value <strong>of</strong> 0.6. The total variance explained on<br />

the basis <strong>of</strong> rotated factor loading is 63.349. The average<br />

variances extracted by each <strong>of</strong> factors are 17.555 (tangibility &<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism), 15.754 (reliability & responsiveness), 13.851<br />

(assurance & empathy), 9.690 (feedback & guidance) and 6.498<br />

(affordability) respectively. Chart 3 gives the flow chart <strong>of</strong><br />

determinants with alpha (α) values and average variance extracted<br />

by each factor.<br />

CHART 3 – Determinants <strong>of</strong> Patients’ Satisfaction extracted from Exploratory<br />

Factor Analysis with Cronbach Alpha and Average Variance Extracted Values<br />

Tangibility &<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism<br />

Reliability &<br />

Responsiveness<br />

α=0.838,<br />

AVE =17.555%<br />

α=0.865,<br />

AVE =15.754%<br />

Assurance &<br />

Empathy<br />

α=0.752,<br />

AVE =13.851%<br />

Patients’<br />

Satisfaction<br />

Feedback &<br />

Guidance<br />

α=0.557,<br />

AVE =9.690%<br />

α=0.851,<br />

AVE =6.468%<br />

Affordability<br />

a<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

288


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

In the third stage <strong>of</strong> data analysis, regression analysis<br />

was performed by taking the ratings <strong>of</strong> 252 respondents on the<br />

basis <strong>of</strong> items related to the extracted factors. These extracted<br />

factors have been taken as the independent variables while<br />

patients’ satisfaction (measured with the help <strong>of</strong> ratings given to<br />

the 26 th item 6 <strong>of</strong> the questionnaire) as the dependent variable. The<br />

results <strong>of</strong> regression analysis are presented in tables 3 (a) through<br />

3 (c). From table 3 (a), R Square for the regression model is 0.694<br />

with the standard error <strong>of</strong> the estimate having a very low value <strong>of</strong><br />

0.32086. Table 3 (b) gives the results <strong>of</strong> analysis <strong>of</strong> variance and it<br />

shows that ANOVA is statistically significant.<br />

It adds further reliability to the regression model.<br />

Table 3 (a)<br />

Model<br />

R<br />

R<br />

Square<br />

Adjusted R<br />

Square<br />

Std.<br />

Error <strong>of</strong><br />

the<br />

Estimate<br />

1 .833 a .694 .687 .32806<br />

M o de l<br />

S u m <strong>of</strong><br />

S qu a r e s<br />

A N O V A b<br />

df<br />

Table 3 (b)<br />

M e a n<br />

S q u a re F S ig .<br />

1 R e g r e ss ion 5 9 .95 4 5 1 1 .99 1 1 11 .41 7 .0 00 a<br />

R e s id ua l 2 6 .47 5 2 46 .10 8<br />

T o ta l 8 6 .42 9 2 51<br />

Table (3 c) gives the regression coefficients for the model<br />

based upon the extracted factors. All the five factors that were<br />

extracted on the basis <strong>of</strong> factor analysis are found statistically<br />

significant to determine patients’ satisfaction except the factor<br />

named as feedback and guidance.<br />

289<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

M o de l<br />

C o ef fic i e nts a<br />

U n sta nd ar di z ed<br />

C oe ff ic ien ts<br />

B<br />

Std .<br />

E r ro r<br />

S ta nd a rdi ze d<br />

C oef f icie n ts<br />

B eta<br />

t Sig .<br />

1 (C o ns tant) .6 20 .13 9 4 .47 6 .00 0<br />

T ang ib ility &<br />

Pro fe s sio na li sm<br />

Table 3 c (Regression Coefficients – All Hospitals)<br />

.2 18 .04 7 .23 5 4 .68 7 .00 0<br />

R elia b ilit y &<br />

R esp o ns iv e ne s s<br />

A ss ur an c e &<br />

E mp a th y<br />

Fe ed back &<br />

G uid a n ce<br />

.3 41 .04 2 .41 4 8 .14 3 .00 0<br />

.1 62 .04 1 .22 5 4 .00 0 .00 0<br />

.0 44 .03 0 .06 7 1 .44 6 .15 0<br />

A f fo r dab ili ty .0 55 .02 5 .08 3 2 .19 4 .02 9<br />

a. D e p end ent V ariab le : P atie nt s' Sa tis f ac tio n<br />

Regression Standarized Residual<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

290


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

After performing analysis <strong>of</strong> variance, the predictive<br />

ability <strong>of</strong> the regression model was checked on the basis <strong>of</strong><br />

histogram and P-P Plot <strong>of</strong> the dependent variable (patients’<br />

satisfaction) and the regression standardized residuals was<br />

obtained. It also shows that the residuals are approximately<br />

normally distributed, while histogram indicated some extreme<br />

frequencies in the region having standardized residual values<br />

between 0.6 and 1.4.<br />

Histogram and normal P-P plot suggested that the<br />

elimination <strong>of</strong> ‘feedback and guidance’ from the model. After<br />

removing this factor another regression model was run. The<br />

results <strong>of</strong> the regression model after removing the stated variable<br />

are displayed in tables 4 (a) through 4 (c).<br />

Model R R Square<br />

Table 4 (a)<br />

Model Summary b<br />

Adjusted R<br />

Square<br />

Std. Error <strong>of</strong><br />

the Estimate<br />

1 .831 a .691 .686 .32878<br />

Table 4 (b)<br />

Model<br />

Sum <strong>of</strong><br />

Squares<br />

ANOVA b<br />

df<br />

Mean<br />

Square F Sig.<br />

1 Regression 59.729 4 14.932 138.<br />

139<br />

Residual 26.700 247 .108<br />

Total 86.429 251<br />

a. Predictors: (Constant), Affordability, Reliability &<br />

Responsibility, Tangibility & Pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism, Empathy<br />

b. Dependent Variable: Patients' Satisfaction<br />

.000 a<br />

291<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

Th e m odel h a s R squar e <strong>of</strong> 0.691 wi t h<br />

approximately same standard error. Table 4 b gives the<br />

results <strong>of</strong> ANOVA for the model has a relatively greater F-<br />

value as compared with the initially fitted model.<br />

Table 4 (c) indicates the statistical significance <strong>of</strong><br />

the predictors included in the regression model. All the<br />

independent variables that were included in the regression<br />

model have p-values less than 0.05. On the basis <strong>of</strong> the<br />

finding in table 4 (c) we obtain the regression model:<br />

Y (Patients’ satisfaction) = 0.632 + 0.222 (tangibility<br />

&pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism) + 0.343 (reliability & responsiveness) +<br />

0.189 (assurance & empathy) + 0.058 (affordability)<br />

Mo del<br />

Table 4 (c)<br />

C oeffici ents a<br />

Uns tand ardized<br />

Coefficients<br />

B<br />

St d.<br />

Erro r<br />

Stand ardized<br />

Coefficients<br />

B et a<br />

1 (Co nstant ) .63 2 . 139 4.5 58 .0 00<br />

Tang ib ility &<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>ession alism<br />

Reliabili ty &<br />

Res po nsivenes s<br />

Ass urance &<br />

Em path y<br />

t<br />

Sig.<br />

.22 2 . 047 .23 8 4.7 50 .0 00<br />

.34 3 . 042 .41 7 8.1 93 .0 00<br />

.18 9 . 036 .26 2 5.2 10 .0 00<br />

Afford ab ility .05 8 . 025 .08 9 2.3 40 .0 20<br />

a. Dep en dent Vari able: Patients' Satis factio n<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

292


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

In the fourth stage <strong>of</strong> the data analysis, separate models<br />

were obtained for the three hospitals. Preliminary data analysis<br />

indicated that different combinations <strong>of</strong> predictors were<br />

statistically significant for each hospital set up.<br />

Table 5 (Regression model For Private Hospital)<br />

Model R R Square<br />

Model Summary<br />

Adjusted R<br />

Square<br />

Std. Error <strong>of</strong><br />

the Estimate<br />

1 .718 a .516 .500 .33509<br />

a. Predictors: (Constant), affordability, reliability &<br />

responsiveness, feedback & guidance<br />

293<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

M ode l<br />

1 R egress i<br />

on<br />

S um o f<br />

S qu are s<br />

A NO VA b<br />

df<br />

M e an<br />

S qu are F S ig.<br />

1 1.0 03 3 3. 668 3 2.6 64 .0 00 a<br />

R esid ual 1 0.3 30 9 2 . 112<br />

To ta l 2 1.3 33 9 5<br />

a . P re di c tors : (C o nst a nt ), a fforda b il it y, re l ia bi li ty &<br />

re spo ns ive n e ss, fe e dba c k & gu id an c e<br />

b. Depe n de nt Varia b le : pa t ie nt s' sa t is fa c t io n<br />

Model<br />

Coefficients a<br />

Unstandardized<br />

Coefficients<br />

B<br />

Std.<br />

Error<br />

Standardized<br />

Coefficients<br />

Beta<br />

t<br />

Sig.<br />

1 (Constant) 1.579 .232 6.813 .000<br />

reliability &<br />

responsiveness<br />

feedback &<br />

guidance<br />

.298 .070 .349 4.241 .000<br />

.196 .045 .367 4.371 .000<br />

affordability .107 .043 .202 2.486 .015<br />

a. Dependent Variable: patients' satisfaction<br />

Table 5 summarizes the results <strong>of</strong> the regression model<br />

that is obtained for the private hospital based upon the<br />

perceptions <strong>of</strong> 95 respondents. It has a R square value <strong>of</strong> 0.516<br />

with the standard error <strong>of</strong> the estimate 0.33509. ANOVA showed<br />

an F value <strong>of</strong> 32.664 and reliability & responsiveness, feedback<br />

& guidance and affordability appeared as the strong predictors<br />

<strong>of</strong> patients’ satisfaction with the p-values below 0.02.The<br />

regression model obtained for the private hospital is:<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

294


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Y (patients’ satisfaction) = 1.579 + 0.298 (reliability &<br />

responsiveness) + 0.196 (feedback & guidance) + 0.107<br />

(affordability)<br />

Table 6 (a) and 6 (b), gives the results for the regression<br />

model obtained for the semi-public hospital based upon the<br />

perceptions <strong>of</strong> 90 respondents. The R square value for the model<br />

is 0.775 with the standard error estimate for the model was 0.3.<br />

ANOVA was statistically significant with the F value <strong>of</strong> 98.832.<br />

T a ble 6 (a ) & (b) (M od el Sum m a ry fo r Sem i-priv a te<br />

ho sp ita l)<br />

M o del Su mm a ry<br />

M o d el R R Sq uare<br />

A d ju sted R<br />

Sq u are<br />

Std . E rro r <strong>of</strong><br />

th e E sti mate<br />

1 .88 0 a .7 75 .76 7 .30 0 28<br />

a. Pred icto rs: (Co nstant), em p athy , tang ib ility &<br />

p r<strong>of</strong>essio nali sm , reliab ilit y & resp on siv en ess<br />

Model<br />

Sum <strong>of</strong><br />

Squares<br />

ANOVA b<br />

df<br />

Mean<br />

Square F Sig.<br />

1 Regression 26.734 3 8.911 98.832 .000 a<br />

Residual 7.754 86 .090<br />

Total 34.489 89<br />

a. Predictors: (Constant), empathy, tangibility &<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism, reliability & responsiveness<br />

b. Dependent Variable: patients' satisfaction<br />

295<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

In the regression model, the factors, tangibility &<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism, reliability and responsiveness and empathy,<br />

appeared as the statistically significant predictors (with p values<br />

closer to zero) for the patients’ satisfaction for the semigovernment<br />

hospital selected for the study.<br />

The regression model for the semi-government hospital is:<br />

Y (patients’ satisfaction) = 0.375 + 0.283 (tangibility &<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism) + 0.325 (reliability & responsiveness) + 0.282<br />

(assurance & empathy)<br />

Table 6 c (Regression coefficients for Semi-public Hospital)<br />

Coefficients a<br />

Model<br />

Unstandardized<br />

Coefficients<br />

B<br />

Std.<br />

Error<br />

Standardized<br />

Coefficients<br />

Beta<br />

t<br />

Sig.<br />

1 (Constant) .375 .187 2.007 .048<br />

tangibility &<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism<br />

reliability &<br />

responsiveness<br />

Assurance &<br />

empathy<br />

.283 .061 .321 4.675 .000<br />

.325 .069 .356 4.715 .000<br />

.282 .051 .360 5.560 .000<br />

Table 7 gives the results <strong>of</strong> the regression model obtained for the<br />

public sector hospital selected for the study. The R square for the<br />

model was 0.769 with the standard error <strong>of</strong> 0.325. ANOVA is found<br />

to be statistically significant with the F value <strong>of</strong> 68.770. The<br />

variables tangibility & pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism, reliability &<br />

responsiveness, and empathy appeared as strong predictors <strong>of</strong><br />

patients’ satisfaction for the hospital operated by the public<br />

sector.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

296


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

The regression model for the Public Hospital is:<br />

Y (patients’ satisfaction) = 0.875 + 0.195 (tangibility &<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism) + 0.366 (reliability & responsiveness) +<br />

0.161 (empathy)<br />

Table 7 (Regression model for Public Hospital)<br />

Mo del R R Squ are<br />

M odel Summ ary<br />

Adjusted R<br />

Sq uare<br />

Std. E rro r <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Estimate<br />

1 .87 7 a .7 69 . 75 8 .32513<br />

a. Pred ictors: (Con stan t), e mp athy , reliability &<br />

respon siveness, tangibility & pro fession alism<br />

Mo del<br />

A NO V A b<br />

S um <strong>of</strong><br />

Sq uares<br />

d f<br />

Mean<br />

Sq uare F Sig .<br />

1 Reg res si on 21 .8 09 3 7 .27 0 68. 7<br />

7 0<br />

Res id ual 6 .55 4 62 .10 6<br />

Tot al 28 .3 64 65<br />

a. Predi ct ors : (C on st ant), emp ath y, rel iab ili ty &<br />

res po nsi ven ess, tan gib il it y & p r<strong>of</strong>ess ion ali sm<br />

b. D epend ent Variab le: pati ent s' sat isfact io n<br />

M odel<br />

Co efficients a<br />

Un standardized<br />

Coefficients<br />

B<br />

Std .<br />

Error<br />

Standardized<br />

Coefficients<br />

Beta<br />

t<br />

Sig.<br />

1 (Constant) .875 . 237 3.6 93 . 00 0<br />

tangibility<br />

&<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essiona<br />

lism<br />

reliability<br />

&<br />

respon sive<br />

ness<br />

Assuran ce<br />

& empathy<br />

.195 . 113 .208 1.7 20 . 09 0<br />

.366 . 072 .508 5.0 76 . 00 0<br />

.161 . 087 .227 1.8 54 . 06 9<br />

a. D ependent Variable: patients' satisfaction<br />

. 000<br />

a<br />

297<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

Conclusions and Recommendations<br />

The paper provides health care managers and<br />

administrators an opportunity to identify the dimensions <strong>of</strong> the<br />

service quality in which larger gaps between the patients’<br />

expectations and perceptions were found in the three hospitals.<br />

In this context, the gap analysis has revealed that the following<br />

items have very large gaps.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Availability <strong>of</strong> informative brochures<br />

Error free and fast retrieval <strong>of</strong> documents<br />

Waiting times<br />

Counseling <strong>of</strong> patients regarding their<br />

treatment<br />

Feedback <strong>of</strong> patients regarding service quality<br />

Affordability <strong>of</strong> charges<br />

Hospital-based comparison identifies that the maximum<br />

gap regarding availability <strong>of</strong> informative brochures has been<br />

observed among the respondents who have visited the public<br />

hospital. This result is expected because <strong>of</strong> the fact the public<br />

hospitals are not pr<strong>of</strong>it oriented but service oriented entities and<br />

their spending depends upon the governments’ budgetary<br />

allocations and for that reason public sector hospitals have much<br />

less to spend on informative brochures as compared to the private<br />

sector hospitals. Error free and fast retrieval <strong>of</strong> documents is the<br />

area <strong>of</strong> concern for the respondents who have visited the semiprivate<br />

hospital. Waiting time is the area <strong>of</strong> grievance among the<br />

visitors <strong>of</strong> the private hospital. Respondents <strong>of</strong> public hospitals<br />

have rated the items ‘medical condition thoroughly’, ‘feedback<br />

obtained from patients’ and ‘affordability <strong>of</strong> charges’ in a way<br />

that gives the larger gaps between their expectations and<br />

perceptions regarding quality <strong>of</strong> service that they are provided.<br />

Table 8 gives the summary <strong>of</strong> the regression models that were<br />

run in this study.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

298


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Hosptial<br />

Table 8 – Summary <strong>of</strong> the Regression Models<br />

Determinants <strong>of</strong> Patients'<br />

Satisfaction<br />

Regression<br />

Coefficient<br />

Significance<br />

Constant 0.632 0.0000<br />

Tangibility & Pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism 0.222 0.0000<br />

R-<br />

Square<br />

All Reliability & Responsiveness 0.343 0.0000 0.691<br />

Assurance & Empathy 0.189 0.0000<br />

Affordability 0.058 0.0200<br />

Constant 1.579 0.0000<br />

Private Reliability & Responsiveness 0.298 0.0000 0.516<br />

Feedback & Guidance 0.196 0.0000<br />

Affordability 0.107 0.0150<br />

Semi-<br />

Public Constant 0.375 0.0480<br />

Tangibility & Pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism 0.283 0.0000<br />

Reliability & Responsiveness 0.325 0.0000 0.775<br />

Assurance & Empathy 0.282 0.0000<br />

Public Constant 0.875 0.0000<br />

Tangibility & Pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism 0.195 0.0900 0.769<br />

Reliability & Responsiveness 0.366 0.0000<br />

Assurance & Empathy 0.161 0.0690<br />

The technique <strong>of</strong> regression analysis, when applied to<br />

the entire data set, has shown that the factors reliability &<br />

responsiveness, tangibility & pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism, Empathy and<br />

Affordability as the statistically significant determinants <strong>of</strong><br />

patients’ satisfaction.<br />

In the regression model obtained on the basis <strong>of</strong><br />

perceptions <strong>of</strong> 95 respondents in the private hospital, the factors<br />

reliability & responsiveness, feedback and guidance, and<br />

affordability are found statistically significant determinants <strong>of</strong><br />

299<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

patients’ satisfaction. The findings indicate that the management<br />

<strong>of</strong> the private hospital considered in the study has to work in the<br />

areas that appeared as the significant determinants <strong>of</strong> patients’<br />

satisfaction. They have to especially focus on shortening the<br />

waiting time <strong>of</strong> the patients and make sure the availability <strong>of</strong> the<br />

doctors at the appointed time. They have also to focus on the<br />

affordability aspect <strong>of</strong> the service.<br />

The regression model obtained for the semi-public<br />

hospital has resulted in the factors <strong>of</strong> reliability &<br />

responsiveness, tangibility & pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism and empathy as<br />

the statistically significant determinants <strong>of</strong> patients’ satisfaction.<br />

This model is based upon 90 respondents who have visited the<br />

selected semi-public hospital at the time <strong>of</strong> data collection. The<br />

management <strong>of</strong> this hospital has to give more emphasis on the<br />

cleanliness <strong>of</strong> the hospital and to make their staff more courteous.<br />

They have also to improve the system <strong>of</strong> fast and error free<br />

retrieval <strong>of</strong> documents and they have to make their staff more<br />

courteous and responsive because these are some <strong>of</strong> the aspects<br />

<strong>of</strong> the service quality with which patients are most dissatisfied<br />

and need immediate attention.<br />

In the public hospital selected for the study, the<br />

regression model based upon the perceptions <strong>of</strong> 66 respondents<br />

identifies the factors <strong>of</strong> reliability and responsiveness, tangibility<br />

& pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism and empathy as the statistically significant<br />

predictors <strong>of</strong> patients’ satisfaction. According to the findings <strong>of</strong><br />

this study the areas <strong>of</strong> immediate attention with which patients<br />

can be made more satisfied are the cleanliness <strong>of</strong> the hospital,<br />

waiting times, proper attention and guidance to the patients<br />

regarding their medical condition and feedback <strong>of</strong> the patients.<br />

The public hospitals are the only sign <strong>of</strong> hope and source <strong>of</strong><br />

getting medical treatment for the masses as the majority <strong>of</strong> our<br />

population lives below the poverty line and they cannot afford<br />

to get medical treatment in the private hospitals.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

300


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

In comparison with the overall regression model the<br />

factor <strong>of</strong> reliability & responsiveness is the common factor<br />

appeared with the highest factor loadings in all regression models.<br />

The factors <strong>of</strong> tangibility & pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism and empathy have<br />

appeared in the regression models obtained for the semi-public<br />

and public sector hospitals. The factors <strong>of</strong> feedback & guidance<br />

and affordability have appeared as the determinants <strong>of</strong> patients’<br />

satisfaction only in the regression model obtained for the private<br />

hospital.<br />

The target audience <strong>of</strong> this paper is the management <strong>of</strong><br />

the hospitals considered in the study. The findings <strong>of</strong> this research<br />

paper highlight the areas where management <strong>of</strong> each hospital has<br />

to make improvements to increase patients’ satisfaction because<br />

the gaps in perceptions and expectations <strong>of</strong> the patients are<br />

critically important for their performance improvement.<br />

301<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

Notes<br />

1- It is based upon three dimensions, technical, functional<br />

and image to determine the service quality instead <strong>of</strong><br />

functional quality dimension that is characterized by five<br />

components in the original SERVQUAL model.<br />

2- It includes the services <strong>of</strong> doctors and nurses, clinical<br />

treatment received, the way the patients were managed or<br />

treated, and the information given about the condition <strong>of</strong><br />

patient<br />

3- It includes clean liness, environmen t, noise in ward,<br />

management <strong>of</strong> visitors, registration process, comfort <strong>of</strong><br />

waiting room, atmosphere <strong>of</strong> pharmacy.<br />

4- It was determined by taking 20% <strong>of</strong> the patients selected as<br />

the respondents who visited the hospitals during data<br />

collection period.<br />

5- It is the degree to which individual regards the health care<br />

service or product or the manner in which it is delivered by<br />

the provider as useful, effective or beneficial.<br />

Source: www.biology-online.org/dictionary/<br />

patient_satisfaction<br />

6- How do you rate the overall service quality <strong>of</strong> this hospital?<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

302


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

References<br />

Andaleeb.S (1992) ,”Caring for children: A model <strong>of</strong> healthcare<br />

service quality in Bangladesh” , International Journal for<br />

Quality in Health Care, Volume 20, Number 5: pp. 339–345<br />

Babakus.E,Mangold.G , “Adapting the SERVQUAL Scale to<br />

Hospital Services”: An Empirical investigation , Health<br />

Services Research 26:6 (February 1992)<br />

Iwaarden, V. J., van der Wiele, T., Ball, L., and Millen, R.,<br />

(2003), “Applying SERVQUAL to websites: An exploratory<br />

study”, International Journal <strong>of</strong> Quality & Reliability<br />

<strong>Management</strong>, Vol.20, No. 8, pp. 919-935<br />

Kang.G and James.J, (2004), “Service quality dimensions:An<br />

examination <strong>of</strong> Gronroos’s service model” Managing Service<br />

Quality, Vol. 14, No. 4, pp 266-277.<br />

Karassavidou, E., Glaveli, N., Papadopoulos, C. T., (2009),<br />

“Health Care Quality in Greek NHS Hospitals: No one knows<br />

better than patients”, Measuring <strong>Business</strong> Excellence, Vol.13,<br />

No. 1, pp 34-46.<br />

Lim, P.C. and Tag, N.K. (2000), “A study <strong>of</strong> patients’<br />

expectations and satisfaction in Singapore hospital”,<br />

International Journal <strong>of</strong> Health Care Quality Assurance, Vol.<br />

13, No. 7, pp. 290-299.<br />

Manaf.N and Nooi.P(2009). “Patient Satisfaction as an<br />

Indicator <strong>of</strong> Service Quality in Malaysian Public Hospitals”,<br />

Asian Journal on Quality, Vol. 10 Iss: 1, pp.77 – 87<br />

Miranda, F.J., Chamorro, A., Murillo, L.R., Vega, J. “Adapting<br />

the SERVQUAL Scale to Primary Health Care Services in Spain:<br />

Managers vs. Patients perceptions”, J. Public Health<br />

<strong>Management</strong> Practice(2010)<br />

Mostafa, M.M. (2006), An empirical study <strong>of</strong> patients;<br />

expectations and satisfaction in Egyptian Hospitals”,<br />

303<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

International Journal <strong>of</strong> Health Care Quality Assurance, Vol.<br />

18, No. 7, pp. 516-32<br />

Myerscough.M.A (2002) ‘ “Concerns about SERVQUAL’s<br />

underlying dimensions”, Issues in information systems,III<br />

,pp.462-470<br />

Oliveria, O.J., and Ferreira, E.C., “Adaptation and application<br />

<strong>of</strong> the SERVQUAL scale in higher education”, POMS 20 th<br />

Annual Conference.<br />

Parasuraman, A., Valarie, A., Zeithaml, Berry, L. L. (1985), “ A<br />

Conceptual model <strong>of</strong> Service Quality and Its Implications for<br />

Future Research”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Marketing Vol.49 (Fall 1985), pp<br />

41-50<br />

Parasuraman, A., Zeithaml, V.A., and Berry, L. (1988),<br />

“SERVQUAL: A Multiple-item Scale for Measuring Consumer<br />

Perceptions <strong>of</strong> Service Quality”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Retailing, Vol.64<br />

(Spring), p.12-40.<br />

Sohail, M. S.,(2003), “Service quality in hospitals: more<br />

favorable than you might think”, Managing service Quality,<br />

Vol. 13 Iss:3, pp.197-206<br />

Vinagre, M. H., Neves, J., (2008)”The influence <strong>of</strong> service quality<br />

and patients’ emotions on satisfaction”, International Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> Health Care Quality Assurance Vol.21 No.1, pp. 87-103<br />

Yesilada.F and Direktor.E: “Health care service quality:A<br />

comparison <strong>of</strong> public and private hospitals”, African Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> management ,Vol.4(6),pp 962-971,June 2010.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

304


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

APPENDIX 1<br />

Que s tio nnair e<br />

Gender:<br />

M / F Age: _______Area <strong>of</strong> Residence: _______________<br />

1. The hospital should have up-to-date and well-maintained<br />

medical facilities and equipment<br />

1(a). The hospital has up-to-date and well-maintained medical<br />

facilities and Equipment<br />

1. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

1(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree strongly agree<br />

2. The hospital should have clean and comfortable environment<br />

with good directional signs.<br />

2(a). The hospital should has clean and comfortable environment<br />

with good<br />

directional signs.<br />

2. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

2(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree strongly agree<br />

3. Doctors /staff should be neat in appearance.<br />

3(a). Doctors /staff are neat in appearance.<br />

3. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

3(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree strongly agree<br />

4. Informative brochures about services should be available.<br />

4(a). Informative brochures about services are available.<br />

4. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

4(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree strongly agree<br />

5. Privacy should be observed during treatment.<br />

5(a). Privacy is observed during treatment.<br />

5. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

5(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree strongly agree<br />

6. Services should be provided at appointed time.<br />

305<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

6(a). Services are provided at appointed time.<br />

6. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

6(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

7. Services should be carried out right the first time.<br />

7(a). Services are carried out right the first time.<br />

7. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

7(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

8. Doctors/staff should be pr<strong>of</strong>essional and competent.<br />

8(a). Doctors/staff are pr<strong>of</strong>essional and competent.<br />

8. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

8(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

9. The hospital should have the system <strong>of</strong> error free and fast<br />

retrieval <strong>of</strong> documents.<br />

9(a). The hospital has the system <strong>of</strong> error free and fast retrieval<br />

<strong>of</strong> documents.<br />

9. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

9(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

10. There should be consistency <strong>of</strong> service charges.<br />

10(a). There is a consistency <strong>of</strong> service charges.<br />

10. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

10(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

11. Patients should be given prompt services.<br />

11(a). Patients are given prompt services.<br />

11. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

11(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

12. Doctors /staff should be responsive.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

306


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

12(a). Doctors /staff are responsive.<br />

12. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

12(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

13. Attitude <strong>of</strong> doctors/staff should instill confidence in patients.<br />

13(a). Attitude <strong>of</strong> doctors/staff instill confidence in patients.<br />

13. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

13(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

14. Waiting time should not exceed one hour.<br />

14(a). Waiting time does not exceed one hour.<br />

14. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

14(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

15. Doctors/staff should be courteous and friendly.<br />

15(a). Doctors/staff are courteous and friendly.<br />

15. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

15(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

16. Doctor should posses wide spectrum <strong>of</strong> knowledge.<br />

16(a). Doctors possess wide spectrum <strong>of</strong> knowledge.<br />

16. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

16(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

17. Patients should be treated with dignity and respect.<br />

17(a). Patients are treated with dignity and respect.<br />

17. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

17(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

18. Patients should be explained their medical condition<br />

thoroughly.<br />

18(a). Patients are explained their medical condition thoroughly.<br />

18. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

18(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

19. Feedback should be obtained from patients.<br />

307<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

19(a). Feedback is obtained from patients.<br />

19. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

19(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

20. Service should be available round the clock.<br />

20(a). Services are available round the clock.<br />

20. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

20(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

21. Doctors /staff should have patients’ best interests at heart.<br />

21(a). Doctors /staff have patients’ best interests at heart.<br />

21. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

21(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

22. Doctors/staff should understand the specific needs <strong>of</strong> patients.<br />

22(a). Doctors/staff understand the specific needs <strong>of</strong> patients.<br />

22. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

22(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

23. Hospital should have adequate parking facilities.<br />

23(a). Hospital has adequate parking facilities.<br />

23. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

23(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

24. The location should be accessible.<br />

24(a). The location is accessible.<br />

24. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

24(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

25. The charges for the services rendered should be affordable.<br />

25(a). The charges for the services rendered are affordable.<br />

25. 1 2 3 4 5<br />

25(a). 1 2 3 4 5<br />

strongly disagree<br />

strongly agree<br />

26. How do you rate the overall service quality <strong>of</strong> this hospital?<br />

1 2 3 4 5<br />

Very poor poor average good excellent<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

308


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

APPENDIX 2<br />

(FACTOR ANALYSIS)<br />

TABLE (A)<br />

Comp<br />

onent<br />

Total<br />

Initial Eigenvalues<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

Variance<br />

Total Variance Explained<br />

Cumulative<br />

% Total<br />

Extraction Sums <strong>of</strong><br />

Squared Loadings<br />

Cumul<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

Variance<br />

ative<br />

% Total<br />

Rotation Sums <strong>of</strong><br />

Squared Loadings<br />

% <strong>of</strong><br />

Variance<br />

Cumul<br />

ative<br />

%<br />

1 9.853 39.411 39.411 9.853 39.411 39.411 4.389 17.555 17.555<br />

2 2.238 8.950 48.361 2.238 8.950 48.361 3.939 15.754 33.310<br />

3 1.368 5.474 53.835 1.368 5.474 53.835 3.463 13.851 47.161<br />

4 1.266 5.065 58.900 1.266 5.065 58.900 2.423 9.690 56.851<br />

5 1.112 4.449 63.349 1.112 4.449 63.349 1.624 6.498 63.349<br />

6 .957 3.828 67.177<br />

7 .846 3.385 70.562<br />

8 .791 3.163 73.725<br />

9 .708 2.833 76.558<br />

10 .671 2.682 79.240<br />

11 .658 2.632 81.872<br />

12 .563 2.253 84.125<br />

13 .545 2.178 86.303<br />

14 .519 2.074 88.377<br />

15 .432 1.730 90.107<br />

16 .376 1.505 91.612<br />

17 .348 1.392 93.003<br />

18 .309 1.236 94.239<br />

19 .297 1.188 95.428<br />

20 .262 1.046 96.474<br />

21 .220 .880 97.353<br />

22 .196 .782 98.136<br />

23 .181 .725 98.861<br />

24 .161 .643 99.504<br />

25 .124 .496 100.000<br />

Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.<br />

309<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

KMO and Bartlett's Test<br />

Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin Measure <strong>of</strong> Sampling Adequacy. .873<br />

Bartlett's Test <strong>of</strong> Sphericity Approx. Chi-Square 1745.409<br />

df 300<br />

Sig. .000<br />

FIGURE 1<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

310


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

up-to-date and wellmaintained<br />

equipment<br />

clean and comfortable<br />

environment with good<br />

directional signs<br />

doctors and staff are neat in<br />

appearance<br />

informative brochures are<br />

available<br />

privacy is observed during<br />

treatment<br />

services are provided at<br />

appointed time<br />

services are carried out right at<br />

the first time<br />

Doctors and staff are<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essional and competent<br />

system <strong>of</strong> error free and fast<br />

retrieval <strong>of</strong> documents exists<br />

TABLE (C)<br />

1 2 3 4 5<br />

.774<br />

.671<br />

.705<br />

.662<br />

.590<br />

.684<br />

.638<br />

.573<br />

consistency <strong>of</strong> charges .704<br />

prompt services are given<br />

doctors and staff are<br />

responsive<br />

attitude <strong>of</strong> doctors and staff<br />

instill confidence in patients<br />

waiting time does not exceed<br />

one hour<br />

doctors and staff are courteous<br />

and friendly<br />

doctors possess wide spectrum<br />

<strong>of</strong> knowledge<br />

patients are treated with<br />

dignity and respect<br />

.617<br />

.515<br />

.636<br />

.772<br />

.574<br />

.623<br />

311<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

patients are explained their<br />

medical condition thoroughly<br />

feedback is obtained from<br />

patients<br />

services are available round<br />

the clock<br />

doctors and staff have patients'<br />

best interests at heart<br />

doctors and staff understand<br />

the specific needs <strong>of</strong> patients<br />

hospital has adequate parking<br />

facilities<br />

the location is accessible .541<br />

.778<br />

.803<br />

.792<br />

.807<br />

charges for the services<br />

rendered are affordable<br />

Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis.<br />

Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization.<br />

a. Rotation converged in 6 iterations.<br />

.810<br />

APPENDIX 3 (SPSS OUTPUT FOR RELIABILITY ANALYSIS)<br />

Tangibility & Pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism<br />

Case Processing Summary<br />

N %<br />

Cases Valid 252 100.0<br />

Excluded a 0 .0<br />

Total 252 100.0<br />

a. Listwise deletion based on all variables in the<br />

procedure.<br />

Reliability Statistics<br />

Cronbach's Alpha N <strong>of</strong> Items<br />

.838 6<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

312


Research<br />

Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Reliability & Responsiveness<br />

Case Processing Summary<br />

N %<br />

Cases Valid 252 100.0<br />

Excluded a 0 .0<br />

Total 252 100.0<br />

a. Listwise deletion based on all variables in the<br />

procedure. Reliability Statistics<br />

Cronbach's Alpha<br />

N <strong>of</strong> Items<br />

.865 4<br />

Empathy<br />

Case Processing Summary<br />

N %<br />

Cases Valid 252 100.0<br />

Excluded a 0 .0<br />

Total 252 100.0<br />

a. Listwise deletion based on all variables in the<br />

procedure.<br />

Reliability Statistics<br />

Cronbach's Alpha<br />

N <strong>of</strong> Items<br />

.752 3<br />

313<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Assessing the Service Quality <strong>of</strong> Some Selected Hospitals in Karachi<br />

Research<br />

Feedback & Guidance<br />

Case Processing Summary<br />

N %<br />

Cases Valid 252 100.0<br />

Excluded a 0 .0<br />

Total 252 100.0<br />

a. Listwise deletion based on all variables in the<br />

procedure.<br />

Reliability Statistics<br />

Cronbach's Alpha<br />

N <strong>of</strong> Items<br />

Affordability<br />

.557 2<br />

Case Processing Summary<br />

N %<br />

Cases Valid 252 100.0<br />

Excluded a 0 .0<br />

Total 252 100.0<br />

a. Listwise deletion based on all variables in the<br />

procedure.<br />

Reliability Statistics<br />

Cronbach's Alpha<br />

N <strong>of</strong> Items<br />

.851 6<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

314


Research<br />

Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

GENDER DIFFERENCE: WORK<br />

AND FAMILY CONFLICTS AND<br />

FAMILY-WORK CONFLICTS<br />

Abstract<br />

Sadia Aziz Ansari<br />

Department <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> Psychology<br />

College <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> <strong>Management</strong>, Karachi<br />

The present study was conducted to explore the prevailing<br />

differences between work-to-family interference, and family-towork<br />

interference among men and women employees. The<br />

population was a random sample <strong>of</strong> 210 men and women employed<br />

in Karachi aged 25–50 years. Work-family conflict, and familywork<br />

conflict was measured by (Niemeyer, Boles, & Mcmurrian -<br />

1996) 10-item scale, which was scored on a 7-point Likert scale<br />

ranging from 1 (strongly disagree) to 7 (strongly agree). Data<br />

collection also included questions about their current functioning<br />

with regard to family support, control over work responsibilities<br />

and work hours flexibility along with demographic questions<br />

about, age, gender, education, marital status, number <strong>of</strong><br />

dependents and nature <strong>of</strong> employment. Data was analyzed<br />

through descriptive statistics to assess prevalence <strong>of</strong> work-t<strong>of</strong>amily<br />

interference and family-to-work interference. Overall<br />

results indicate no significant gender difference with regard to<br />

work-family interference and family-to-work interference. This is<br />

theoretically an unexpected result, however, it might be due to<br />

the sample size which was too small to identify such differences.<br />

Further study is necessary to accurately identify the predictors<br />

<strong>of</strong> work-family interference and family-to-work interference in<br />

collectivistic societies.<br />

Key-words: Work-family conflict, family-work conflict, gender<br />

JEL Classification: A13, J16, Z13, R20, M15<br />

*An earlier version <strong>of</strong> this refereed paper was presented at the first<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Psychology Seminar held by the Department <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong><br />

Psychology IoBM in November, 2010<br />

315<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

Research<br />

Eclectic Literature Review:<br />

In the recent past most <strong>of</strong> the research in the domain <strong>of</strong><br />

work and family has been originated within diverse disciplines<br />

like sociology, psychology, occupational health, business<br />

management, and gender and family studies. Work and family<br />

symbolize two <strong>of</strong> the most critical roles <strong>of</strong> an adult life. It’s obvious<br />

that work can interfere with family and family can interfere with<br />

work, factors like globalization, equal employment opportunities,<br />

working hours, and changes in the demographic makeup <strong>of</strong><br />

employees have posed significant challenges for both<br />

organizations and employees. In particular, with the increase in<br />

dual-career households, employees are ever more performing both<br />

work and family roles all together and dealing with job-related<br />

demands that place limits on the performance <strong>of</strong> family role and<br />

vice versa. Hence; researchers are primarily interested in identifying<br />

causes <strong>of</strong> work-family interference.<br />

The work-family interface is defined as a unified<br />

relationship between work and family. Kahn, Wolfe, Quinn, Snoek,<br />

and Rosenthal, (1964); first examined this inter-role conflict that<br />

people experienced between their work roles and other life roles.<br />

Later Greenhaus and Beutell (1985) defined work-family conflict<br />

(WFC)as, “a form <strong>of</strong> inter-role conflict in which role pressures<br />

from the work and family domain are mutually incompatible in<br />

some respect” competing work activity or when family stress<br />

(FWC) has a negative effect on performance in the work role”.<br />

There are three aspects <strong>of</strong> the work-family interface that are related<br />

to conflict: (1) bidirectional nature (Carlson & Kacmar, 2000), (2)<br />

time, and (3) psychological carryover (Greenhaus & Beutell, 1985;<br />

Piotrkowski, 1979; Voydan<strong>of</strong>f, 1988). Work -family conflict is<br />

explained as reciprocal interference <strong>of</strong> work and family roles<br />

leading to significant personnel and organizational problems.<br />

Studies focusing on role stress have suggested that employees<br />

are frequently confronted with role stress, heavy workloads, long<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

316


Research<br />

Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

work hours, irregular work schedules, job insecurity and are at<br />

risk <strong>of</strong> conflict in the work-family interface (Karatepe & Baddar,<br />

2006; Karatepe & Sokmen, 2006; Namasivayam & Mount, 2004).<br />

A group <strong>of</strong> authors including: Carlson and Kacmar<br />

(2000); Eagle, Icenogle, and Maes (1998); Eagle, Miles, and<br />

Icenogle (1997); Frone, Yardley, and Markel (1997); Greenhaus<br />

and Powell, (2003); Gutek, Searle, Klepa, (1991); Matsui, Ohsawa,<br />

and Onglotco (1995); Netemeyer, Boles, and McMurrian (1996);<br />

Williams and Alliger, (1994) agreed that conflict in the work-family<br />

interface has a bidirectional nature. Such as Frone, Russell and<br />

Cooper, (1992) have shown that work-family conflict and familywork<br />

conflict as the two forms <strong>of</strong> inter-role conflict. Where workfamily<br />

conflict refers to “a form <strong>of</strong> inter-role conflict in which the<br />

general demands <strong>of</strong> time devoted to, and strain created by the<br />

job interfere with performing family related responsibilities”; and<br />

family-work conflict refers to “a form <strong>of</strong> inter-role conflict in which<br />

the general demands <strong>of</strong> time devoted to, and strain created by<br />

the family interfere with performing work-related responsibilities<br />

(Netemeyer, Boles, & McMurrian, 1996).<br />

Similarly, Greenhaus and Powell (2003) showed that<br />

work-family conflict occurs when participation in work activity<br />

interferes with participation in a competing family activity or<br />

when work stress has a negative effect on behavior within the<br />

family domain. For example, conflict may occur when an employee<br />

is accepting a promotion that requires more hours which in turn<br />

decreases the number <strong>of</strong> hours at home with the family. On the<br />

other hand, family-work conflict is experienced when participation<br />

in a family activity interferes with participation in a competing<br />

work activity or when family stress has a negative effect on<br />

performance in the work role.<br />

Industrial and organizational psychologists and other<br />

researchers have attempted to better understand work-family<br />

317<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

Research<br />

conflict construct by examining the bidirectionality <strong>of</strong> work family<br />

conflict, different types <strong>of</strong> conflict, several reactance models <strong>of</strong><br />

work-family conflict, and different causal models explaining how<br />

conflict affects individuals. However, gender differences in work<br />

and family conflict have been a consistently important theme in<br />

work-family research (Lewis & Cooper, 1999). Pleck (1977)<br />

considered gender as an important factor in work-family conflict<br />

in his theory <strong>of</strong> the work-family role system. He has conceptualized<br />

work-family interface that includes gender as an important factor.<br />

Further he explained that the work-family role system is composed<br />

<strong>of</strong> the male work role, the female work role, the female family role,<br />

and the male family role. Each <strong>of</strong> these roles may be fully actualized,<br />

or may be only partly actualized or latent, as is <strong>of</strong>ten the case with<br />

the female work role and the male family role.<br />

According to Lambert (1990) gender differences must be<br />

studied in depth. Extensive review <strong>of</strong> the literature has suggested<br />

two hypotheses concerning gender differences in domain source<br />

conflict: domain flexibility and domain salience. The domain<br />

flexibility hypothesis predicts that the work domain is a greater<br />

source <strong>of</strong> conflict than the family domain for both women and<br />

men. The domain salience hypothesis predicts that the family<br />

domain is a greater source <strong>of</strong> conflict for women than the work<br />

domain and the work domain is a greater source <strong>of</strong> conflict for<br />

men than the family domain. Izraeli, (1993); Evans & Bartolome<br />

(1984) assumed that the work domain is less flexible, thus work<br />

affects family life more than vice versa and there is no gender<br />

differences. Contrary to this, Cooke and Rousseau (1984)<br />

proposed that conflict is greater from the domain that is more<br />

salient to the person’s identity. Therefore, women experience more<br />

conflict from the family domain and men from the work domain.<br />

Hall (1972) noted that women may experience more role conflict<br />

as a result <strong>of</strong> simultaneity <strong>of</strong> their multiple roles. Beside gender,<br />

some family domain pressures like the effect <strong>of</strong> presence <strong>of</strong> young<br />

children (Lewis & Cooper, 1988); (Kopelman & Greenhaus,1981),<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

318


Research<br />

Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

spouse time in paid work (Coverman & Sheley, 1986); (Voydan<strong>of</strong>f,<br />

1988) and work domain pressures like number <strong>of</strong> hours worked<br />

per week (Voydan<strong>of</strong>f, 1988); (Burke,Weirs & Duwors,1980) are<br />

associated with work family conflict.<br />

Moreover, studies have shown that employed women<br />

generally face more demands (from paid work, child care, and<br />

housework) than employed men (Robinson & Godbey, 1997).<br />

The degree <strong>of</strong> this difference for women is made up by housework:<br />

when men and women differ on number <strong>of</strong> hours dedicated to<br />

housework, flexibility <strong>of</strong> the activity, and the challenging and or<br />

creativity <strong>of</strong> the task. Hochschild (1989) also reported that<br />

employed mothers work an extra month per year <strong>of</strong> 24 hour days<br />

when compared with employed fathers with their number <strong>of</strong> hours<br />

dedicated to housework. Similarly, research has shown that men<br />

do not adjust the time that they spend on home and family<br />

activities according to their wives’ employment decisions<br />

(Shelton & John, 1996). Consequently, even if women increase<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> hours they work, men are not likely to spend more<br />

hours on housework. It’s not just time that leaves women with<br />

the feeling <strong>of</strong> imbalance. Housework is gendered that is, there<br />

are tasks that women are expected to perform and others that are<br />

generally men’s expected responsibility. Women cook, clean, and<br />

care for children, while men usually take care <strong>of</strong> home repairs<br />

and lawn maintenance, (Robinson & Godbey, 1997). In this regard<br />

“male” activities are more flexible while “female” responsibilities<br />

are <strong>of</strong>ten necessary to do every day. Therefore men do their<br />

tasks as leisure-like and discretionary activities (Larson, Richards,<br />

& Perry- Jenkins, 1994); (Shaw, 1988). Greenhaus and Beutell,<br />

(1985), and many scholars have hypothesized that women<br />

experience more work-family conflict than men because <strong>of</strong> their<br />

typically greater home responsibilities and their allocation <strong>of</strong><br />

more importance to family roles. However, more recent researchers<br />

have discovered that men and women do not differ on their level<br />

319<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

Research<br />

<strong>of</strong> work-family conflict (Blanchard-Fields, Chen, & Hebert, 1997;<br />

Duxbury & Higgins, 1991; Rice & Frone , 1992; Wallace, 1997)<br />

On the basis <strong>of</strong> the above discussion the present study<br />

aims to explore gender and domain differences in work family<br />

conflict among women and men employees employed in Karachi.<br />

Specifically, this study attempts to scrutinize which <strong>of</strong> the two<br />

domains that is work-family conflict or family-work conflict, causes<br />

more conflict for men and women and examine gender differences<br />

on the basis <strong>of</strong> Niemeyer, scales measures <strong>of</strong> work-family conflict<br />

in Pakistani population.<br />

Hypothesis:<br />

1. Null Hypothesis: There is no relationship between<br />

gender and the degree <strong>of</strong> work-family and family work<br />

conflict.<br />

Alternative hypothesis: There is a relationship<br />

(difference) between gender and the degree <strong>of</strong> workfamily<br />

conflict & family-work conflict.<br />

2. Null Hypothesis: There is no relationship between<br />

gender and the nature <strong>of</strong> work-family and family work<br />

conflict.<br />

Alternative hypothesis: There is a relationship between<br />

gender and nature <strong>of</strong> family-work conflict and work-family<br />

conflict.<br />

Methodology:<br />

The present study was conducted to observe gender<br />

differences pertaining to work–family interference among<br />

employees both men and women from diverse pr<strong>of</strong>essions which<br />

include: teachers, mangers, doctors, bankers and others. To assess<br />

work-family conflict (WFC) and family-work conflict, (FWC)<br />

Niemeyer, Boles, & Mcmurrian’s (1996), scale was used. It includes<br />

two subscales: WFC and FWC and each subscale consists <strong>of</strong><br />

five items with 7-point likert rating scale ranging from strongly<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

320


Research<br />

Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

disagree to strongly agree where 1= strongly disagree, 2=<br />

disagree, 3= slightly disagree, 4= neutral, 5= slightly agree, 6=<br />

agree and 7= strongly agree. Niemeyer, Boles, & Mcmurrian<br />

(1996), described high internal consistency <strong>of</strong> five items subscales<br />

for both WFC and FWC that is Cronbach alpha range from .82 to<br />

.90. The scale measures the respondent’s degree <strong>of</strong> agreement<br />

with statements. The scale scores range from 5 to 35, a high<br />

score indicates a high level <strong>of</strong> perceived conflict between WFC<br />

and FWC, while a low score reflects a low level <strong>of</strong> perceived<br />

conflict between WFC and FWC. Along with the work-family<br />

conflict scale, demographic questions about age, gender,<br />

education, marital status, number <strong>of</strong> dependents and nature <strong>of</strong><br />

employment were asked. The demographic section also included<br />

eight moderating variables including: respondent’s perceived<br />

family, friends and partner’s support for WFC & FWC, perceived<br />

control over work responsibilities, perceived flexibility in work<br />

hours, and perceived boss’s support for both WFC and FWC<br />

measured through self-structured questions.<br />

Those eight questions are as follows:<br />

1) on a scale from 1 (no control) to 7 (complete control),<br />

how much control do you have over your work<br />

responsibilities?<br />

2) on a scale from 1 (no flexibility) to 7 (complete flexibility),<br />

how would you describe your work hours?<br />

3) on a scale from 1 (no support) to 7 (complete support),<br />

how would you describe the level <strong>of</strong> support you feel<br />

you have from your partner for conflict that arises as a<br />

result <strong>of</strong> work interfering with family responsibility?<br />

4) on a scale from 1 (no support) to 7 (complete support),<br />

how would you describe the level <strong>of</strong> support you feel<br />

you have your partner for conflict that arises as a result<br />

<strong>of</strong> family responsibilities interfering with work?<br />

321<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

Research<br />

5) on a scale from 1 (no support) to 7 (complete support),<br />

how would you describe the level <strong>of</strong> support you feel<br />

you have from your family members and friends for<br />

conflict that arises as a result <strong>of</strong> family responsibilities<br />

interfering with work?<br />

6) on a scale from 1 (no support) to 7 (complete support),<br />

how would you describe the level <strong>of</strong> support you feel<br />

you have from your family members and friends for<br />

conflict that arises as a result <strong>of</strong> family responsibilities<br />

interfering with work?<br />

7) on a scale from 1 (no support) to 7 (complete support),<br />

how would you describe the level <strong>of</strong> support you feel<br />

you have from your boss/supervisor for conflict that<br />

arises as a result <strong>of</strong> work interfering with family<br />

responsibilities?<br />

8) on a scale from 1 (no support) to 7 (complete support),<br />

how would you describe the level <strong>of</strong> support you feel<br />

you have from your boss/supervisor for conflict that<br />

arises as a result <strong>of</strong> family responsibilities interfering<br />

with work?<br />

The targeted population was both men and women,<br />

regular full time employees, working in Karachi. The sample<br />

was a random selection consisting <strong>of</strong> 105 men and 105<br />

women (N=210), age ranged 25–50 years. The study was<br />

conducted through one to one contact. Participants<br />

completed the work-family conflict, family-work conflict and<br />

demographic questionnaire. All the data was collected by<br />

going into the field during September, 2010.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

322


Research<br />

Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

Results & Discussion:<br />

Table 1: Descriptive statistics for demographic variables<br />

(age, gender, marital status, educational level, no <strong>of</strong> children<br />

and nature <strong>of</strong> employment)<br />

Demographic Frequency %<br />

Characteristic<br />

N= 210<br />

Gender Male= 105<br />

Female= 105<br />

50%<br />

50%<br />

Age<br />

( M=26.4yrs )<br />

20-25= 73<br />

26-30=56<br />

31-35=20<br />

36-40=26<br />

41-45=11<br />

46-50= 24<br />

Marital status Married= 120<br />

Single= 90<br />

Education level Masters=78<br />

Graduate =58<br />

Intermediate=34<br />

Matric =23<br />

Others=17<br />

No <strong>of</strong> children 0= 66<br />

1=11<br />

2=27<br />

3= 11<br />

4= 5<br />

Nature <strong>of</strong><br />

employment<br />

Full time= 164<br />

Part-time= 44<br />

No answer=2<br />

34%<br />

26%<br />

9.5%<br />

12.5%<br />

5.%<br />

11.3%<br />

57%<br />

42%<br />

37%<br />

27%<br />

16%<br />

10%<br />

8%<br />

55%<br />

9%<br />

22%<br />

9%<br />

4%<br />

78%<br />

20%<br />

0.9%<br />

Data was analyzed through descriptive statistics to<br />

analyze the demographic characteristics <strong>of</strong> sample and<br />

moderating variables. 26.4 years appeared as an average age <strong>of</strong><br />

respondents. Demographic findings show that most <strong>of</strong> the<br />

participants i.e. (57%) are married and (55 %) <strong>of</strong> married<br />

respondent have no children. On the other hand, the remaining<br />

married respondents have respectively two (22%) , three (4%)<br />

323<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

Research<br />

and one (9%) as number <strong>of</strong> children, this reflects that just 4% <strong>of</strong><br />

the total married population possessed somewhat large family<br />

size with four children. The rest <strong>of</strong> total respondents i.e. (47%)<br />

are single. Among all respondents (37%) have completed their<br />

masters, (27%) graduate, (16%) intermediate and (10%) matric as<br />

their last educational qualification (see table 1.1).<br />

Table 2: Descriptive statistics for Eight moderating factors<br />

for FWC & WFC<br />

Variables<br />

Male<br />

m<br />

Female<br />

m<br />

Control over work responsibilities 5.5 3 5.27<br />

Working hours Flexibility 4.59 4.4<br />

Perceived partner’s Support for WFC 5.05 5.27<br />

Perceived partner’s Support for FWC 4.8 5.2<br />

Perceived Friends & Family’s Support 5.0 5.2<br />

for WFC<br />

Perceived Friends & Family’s Support 4.8 5.1<br />

for FWC<br />

Perceived Boss Support for WFC 4.4 4.5<br />

Perceived Boss Support for FWC 4.2 4.5<br />

Table1.2 presents the mean values for all moderating<br />

variables which work as buffer to WFC & FWC including work<br />

hour flexibility, control over work responsibilities, family, partner,<br />

friends and boss’s support for the work-family and family-work<br />

conflicts. Social support and relations with co-workers and<br />

managers is an important part <strong>of</strong> an individual’s social environment<br />

and lack <strong>of</strong> it can be a contributing factor to their stress. Our<br />

findings clearly support this argument as most <strong>of</strong> the respondents<br />

experienced moderate level <strong>of</strong> WFC (mean=21) & FWC<br />

(mean=17.8). Where 19 is the 50 th percentile for FWC score and 22<br />

is the 50 th percentile for WFC score distributions. This indicates<br />

that about half <strong>of</strong> the total respondent’s scores on WFC & FWC<br />

scale are either less or equal to 19 and 22 (see Table1.3).<br />

Furthermore, standard deviation for FWC (std. deviation = 6.3)<br />

and (std. deviation = 5.7) for WFC which indicates that majority<br />

<strong>of</strong> respondent’s scores don’t fall into the mean scores for both<br />

FWC and WFC scores. Moreover, this is also supported when<br />

both male and female respondents <strong>of</strong> the study received complete<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

324


Research<br />

Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

support from their husbands, family members and friends i.e.<br />

(5.2%). All respondent irrespective <strong>of</strong> the gender reported that<br />

they receive higher level <strong>of</strong> support and encouragement from<br />

their families, friends and partners when work and family domains<br />

become troublesome. On the contrary, most <strong>of</strong> the participants<br />

received moderate level <strong>of</strong> their boss’s support i.e. (4.5%) to<br />

manage with WFC & FWC. The amount <strong>of</strong> support received by<br />

men and women from their bosses is found relatively the same<br />

i.e. (4.2%).<br />

In general there is a relation between responsibility and<br />

control when it comes to work. If individual’s have lots <strong>of</strong><br />

responsibilities at their jobs and little or no control over it to<br />

have it interfere more with work as well as family obligations<br />

than control at work responsibilities. Respondents <strong>of</strong> this study<br />

reported that they have enough control i.e. (5.5%) over their<br />

work responsibilities and can also work with flexible working<br />

hours. Furthermore, for women flexibility at work i.e. (4.4%)<br />

reduces the amount <strong>of</strong> family work conflicts when they are able<br />

to determine the hours they work in which moderates the WF &<br />

FW interference.<br />

Table 3: Descriptive Statistics for Work-Family Conflict &<br />

Family-Work Conflict<br />

Percentiles FWC WFC<br />

25 13 17<br />

50 19 22<br />

75 23 25<br />

All respondent’s 17.83 21<br />

Mean score<br />

Std. Deviation 6.36 5.75<br />

Std. Error 0.43 0.39<br />

Variance 40.45 33<br />

Male 17.5 20.5<br />

Female 18.1 21.4<br />

325<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

Research<br />

Table 4: Chi-Square Tests (SPSS 17.0)<br />

Value<br />

df<br />

Asymp.<br />

S ig. (2-<br />

sided)<br />

Pearson Chi-S quare 26.735 a 26 .423<br />

Likelihood Ratio 33.125 26 .158<br />

N <strong>of</strong> Valid Cases 210<br />

a. 32 cells (59.3%) have expected count less than 5. The<br />

minimum expected count is .50.<br />

Chi-square was analyzed through (SSPS 17.0) to test<br />

the hypothesis. It was hypothesized that there is no<br />

relationship between gender and the degree <strong>of</strong> work-family<br />

and family work conflict which is rejected at alpha (p=0.05<br />

level> X2=26.7). The probability <strong>of</strong> the chi-square test statistic<br />

p=38.8, at the alpha level <strong>of</strong> significance <strong>of</strong> 0.05 was greater for<br />

FWC & WFC (chi-square=26.7), therefore, the null hypothesis<br />

was accepted (see Table 4). It was also hypothesized that<br />

there is a relationship between gender and the type <strong>of</strong> workfamily<br />

and family work conflict as women experience more<br />

family-work conflict and men experience more work-family<br />

conflict this hypothesis was also rejected at alpha (p=0.05<br />

level> 38.8). The probability <strong>of</strong> the chi-square test statistic<br />

p=38.8, at the alpha level <strong>of</strong> significance <strong>of</strong> 0.05 was greater for<br />

FWC & WFC (chi-square=23), therefore, rejected the research<br />

hypothesis. The research hypothesis that differences in<br />

“degree <strong>of</strong> perceived work-family and family- work conflicts”<br />

are related to differences in “gender” is not supported by this<br />

analysis (see Table 5).<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

326


Research<br />

Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

Table: 5 Chi-Square Tests (SPSS 17.0)<br />

Chi-Square Tests<br />

Value<br />

df<br />

Asymp. Sig.<br />

(2-sided)<br />

Pearson Chi-Square 23.048 a 24 .517<br />

Likelihood Ratio 26.120 24 .347<br />

N <strong>of</strong> Valid Cases 210<br />

a. 29 cells (58.0%) have expected count less than 5. The<br />

minimum expected count is .50.<br />

These findings are more in the line with previous<br />

studies that there were no differences between the gender in<br />

experience <strong>of</strong> work-family conflicts. Even which present<br />

findings don’t support that family is the greater source <strong>of</strong><br />

conflict for women and work for men. Furthermore, source <strong>of</strong><br />

family-work conflicts are associated with moderating variables<br />

like the number <strong>of</strong> small children, number <strong>of</strong> children and time<br />

spent at work. Since majority <strong>of</strong> respondents are married with<br />

no children might be the indicative <strong>of</strong> rejection. When it is<br />

even contrary to our societal gender role expectations and<br />

responsibilities; women carry out most <strong>of</strong> the family<br />

responsibilities from child care to the household. In this way<br />

these findings can support little when most <strong>of</strong> the respondents<br />

are young with small family size hence the family doesn’t<br />

generate enough pressures when it clashes with their work<br />

responsibilities.<br />

This is also an indicative <strong>of</strong> evolving family- friendly<br />

organizations in Pakistani society. Social support i.e. family,<br />

friends, partner and boss’s support is generally considered a<br />

moderator between stress and conflicts; individuals who<br />

receive high support experience low strain than others. This<br />

is also comparable to the respondents in the present study.<br />

327<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

Research<br />

When both male and female respondents equally perceived<br />

that they have enough control over their current work<br />

responsibilities and working hour flexibility and appeared as<br />

dominating moderating factors for WFC and FWC in the present<br />

study. It also indicates that working environment in industries<br />

like academia, health and banks is becoming conducive to work<br />

in our local context.<br />

However, with a small and convenient sampling<br />

generalization <strong>of</strong> the results hold limitations <strong>of</strong> the study.<br />

Moreover, unequal distribution <strong>of</strong> sample from different and<br />

specific occupation also resulting limits to the generalization.<br />

On the basis <strong>of</strong> above discussion we conclude that sources <strong>of</strong><br />

WFC & FWC can be better examined if employees are with<br />

comparable occupational and <strong>of</strong> employment status. Such as<br />

Karasek’s theory, suggested that lower level managers reported<br />

higher levels <strong>of</strong> conflict than others. Therefore, there is still a<br />

need to study work family conflict construct in detail and<br />

identify what those different organizational and moderating<br />

variables like support, controllability and work hour flexibility,<br />

work load, and work environment to determine gender<br />

differences for WFC and FWC. Future research may also focus<br />

on exploring the factor analysis and convergent-validity <strong>of</strong><br />

two different constructs such as Carlson scale for its local<br />

implication so that it can be brought into human resource<br />

management functions.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

328


Research<br />

Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

References:<br />

Burke, R. J., Weir, T., & DuWors, R. E.(1980) Work Demands on<br />

Administrators and Spouse Well-being. Human Relations, 33,<br />

253-278.<br />

Carlson, D. & Kacmar, M. (2000) Work-Family Conflict in the<br />

Organization: Do Life Role Values Make a Difference? Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>Management</strong>, 26(5), 1031-054.<br />

Carlson, D. (1999) Personality and Role Variables as Predictors<br />

<strong>of</strong> Three Types <strong>of</strong> Work Family Conflict, Journal <strong>of</strong> Vocational<br />

Behavior, 55, 236-253.<br />

Cooke, R. A., & Rousseau, D. M. (1984), Stress and Strain from<br />

Family Roles and Work-role Expectations. Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied<br />

Psychology, 69, 252-260.<br />

Elizabeth, D.L., & Alan, H.C., (1991), Gender Differences in Work-<br />

Family Conflict. Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied Psychology, 76(1): 60-74.<br />

Eagle, B.W., Icenogle, M. L. & Maes, J. D. (1998) The Importance<br />

<strong>of</strong> Employee Demographic Pr<strong>of</strong>iles for Understanding<br />

Experiences in Work-family Interrole Conflicts. The Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Social Psychology, 138: 690-709.<br />

Eagle, B.W., Miles, E. W., & Icenogle, M. L. (1997) Interrole<br />

Conflicts and the Permeability <strong>of</strong> Work and Family Domains: Are<br />

there gender differences? The Journal <strong>of</strong> Vocational Behavior,<br />

50: 168-184.<br />

Frone, M. R., Russell, M., & Cooper, L., (1992) Prevalence <strong>of</strong><br />

Work Family Conflict: are Work and Family Boundaries Permeable.<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Organizational Behavior, 13, 723-729.<br />

329<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

Research<br />

Frone, M. R. & Yardley, J. K. (1996). Workplace Family-supportive<br />

Programmes: Predictors <strong>of</strong> Employed parents Importance Rating.<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Vocational Behavior, 69, 351-366.<br />

Greenhaus, J. H., & Beutell, N. J. (1985),Sources <strong>of</strong> Conflict<br />

Between Work and Family Roles. Academy <strong>of</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

Review, 10(1), 76-88.<br />

Greenhaus, J. & Powell, G. (2003), When Work and Family Collide:<br />

Deciding between Competing Role Demands. Organizational<br />

Behavior and the Human Decision Processes, 90(2): 291-303.<br />

Gutek, B. A. Searle, S. & Klepa, L. (1991), Rational versus Gender<br />

role Explanations for Work-Family Conflict. Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied<br />

Psychology, 76, 560-568.<br />

Hall, D. T. (1972) A Model <strong>of</strong> Coping Hall with Role Conflict: The<br />

Role Behavior <strong>of</strong> College Educated Women. Administrative<br />

Science Quarterly, 17, 471-489.<br />

Hochschild, A. (1989) The second shift. New York: Avon Books.<br />

Kahn, R., Wolfe, D., Quinn, R., Snoek, J. & Rosenthal, R. (1964)<br />

Organizational Stress, Wiley, New York.<br />

Kopelman, R. E., Greenhaus, J. H., & Connolly, T. F. (1983) A<br />

Model <strong>of</strong> Work, Family, and Interrole Conflict: A Construct<br />

Validation Study. Organizational, Behavior, and Human<br />

Performance, 32, 198-215.<br />

Lambert, S. J. (1990), Process Linking Work and Family: A Critical<br />

Review and Research Agenda, Human Relations, 43(3), 239-257.<br />

Larson, R. W., Richards, M. H., & Perry-jenkins, M. (1994)<br />

Divergent worlds: The Daily Emotional Experience <strong>of</strong> Mothers<br />

and Fathers in The Domestic and Public Spheres.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

330


Research<br />

Gender Difference: Work and Family Conflicts and Family-Work Conflicts<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Personality and Social Psychology, 67: 1034-1046.<br />

Matsui, T., Ohsawa, T., & Onglotco, M. (1995) Work-family<br />

Conflict and the Stressbuffering<br />

Effects <strong>of</strong> Husband Support and Coping Behavior among<br />

Japanese Married Working Women.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Vocational<br />

Behavior, 47: 178-192.<br />

Netemeyer, R.G.,Boles, J. S. & McMurrian, R. (1996).Development<br />

and Validation Of Workfamily Conflicts and Work-Family Conflict<br />

Scales. Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied Psychology, 81, 400 –410.<br />

Pleck, H., (1977), The Work-Family Role System. Social Problems,<br />

417-427.<br />

Rice, R. W., Frone, M. R., & McFarlin, D. B. (1992) Work-Nonwork<br />

Conflict and the Perceived Quality <strong>of</strong> Life. Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Organizational Behavior, 13, 155-168.<br />

Robinson, J. P., & Godbey, G. (1997) Time for life. University<br />

Park: The Pennsylvania State University Press.<br />

Shelton, B. A., & John, D. (1996) The Division <strong>of</strong> Household<br />

Labor.” Annual Review <strong>of</strong> Sociology, 22: 299-322.<br />

Voydan<strong>of</strong>f, P. (1988) Work Role Characteristics, Family Structure<br />

Demands and Work Family Conflict. Journal <strong>of</strong> Marriage and<br />

the Family, 50, 749-761.<br />

Williams, K. J., & Alliger, G. M. (1994) Role Stressors, Mood<br />

Spillover, and Perceptions <strong>of</strong> Work-family Conflict in Employed<br />

Parents. Academy <strong>of</strong> <strong>Management</strong> Journal, 37: 837-868.<br />

331<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

Research<br />

THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN<br />

WORK MOTIVATION AND JOB<br />

SATISFACTION<br />

Abstract<br />

Nadia Ayub<br />

Department <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> Psychology<br />

Shagufta Rafif<br />

Department <strong>of</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

College <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> <strong>Management</strong>, Karachi<br />

Numerous researchers investigated the relationship between<br />

job satisfaction and work motivation in diversified<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essions but none investigated bank managers in<br />

Pakistan. Therefore, the current study attempts to explore<br />

the relationship between work motivation and job<br />

satisfaction. Based on the literature review two hypotheses<br />

were formulated 1) There will be positive relationship between<br />

work motivation and job satisfaction, and 2) There would be<br />

a gender difference on the variable <strong>of</strong> work motivation and<br />

job satisfaction. To asses job satisfaction, “Job Satisfaction<br />

Survey (JSS; Spector, 1997)”, and for motivation, “Motivation<br />

at Work Scale (MAWS, Gagné, M., et.al, 2010)”, were used.<br />

The sample <strong>of</strong> the study consists <strong>of</strong> 80 middle managers (46<br />

males; 34 females) from different banks <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Pakistan.<br />

A Pearson Product Moment Correlation Coefficient was<br />

calculated for the correlation between the work motivation<br />

and job satisfaction. In order to find out gender differences<br />

t test was computed. In conclusion, the findings <strong>of</strong> the study<br />

suggest that there was a positive correlation between work<br />

motivation and job satisfaction. Furthermore, there was a<br />

significant gender difference on the variable <strong>of</strong> work<br />

motivation and job satisfaction.<br />

Keywords: Motivation, job satisfaction, gender difference<br />

JEL Classification: J81, O15, Z13, J28<br />

*An earlier version <strong>of</strong> this refereed paper was presented at the first<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Psychology Seminar held by the Department <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong><br />

Psychology IoBM in November, 2010<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

332


Research<br />

The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

Introduction<br />

The relationship between job satisfaction and motivation<br />

at work has been one <strong>of</strong> the widely researched areas in the field <strong>of</strong><br />

management in relation to different pr<strong>of</strong>essions, but in Pakistan<br />

very few studies have explored this concept especially on banking<br />

sectors employees. According to Khan (1997), in the current<br />

business environment, organizations in all industries are<br />

experiencing rapid change, which is accelerating at an enormous<br />

speed. Finck et al. (1998) also stated that companies must<br />

recognize that the human factor is becoming much more important<br />

for organizational survival, and that business excellence will only<br />

be achieved when employees are excited and motivated by their<br />

work. In addition, difficult circumstances, such as violence,<br />

tragedy, fear, and job insecurity create severe stress in employees<br />

and result in reduced workplace performance (Klein, 2002).<br />

According to Watson (1994) business has come to realize that a<br />

motivated and satisfied workforce can deliver powerfully to the<br />

bottom line. Since employee performance is a joint function <strong>of</strong><br />

ability and motivation, one <strong>of</strong> management’s primary tasks,<br />

therefore, is to motivate employees to perform to the best <strong>of</strong> their<br />

ability (Moorhead & Griffin, 1998).<br />

Banks are corporeal structures and play a significant<br />

role in the economy worldwide, although faced by internal<br />

competition among the commercial banks in Pakistan, the only<br />

competitive advantage they have is through their motivational<br />

personnel that deliver quality service to their customers.<br />

Outstanding services provided by these employees create a niche<br />

in the eye <strong>of</strong> the customer, which plays an important and significant<br />

role in delivering high customer satisfaction. Thus it’s important<br />

for management to ensure that managers are work place motivated.<br />

Pinder (1998) described work motivation as the set <strong>of</strong><br />

internal and external forces that initiate work-related behavior,<br />

333<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

Research<br />

and determine its form, direction, intensity and duration. Pinder<br />

(1998) contended that an essential feature <strong>of</strong> this definition is<br />

that work motivation is an invisible, internal and hypothetical<br />

construct, and that researchers, therefore, have to rely on<br />

established theories to guide them in the measurement <strong>of</strong><br />

observable manifestations <strong>of</strong> work motivation. Du Toit (1990)<br />

added that three groups <strong>of</strong> variables influence work motivation,<br />

namely individual characteristics, such as people’s own interests,<br />

values and needs, work characteristics, such as task variety and<br />

responsibility, and organizational characteristics, such as its<br />

policies, procedures and customs. Van Niekerk (1987) saw work<br />

motivation as the creation <strong>of</strong> work circumstances that influence<br />

workers to perform a certain activity or task <strong>of</strong> their own free will,<br />

in order to reach the goals <strong>of</strong> the organization, and simultaneously<br />

satisfy their own needs.<br />

Work motivation <strong>of</strong> the middle managers in the banking<br />

sector largely depends on the social, economic, and cultural<br />

circumstances <strong>of</strong> the country. If the manager does not receive a<br />

competitive salary, he will face problem in maintaining his family<br />

life status. The pressure <strong>of</strong> the family will not let this individual<br />

show his full potential, thus he will be stressed out and the<br />

organizations efficiency will be affected by this individual.<br />

Therefore, it is very important to find out the variable that<br />

contributes to his motivation at work and job satisfaction. Job<br />

satisfaction <strong>of</strong> the managers who have an important place as<br />

forerunners <strong>of</strong> the society will affect the quality <strong>of</strong> the service<br />

rendered.<br />

According to Sempane, Rieger & Roodt (2002), “Job<br />

satisfaction relates to people’s own evaluation <strong>of</strong> their jobs<br />

against those issues that are important to them”. Job satisfaction<br />

is regarded as related to important employee and organizational<br />

outcomes, ranging from job performance to health and longevity<br />

(Spector, 2003). The nature <strong>of</strong> the environment outside <strong>of</strong> the job<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

334


Research<br />

The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

directly influences a person’s feelings and behavior on the job<br />

(Hadebe, 2001). Judge and Watanabe (1993) reinforced this idea<br />

by stating that there is a positive and reciprocal relationship exists<br />

between job and life satisfaction in the short term, and that over<br />

time, general life satisfaction becomes more influential in a person’s<br />

life. Schultz and Schultz (1998) emphasized that people spend<br />

one third to one half <strong>of</strong> their waking hours at work, for a period <strong>of</strong><br />

40 to 45 years, and that this is a very long time to be frustrated,<br />

dissatisfied and unhappy, especially since these feelings carry<br />

over to family and social life, and affect physical and emotional<br />

health.<br />

Megginson, Mosley & Pietri (1982) stated that people<br />

experience job satisfaction when they feel good about their jobs,<br />

and that this feeling <strong>of</strong>ten relates to their doing their jobs well, or<br />

their becoming more pr<strong>of</strong>icient in their pr<strong>of</strong>essions, or their being<br />

recognized for good performance. Literature suggests that, “A<br />

variety <strong>of</strong> factors motivate people at work, some <strong>of</strong> which are<br />

tangible, such as money, and some <strong>of</strong> which are intangible, such<br />

as a sense <strong>of</strong> achievement (Spector, 2003)”. Schultz and Schultz<br />

(1998) held the view that job satisfaction encompasses the positive<br />

and negative feelings and attitudes people hold about their jobs,<br />

and that these depend on many work-related characteristics, but<br />

also on personal characteristics, such as age, gender, health and<br />

social relationships.<br />

Employee motivation and job satisfaction cannot be<br />

isolated, but they complement each other and respond to different<br />

organizational variables like productivity and working conditions.<br />

Employee and job satisfaction depends on people’s insight and<br />

behavior at the work place which is driven by a set <strong>of</strong> intrinsic,<br />

extrinsic needs and by their view <strong>of</strong> numerous job-related and<br />

organization related attitudes. The relationship has long been<br />

ignored by researchers, although a very strong relation exists,<br />

that can be supported by previous literature such as Hoole and<br />

Vermeulen (2003) found that the extent to which people are<br />

335<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

Research<br />

motivated by outward signs <strong>of</strong> position, status and due regard<br />

for rank, is positively related to their experience <strong>of</strong> job<br />

satisfaction. Chess (1994), reported that certain motivational<br />

factors contribute to the prediction <strong>of</strong> job satisfaction.<br />

The evidence suggests that there is a gender difference<br />

in work motivation. For example, H<strong>of</strong>stede (2001) came to the<br />

conclusion that while men’s concerns are mostly earnings,<br />

promotion and responsibility, women value friendly atmosphere<br />

and usually concern prestige, challenge, task significance, job<br />

security, co-operation and their work environmental conditions.<br />

Reif et al. (1976) examined significance <strong>of</strong> 33 particular rewards<br />

for men and women and found that gender was the determining<br />

factor <strong>of</strong> appreciation <strong>of</strong> the value <strong>of</strong> reward. Gooderman et al.<br />

(2004) have also discovered that men prove to be much more<br />

financially motivated than women do. A study by Miner (1974a)<br />

<strong>of</strong> business managers (44 females and 26 males) and educational<br />

administrators (25 females and 194 men) found that managerial<br />

motivation was “significantly related to the success <strong>of</strong> female<br />

managers” (p. 197), but there were no consistent differences<br />

between men and women in managerial motivation. Miner<br />

concluded that “it implies only that those women who become<br />

managers have the motivational capacity to do as well as males<br />

who become managers…Whether the female population can<br />

provide a major source <strong>of</strong> managerial talent in the future,<br />

consonant with the rising labor force participation <strong>of</strong> women,<br />

poses a major and as yet unanswered research question” ( p.<br />

207).<br />

Few studies suggest negligible or no gender difference<br />

on work motivation such as a study by Dubinsky, A.J., et al.,<br />

(1993) showed that rather minimal differences in motivation exist<br />

between men and women. Similarly, Pearson & Chatterjee (2002)<br />

while examining experience <strong>of</strong> China came to the conclusion that<br />

despite divergences, gender uniformity in job motivation <strong>of</strong> men<br />

and women dominated. They share the same attitudes as to high<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

336


Research<br />

The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

earnings, training opportunities, work autonomy, usage <strong>of</strong> skills,<br />

desirable living area, relations with managers, etc.<br />

Gender differences in job satisfaction have been<br />

extensively researched and no conclusive evidence has been<br />

found with regard to the levels <strong>of</strong> satisfaction among men and<br />

women. However, results from several studies have indicated<br />

that there is a relationship between gender and job satisfaction<br />

(Bilgic 1998; Lumpkin & Tudor 1990; Goh & Koh 1991; Oshagbemi<br />

2000b). For instance, Hulin and Smith (1964) investigated 295<br />

male workers and 163 female workers to determine the satisfaction<br />

level <strong>of</strong> employees. Results indicated male workers were more<br />

satisfied with their job than female workers. On the other hand a<br />

research conducted by Lumpkin & Tudor (1990) showed that<br />

female managers are paid less and are less satisfied with their<br />

pay; thus, it follows that they are not satisfied with their pay,<br />

promotions, and overall job satisfaction.<br />

Based on above literature review, the primary aims <strong>of</strong><br />

the current study are tw<strong>of</strong>old. One, our study attempts to explore<br />

the relationship between work motivation and job satisfaction.<br />

Two, the study also looks at gender differences, in terms <strong>of</strong> work<br />

motivation and job satisfaction.<br />

Methodology<br />

Sample<br />

The sample comprised <strong>of</strong> 80 middle managers (46 males, 34<br />

females) working in different banks <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Pakistan. Participants<br />

were selected through the HR department pool. The mean age <strong>of</strong><br />

participants was 30.56 years. With regard to marital status, 64% men<br />

were married, 36% women were married. Seventy five percent <strong>of</strong><br />

participants were Master’s and 25% were Bachelor’s. An average<br />

participant’s length <strong>of</strong> the service was 5.8 years.<br />

337<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

Research<br />

Measures<br />

A demographic form was filled by the participants,<br />

which included information about age, gender, qualification,<br />

length <strong>of</strong> service, designation, and marital status.<br />

The Motivational at Work Scale (MAWS; Gagné, M.,<br />

et al., 2010). The MAWS consists <strong>of</strong> 12 items. Each subscale<br />

consists <strong>of</strong> three items i.e. Intrinsic (item 4, 8, & 12), Identified<br />

(item 3, 7, & 11), Introjected (item, 2, 6, & 10), and extrinsic (item<br />

1, 5, & 9).The rating scale range from 1= not at all; 2= very little;<br />

3 = a little; 4 = moderately; 5 = strongly; 6 = very strongly; 7=<br />

exactly. MAWS was found to be internally consistent at the<br />

level <strong>of</strong> = .824.<br />

The Job Satisfaction Survey (JSS; Spector, 1997) is a<br />

nine-subscale measure <strong>of</strong> employee job satisfaction. The nine<br />

facets are 1) pay, 2) promotion, 3) supervision, 4) fringe benefits,<br />

5) contingency rewards, 6) operating conditions, 7) coworkers,<br />

8) nature <strong>of</strong> work, and 9) communication. The JSS consists <strong>of</strong> 36<br />

items to be rated by participants on a 6-point likert format<br />

response scale (i.e., disagrees very much, disagree moderately,<br />

disagree slightly, agree slightly, agree moderately, and agree very<br />

much). In the present study, JSS found to be internally consistent<br />

at the level <strong>of</strong> = .759.<br />

Procedure<br />

The questionnaires were distributed to respondents and<br />

they completed the questionnaire manually. The data was<br />

collected individually. At the beginning <strong>of</strong> each questionnaire,<br />

an overview was provided. All respondents must fill a<br />

demographic form which includes information on age, gender,<br />

qualification, length <strong>of</strong> service, designation, and marital status.<br />

The researcher gave directions for the Motivational at Work<br />

Scale (2010) first and then for the Job Satisfaction Survey (1997).<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

338


Research<br />

The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

Participation was voluntary and the responses were anonymous.<br />

The respondents were informed about the purpose <strong>of</strong> the research.<br />

As with all study participants, they were assured that all<br />

information would be kept confidential.<br />

Statistical Analysis<br />

After the collection <strong>of</strong> data, the answer sheets were<br />

scored. The Motivation at Work Scale and Job Satisfaction Survey<br />

were scored according to the instructions given in the manual.<br />

Then, the data was tabulated on Micros<strong>of</strong>t Excel sheet. Statistical<br />

Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS), version 16.0 was used for<br />

all statistical analyses. Descriptive statistics for demographic<br />

information and Pearson Product Moment Correlation Coefficient<br />

was performed in order to find the correlation between Motivation<br />

at Work and job satisfaction.<br />

RESULTS<br />

Table 1 Correlation between Work Motivation and Job<br />

Satisfaction<br />

Job Satisfaction Significance<br />

Work M otivation .563**<br />

.000<br />

Note. Shows correlation between Work Motivation and<br />

Job Satisfaction significant at**p=.000<br />

Table 2 Pearson Correlation between type <strong>of</strong> Work<br />

Motivation and overall Job satisfaction<br />

Subscales <strong>of</strong> Work Motivation<br />

Job Satisfaction<br />

Intrinsic .538*<br />

Identified .622*<br />

Introjected .438**<br />

Extrinsic .583**<br />

* Correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (1-tailed)<br />

339<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

Research<br />

Table 3 represents t- test Gender Difference on Work<br />

Motivation<br />

Variable Gender N Mean Std Dev t df Sig<br />

Work<br />

Motivation<br />

Male 34 131.13 6.386<br />

Female 46 126.91 7.379<br />

4.324 78<br />

.000<br />

Job<br />

Satisfaction<br />

Male 34 142.29 11.559<br />

Female 46 132.96 11.015<br />

-3.67 78<br />

Note. Verifies Significant difference was found between male<br />

and female (t= 4.324, df =78, p


Research<br />

The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

for recognition and influence (Locke, 1999). Therefore, financial<br />

compensation is assumed to play a significant part when people<br />

choose jobs, stay in jobs and are motivated in jobs. The possible<br />

explanations <strong>of</strong> these findings are when the managers basic and<br />

higher order needs are fulfilled at work, the employee will have a<br />

positive attitude towards job that will eventually lead to job<br />

satisfaction.<br />

In the study, a significant gender difference was found<br />

on the variable <strong>of</strong> work motivation (n=80, t=4.324, pd”.05). The<br />

findings are in line with previous literature, which suggests that<br />

women are rather highly motivated to avoid success, because<br />

they are likely to expect negative consequences, like social<br />

rejection and/or feeling <strong>of</strong> being unfeminine (Horner, 2005, p. 207).<br />

Gooderman et al. (2004) have discovered that men prove to be<br />

much more financially motivated than women. Reif et al. (1976)<br />

examined a significance <strong>of</strong> 33 particular rewards for men and<br />

women and found that gender was the determining factor <strong>of</strong><br />

appreciation <strong>of</strong> the value <strong>of</strong> reward. According to Marjaana G. et<br />

al., (2007), men in Japan “value more highly not only the masculine<br />

work attribute <strong>of</strong> advancement but also the following feminine<br />

factors: fringe benefits and personal time. In contrast, Japanese<br />

women value more highly not only physical working conditions<br />

but also the challenging work that is supposed to be valued more<br />

highly by men”.<br />

According to the results there was a difference on job<br />

satisfaction (n=80, t= -3.670, p


The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

Research<br />

more important. On the whole, these studies have demonstrated<br />

that there is some association between gender and job<br />

satisfaction.<br />

There are some limitations <strong>of</strong> the present study. Firstly,<br />

the findings <strong>of</strong> the study were from convenient purposive<br />

sampling method. Therefore, the generalizability <strong>of</strong> the findings<br />

is inadequate. Second, this study did not include age, and length<br />

<strong>of</strong> service - an important correlate <strong>of</strong> job satisfaction. For future<br />

investigations should include these variables and explore<br />

relationships among age, length <strong>of</strong> service, and other value<br />

variables in relation to motivation and job satisfaction. Finally,<br />

the study depended on self-reported data. There is always a risk<br />

<strong>of</strong> being biased and selective recall when using such data (Smith<br />

& Glass, 1987). Expansion on the present study would allow<br />

greater knowledge into the predictors <strong>of</strong> job satisfaction and<br />

motivation in the banking pr<strong>of</strong>ession.<br />

The findings <strong>of</strong> this study have several implications<br />

for employers that gender contributes a major part in motivation<br />

as well as in job satisfaction. For that reason employers should<br />

keep in mind that gender does play a significant part while<br />

designing assignments, challenging tasks, incentive plans,<br />

promotions, and working conditions for managers in the<br />

workplace. It is, therefore, hoped that these findings will serve<br />

as resource materials for the management <strong>of</strong> banks, government,<br />

and significant others who are concerned with the managers<br />

quality performance.<br />

Conclusion<br />

To conclude, findings <strong>of</strong> the study illustrate that work<br />

motivation improves job satisfaction. Employee gender displayed<br />

a marked influence on employee motivation, & job satisfaction.<br />

The research findings suggest that when employers are caring<br />

and supportive and focus their attention on motivating factors<br />

the outcome is more productive and committed employees.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

342


Research<br />

The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

References<br />

Bi lgic, R. (1998), “The Rela tionship between Job<br />

Satisfaction and Personal Characteristic <strong>of</strong> Turkish<br />

Workers,” Journal <strong>of</strong> Psychology, 132:549-57.<br />

Bigoness, W.J. (1988). Sex differences in job attribute<br />

preferences. Journal <strong>of</strong> Organizational Behavior, 9, 139-147.<br />

Brown, J. & Sheppard, B. (1997). Teacher librarians in<br />

learning organizations. Paper Presented at the Annual<br />

Conference <strong>of</strong> the International Association <strong>of</strong> School<br />

Librarianship, Canada.<br />

August 25-30.<br />

Dubinsky, A.J., Joison, M.A., Michaels, R.E., Kotabe, M.<br />

and Lim, C.U. (1993). Perceptions <strong>of</strong> motivational<br />

components: salesmen and saleswomen revisited. The<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Personal Selling and Sales <strong>Management</strong>, 13, 25-<br />

37.<br />

Du Toit, M.A. (1990). Motivering (Motivation). In J. Kroon<br />

(Ed.), Algemene bestuur (General management) (2nd ed.)<br />

(pp.83 – 92). Pretoria : HAUM.<br />

Finck, G., Timmers, J. & Mennes, M. (1998). Satisfaction vs.<br />

motivation. Across The Board, 35(9), 55-56.<br />

Gagné, M., Forest, J., Gilbert, M.-H., Aubé, C., Morin, E.<br />

M., & Malorni, A. (2010). The Motivation at Work Scale:<br />

Validation evidence in two languages. Educational and<br />

Psychological Measurement, 70, 628-646. doi:10.1177/<br />

0013164409355698<br />

343<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

Research<br />

Goh, C.T., H.C. Koh & C.K. Low (1991), “Gender Effects on<br />

the Job Satisfaction <strong>of</strong> Accountants in Singapore,” Work<br />

and Stress 5(4): 341-48.<br />

Gooderman, P., Nordhaug, O., Ringdal, K. and Birkelund, E.<br />

(2004). Job values among future business leaders: the<br />

impact <strong>of</strong> gender and social background. Scandinavian<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> <strong>Management</strong>, 20, 3, 277-95.<br />

H<strong>of</strong>stede, G. (2001). Culture’s Consequences: Comparing<br />

Values, Behaviors, Institutions, and Organizations Across<br />

Nations<br />

Hoole, C. & Vermeulen, L.P. (2003). Job satisfaction among<br />

South African pilots. South African Journal <strong>of</strong> Industrial<br />

Psychology, 29(1), 52 – 57.<br />

Hor ner, M.S. (2005). Toward an under stan ding <strong>of</strong><br />

achievement-related conflicts in women. In M. Ednick,<br />

S.Tangi, L.W. H<strong>of</strong>fman (Eds.), Women and achievement.<br />

Social and motivational analyses. John Wiley and Sons.<br />

Hulin, C. & P. Smith (1964), “Sex Differences in Job<br />

Satisfaction,” Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied Psychology 48:88-92.<br />

Judge, T.A. & Watanabe, S. (1993). Another look at the job<br />

satisfaction - life satisfaction relationship. Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Applied Psychology, 78, 939 – 948.<br />

Hadebe, T.P. (2001). Relationship between motivation and<br />

job satisfaction <strong>of</strong> employees at Vista Information Services.<br />

M. A. disser t a t i on , Ra nd Afr i ka a n s Un i ver si t y,<br />

Johannesburg.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

344


Research<br />

The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

Khan, S. (1997). The key to being a leader company:<br />

Empowerment. Journal for Quality and Participation, 20(2),<br />

44-53.<br />

Klein, K.E. (2002). Motivating from the top down. <strong>Business</strong><br />

Week Online, 1/9/2002, pN.PAG, 01p.<br />

Locke, E.A. (1999). The Motivation Sequence, the<br />

Motivation Hub and the Motivation Core. Organizational<br />

behaviour and human decision processes, 50, 288 – 299.<br />

Lumpkin J.R. & K. Tudor (1990), “Effect <strong>of</strong> Pay Differential<br />

on Job Satisfaction: A Study <strong>of</strong> the Gender Gap,” Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> Supply Chain <strong>Management</strong>: Human Resources Issues<br />

26(3):25-29.<br />

Major, B. and Konar, E. (1984). An investigation <strong>of</strong> sex<br />

differences in pay expectations and their possible causes.<br />

Academy <strong>of</strong> <strong>Management</strong> Journal, 4, 777-792.<br />

Marjaana Gunkel, Edward J. Lusk, Birgitta Wolff, Fang Li<br />

(2007). Gender-specific Effects at Work: An Empirical<br />

Study <strong>of</strong> Four Countries. Gender, Work & Organization 14<br />

(1), 56-79.<br />

Megginson, L.C., Mosley, D.C. & Pietri, P.H. (1982).<br />

<strong>Management</strong> concepts and applications (4th ed.) New<br />

York: Harper Collins.<br />

Miner, J. B. (1974a). Motivation to manage among women:<br />

St udi es <strong>of</strong> busi ness m an a ger s a n d educa t ion a l<br />

administrators. Journal <strong>of</strong> Vocational Behavior, 5, 197- 208.<br />

345<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

Research<br />

Moorhead, G. & Griffin, R.W. (1998). Organizational<br />

behavior: Managing people and organizations (5th ed.).<br />

Boston: Houghton Mifflin.<br />

Oshagbemi, T. (2000b), “Correlates <strong>of</strong> Pay Satisfaction in<br />

Higher Education,” International Journal <strong>of</strong> Educational<br />

<strong>Management</strong> 14(1):31-39.<br />

Pearson, C.A.L., Chatterjee, S.R. (2002) Gender variations<br />

in work goal priorities: a survey <strong>of</strong> Chinese managers.<br />

International Journal <strong>of</strong> <strong>Management</strong>, 535-543.<br />

Pinder, C.C. (1998). Work motivation in organizational<br />

behavior. Upper Saddle River, N J: Prentice-Hall.<br />

Reif, W.E., Newstrom, J.W., St Louis, R.J. (1976). Sex as a<br />

discriminating variable in organizational reward decisions.<br />

Academy <strong>of</strong> <strong>Management</strong> Journal, 19, 3, 460-76.<br />

Schultz, D. & Schultz, S.E. (1998). Psychology and work<br />

today: An introduction to industrial and organizational<br />

psychology (7th ed.). New Jersey: Prentice Hall.<br />

Sempane, M.E., Rieger, H.S. & Roodt, G. (2002). Job<br />

satisfaction in relation to organizational culture. South<br />

African Journal <strong>of</strong> Industrial Psychology, 28(2), 23 -30.<br />

Smith, M.L. and Glass, G.V. (1987) Research and Evaluation<br />

in Education and the Social Sciences Englewood Cliffs:<br />

Prentice-Hall.<br />

Spector, P.E. (2003). Industrial and organizational<br />

psychology – Research and practice (3rd ed.).<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

346


Research<br />

The Relationship between Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction<br />

Spector, P. E. (1997) Job satisfaction: Application,<br />

assessment, cause and consequences Thousand Oaks,<br />

CA: Sage New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.<br />

Watson, T. (1994). Linking employee motivation and<br />

satisfaction to the bottom line. CMA Magazine, 68(3), 4.<br />

Van Niekerk, W.P. (1987). Eietydse bestuur (Contemporary<br />

management). Durban: Butterworth.<br />

Vinokur, K.D., Jayaaratne, S., Chess, W.A. (1994). Job<br />

satisfaction and retention <strong>of</strong> social workers in public<br />

agencies, non-pr<strong>of</strong>it agencies and private practice: The<br />

i mpact <strong>of</strong> wor k pl ace con di ti on s an d moti va tors.<br />

Administration in Social Work, 18 (3) 93-121.<br />

347<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

Research<br />

EFFECTIVENESS OF BRIEF<br />

COUNSELING SESSIONS FOR<br />

EMPLOYEE DEVELOPMENT:<br />

A QUALITATIVE STUDY<br />

Zainab F Zadeh PhD<br />

Samia Ahmad<br />

Halima Ghani<br />

<strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Psychology, Bahria University,<br />

Karachi<br />

Abstract<br />

The purpose <strong>of</strong> the study was to provide a qualitative analysis<br />

<strong>of</strong> the brief counseling sessions and to investigate the<br />

effectiveness <strong>of</strong> the same in employee development. Further it<br />

identified issues leading to spill over at work and creating worklife<br />

imbalance.<br />

The study was launched with a group orientation sessions<br />

comprising <strong>of</strong> a briefing related to purpose, procedure and<br />

regulatory requirements <strong>of</strong> the process followed by an ice breaking<br />

activity. Drawing was chosen as an icebreaking activity as it is<br />

considered one <strong>of</strong> the useful tools for rapport building and<br />

providing free reign to thoughts. Each employee was asked to<br />

submit a drawing depicting their current feelings.<br />

A total <strong>of</strong> 20 employees participated in the study for which follow<br />

up sessions began with brief counseling. A minimum <strong>of</strong> eight to<br />

ten sessions including the intake interview were conducted, <strong>of</strong><br />

which the duration <strong>of</strong> each session was between 30 to 60 minutes.<br />

Each session was problem focused, providing rapport and<br />

expectation clarification in the initial phase, leading to reeducative<br />

and supportive counseling for presenting complaints<br />

in later sessions. Towards the end feedback was obtained<br />

regarding the effectiveness <strong>of</strong> the sessions.<br />

*An earlier version <strong>of</strong> this refereed paper was presented at the first<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Psychology Seminar held by the Department <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong><br />

Psychology IoBM in November, 2010<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

348


Research<br />

Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

Results<br />

The results indicate that among the 20 employees, two reported<br />

all four complaints <strong>of</strong> emotional disturbance (i.e. anger, stress,<br />

frustration and anxiety), seven reported three complaints <strong>of</strong><br />

emotional disturbance and the combination varied accordingly<br />

(two out <strong>of</strong> seven complained <strong>of</strong> anger, frustration and stress,<br />

three complained <strong>of</strong> frustration, stress and anxiety, there was a<br />

single case <strong>of</strong> stress, anger, and anxiety, and a single case <strong>of</strong><br />

anger frustration and anxiety). Nine employees reported two<br />

complaints <strong>of</strong> emotional disturbance (and the combination varied<br />

accordingly, two <strong>of</strong> anger and frustration, two <strong>of</strong> frustration and<br />

anxiety, one <strong>of</strong> stress and anxiety, two <strong>of</strong> frustration and stress<br />

and two <strong>of</strong> anger and stress). Two employees reported a single<br />

complaint <strong>of</strong> emotional disturbance (i.e.anxiety).<br />

To asses the efficacy <strong>of</strong> brief counseling sessions the following<br />

question was asked in the terminal phase from each participant<br />

“Did you benefit from the counseling sessions?” The feedback<br />

received in the form <strong>of</strong> a verbatim was further divided into three<br />

categories i.e. Yes, No, and Indifferent. The results showed in<br />

Table 2 clearly indicates that 18 out <strong>of</strong> 20 employees reported that<br />

they benefited from the counseling process and it helped them<br />

gain relative control over emotional disturbances caused by<br />

personal and workplace issues whereas the response <strong>of</strong> two<br />

employees suggested indifference related to the outcome <strong>of</strong> the<br />

counseling process, which shows that 90% <strong>of</strong> the employee<br />

feedback was in the favor <strong>of</strong> the counseling process.<br />

Conclusion<br />

The study limitations were that employees’ verbal feedback was<br />

the only form <strong>of</strong> data collected during brief counseling and no<br />

other formal pre or post counseling assessments were conducted.<br />

Key Words: Development, Employee Development, Brief<br />

Counseling, Change: Organizational Restructuring, Emotional<br />

Disturbance, Work-life balance.<br />

JEL Classification: O15, I29, M15<br />

349<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

Research<br />

Introduction<br />

The purpose <strong>of</strong> the study was to provide a qualitative<br />

analysis <strong>of</strong> brief counseling sessions and to investigate the<br />

efficacy <strong>of</strong> the same in employee development. Further, it<br />

identified issues leading to spill over at work and creating worklife<br />

imbalances.<br />

Employee development initiatives have a significant<br />

impact during organizational restructuring. As defined by the<br />

Chartered <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> Personnel and Development CIPD, 2001<br />

development is the growth or realization <strong>of</strong> a person’s ability<br />

and potential through the provision <strong>of</strong> learning and educational<br />

experiences (Armstrong, 2006). For the purpose <strong>of</strong> this study<br />

Employee development is defined as the process <strong>of</strong> re-education<br />

in order to reduce emotional disturbance and achieve a desirable<br />

state.<br />

At an organizational level a variety <strong>of</strong> employee<br />

development strategies are utilized for instance, training and<br />

Quality <strong>of</strong> Work Life (QWL) programs which is an organizational<br />

development technique designed to improve organizational<br />

functioning by humanizing the work place. An approach to<br />

improve QWL is Quality Circles (QCs) in which small groups <strong>of</strong><br />

volunteers meet regularly to identify and to solve problems related<br />

to the work they perform and the conditions under which they<br />

work. Another example is <strong>of</strong> team building exercises which<br />

enhance employee development by discussing problems related<br />

to their work group’s performance. On the basis <strong>of</strong> these<br />

discussions specific problems are identified and plans for solving<br />

them are devised and implemented. Survey and feedback<br />

techniques are also used as employee development techniques.<br />

The survey feedback technique follows three steps 1. Collecting<br />

data: employees complete surveys to provide information about<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

350


Research<br />

Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

problems in their organizations; 2. Give feedback: feelings about<br />

the organization are summarized and shared with all employees;<br />

3. Develop action plans: through group discussions specific plans<br />

for overcoming problems are identified and developed. Employee<br />

Assistance Programs are also an effective strategy for employee<br />

development. An EAP provides employees and their family<br />

members with opportunities to address their workplace concerns<br />

as well as those in their personal life through counseling (Robbins,<br />

1998).<br />

In 2001 the British Association for Counseling and<br />

Psychotherapy commissioned and published a report, Counseling<br />

in the Workplace. The results showed that “after counseling,<br />

work-related symptoms returned to normal in more than half <strong>of</strong> all<br />

clients and sickness absence was reduced by over 25%” McLeod<br />

(2003).<br />

The objectives <strong>of</strong> counseling reported by Eisenberg and Delaney<br />

are:<br />

1. Understanding self<br />

2. Making impersonal decisions<br />

3. Setting achievable goals which enhance growth<br />

4. Planning in the present to bring about desired<br />

future objectives<br />

5. Effective solutions to personal and interpersonal<br />

problems<br />

6. Coping with difficult situations<br />

7. Controlling self defeating emotions<br />

8. Acquiring effective transaction skills<br />

9. Acquiring ‘positive self-regard’ and a sense <strong>of</strong> optimism about<br />

one’s own ability to satisfy one’s basic needs.<br />

351<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

Research<br />

Many pr<strong>of</strong>essionals working in mental health agencies,<br />

private practice and schools are increasingly asked to shorten<br />

their time with clients and provide clear evidence <strong>of</strong> counseling<br />

effectiveness (Ivey, 1997). Brief counseling provides prompt and<br />

early interventions as it allows limited but attainable goals to<br />

improve coping abilities. It is a time limited intervention designed<br />

to attain specified goals, the principle focus being on the here<br />

and now rather than on early life events. It also provides rapid<br />

initial assessment <strong>of</strong> the nature <strong>of</strong> the problem to develop a work<br />

formulation and maintain a flexible approach (Bloom, 1997). In<br />

the present study Brief counseling was introduced as an<br />

intervention during organizational restructuring.<br />

According to Holmes and Rahe (1967) any life changes,<br />

including work related life events requiring readjustments can<br />

be perceived as stressful. Moreover, changes that are introduced<br />

in organizational restructuring affect the socio-psychological<br />

well-being <strong>of</strong> the organization members given the potential for<br />

uncertainty that may accompany such changes (Ahmed & Zadeh,<br />

2008). Employees in a post-restructuring context are<br />

understandably wary about the future direction <strong>of</strong> the<br />

organization and their roles within it (Lee & Teo, 2005).<br />

Organizational restructuring is a global phenomenon. 12000<br />

managers in 25 countries (Kanter, 1991) were asked to identify<br />

changes they have experienced in the past two years. Major<br />

restructuring was the highest organizational change reported<br />

along with others like mergers, acquisitions reduction in<br />

employment, international expansion etc. (Robbins, 1998).<br />

For the purpose <strong>of</strong> this study Change: organizational<br />

restructuring is defined as the rearrangement <strong>of</strong> the existing<br />

division <strong>of</strong> labor, as well as the pattern <strong>of</strong> coordination,<br />

communication, workflow and authority.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

352


Research<br />

Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

The concerns raised during the brief counseling<br />

sessions were mainly around emotional disturbance in the form<br />

<strong>of</strong> stress: perceived pressure in fulfilling responsibilities, anger<br />

outbursts: disagreements and misunderstandings, anxiety:<br />

apprehension <strong>of</strong> failure and frustration: inability to find solutions.<br />

These disturbances were reported to effect both domains <strong>of</strong> work<br />

and life.<br />

These disturbances were resolved through 6 – 8 brief<br />

counseling sessions per employee in order to bring about worklife<br />

balance. Each employee was counseled using cognitive<br />

interventions. Cognitive intervention uses scientific and rational<br />

methods to explore thought assumptions and beliefs people have.<br />

These methods focus on functioning that has been found to play<br />

both a causative and maintenance role in solving psychological<br />

problems. Cognitive interventions are time limited and obtain fast<br />

results because they are problem focused. Moreover, the<br />

techniques are structured and directive in which they provide an<br />

agenda for each session. Agenda setting was imperative because<br />

each employee had a schedule and the organization’s goal was to<br />

achieve results within a limited time frame. The participants met<br />

the “inclusion criteria” for Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT),<br />

as they could understand the CBT rationale, access their thoughts<br />

and feelings, take responsibility and demonstrate optimism for<br />

change.<br />

In an analysis by Schultheiss (2006) “an extensive<br />

literature base has been established on the interdependencies<br />

between the world <strong>of</strong> work and family life” (Barling & Sorensen<br />

1997; Fassinger 2000; Greenhaus 1989; Greenhaus & Parasuraman<br />

1999). A variety <strong>of</strong> models have surfaced to elaborate the<br />

relationship among the two prominent spheres <strong>of</strong> life, including<br />

spill over, work-family conflict, work-family enrichment, workfamily<br />

integration, work-family balance. Work-family balance is<br />

353<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

Research<br />

perhaps the most extensively sited term in the literature <strong>of</strong> job<br />

satisfaction. Grrenhaus et al. (2003) suggests that Work-family<br />

balance refers to the extent to which an individual is equally<br />

engaged in and equally satisfied with his or her work role and<br />

family role.<br />

The theory <strong>of</strong> Work-Life Balance proposes three<br />

hypotheses about how job and life satisfaction are related.<br />

Weaver (1978) proposed that satisfaction (or dissatisfaction) in<br />

one area <strong>of</strong> life affects or spills over to another termed as the<br />

“spill over hypothesis”. Therefore, difficulties in home life can<br />

affect those in work causing the spillover. The second hypothesis<br />

that is “compensation hypothesis” suggests that an individual<br />

compensates for dissatisfaction in one area <strong>of</strong> life with another.<br />

Thus an employee facing dissatisfaction at work may look for<br />

satisfaction in other areas <strong>of</strong> life or vice versa. The final<br />

hypothesis which is “segmentation hypothesis” poses that<br />

people group aspects <strong>of</strong> their lives separately and thus<br />

satisfaction or dissatisfaction in one group does not affect<br />

another. (Rein et al. 1991) point out that because research has<br />

consistently found a positive correlation between job and life<br />

satisfaction, the spill over hypothesis is the only one supported<br />

by studies. Judge and Watanabe (1993) conducted a longitudinal<br />

study over a 5-year span which suggests that job satisfaction<br />

and life satisfaction affect one another in that satisfaction or<br />

dissatisfaction in either will affect the other (Spector, 1996).<br />

In the present study it was found that Work-Life balance<br />

was being disturbed causing spill over, as a result <strong>of</strong> “change”<br />

which came about in the form <strong>of</strong> organizational restructuring.<br />

Change: organizational restructuring caused rearrangement<br />

<strong>of</strong> the existing division <strong>of</strong> labor, as well as the pattern <strong>of</strong><br />

coordination, communication, workflow and authority. When<br />

organizational restructuring was taking place the employees were<br />

facing a transition in work location disturbing their original<br />

routines. This transition required additional time away from home<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

354


Research<br />

Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

causing disruption in performing their jobs as well as daily chores<br />

at home. Furthermore, the employees were expected to look after<br />

existing responsibilities with the same fervor as earlier along<br />

with assimilation towards setting up the new location.<br />

Figure 1: Stages <strong>of</strong> employee development<br />

355<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

Research<br />

Methodology<br />

Sample<br />

A total <strong>of</strong> 20 non teaching staff participated in the<br />

study. The group comprised <strong>of</strong> 19 males and one female, ages<br />

between 23 to 58 years, out <strong>of</strong> which 14 were married and six<br />

unmarried. Most <strong>of</strong> the staff was educated up till Bachelors’<br />

level and belonged to middle and lower-middle socioeconomic<br />

backgrounds.<br />

Measures/Techniques<br />

A semi structured intake interview followed by brief<br />

counseling sessions per individual were conducted weekly.<br />

Procedure<br />

The study was launched with an orientation to define<br />

the purpose, procedure and regulatory requirements for the<br />

counseling sessions. Drawing was chosen as an icebreaking<br />

activity as it is considered one <strong>of</strong> the useful tools for rapport<br />

building and providing free reign to thoughts. Each employee<br />

was asked to submit a drawing depicting their current feelings.<br />

The follow up sessions began with brief counseling<br />

which was between eight to ten sessions including the intake<br />

interview for each employee. The intake interview focused on<br />

questions related to work-life such as “Do you think you<br />

have a job <strong>of</strong> your choice?” and “Where do you see yourself<br />

after five years?” and home life such as “Among your friends<br />

and family who do you count on for support?” and “Marital<br />

status” along with the emotional involvement with ones<br />

spouse was inquired through “How long have both <strong>of</strong> you<br />

been together?” indicated also the level and depth <strong>of</strong><br />

interaction. These areas <strong>of</strong> investigation indicated how married<br />

employees were experiencing relatively more emotional<br />

disturbances as compared to unmarried employees due to a<br />

more complicated family dynamics, indicated a spill over at<br />

work.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

356


Research<br />

Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

The duration <strong>of</strong> each session was between 30 to 60<br />

minutes, which was problem focused, providing rapport and<br />

expectation clarification in the initial phase, leading to re-educative<br />

and supportive counseling for presenting complaints in the later<br />

sessions. Towards the end feedback was obtained regarding the<br />

effectiveness <strong>of</strong> the sessions. The consolidated brief counseling<br />

activity lasted approximately for a period <strong>of</strong> three months from<br />

start to end.<br />

Session Structure<br />

Session 1<br />

Intake interview, establishing rapport, expectation clarification<br />

Session 2<br />

Problem identification, structuring a future plan<br />

Session 3<br />

Introduction <strong>of</strong> re-educative techniques, catharsis<br />

Session 4<br />

Working through, cognitive restructuring<br />

Session 5<br />

Practicing alternative strategies, dealing with reluctant behavior<br />

Session 6<br />

Modifications in client strategies<br />

Session 7<br />

Session review and feedback, preparation for closing session<br />

Session 8<br />

Closing, discussion on future plans<br />

Through the method <strong>of</strong> content analysis the employee’s<br />

emotional disturbances were identified which were manifested in<br />

the form <strong>of</strong> anger outbursts, frustration, stress and anxiety.<br />

Anger is a fairly strong emotional reaction which<br />

accompanies a variety <strong>of</strong> situations such as physically restrained<br />

being interfered with, having one’s possessions removed,<br />

attacked or threatened. It includes physical reactions such as<br />

facial grimaces and body positions characteristic <strong>of</strong> action.<br />

357<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

Research<br />

Anger Outbursts are described as disagreements and<br />

misunderstandings at work. Anger outbursts were mainly<br />

manifested in two forms passive and active. Passive anger<br />

manifested itself as an inert struggle with feelings <strong>of</strong> unfair<br />

treatment, and stubbornness. Active anger was evident in the<br />

form <strong>of</strong> miscommunication, impulsivity and verbal arguments.<br />

Frustration is an inability to find solutions resulting in<br />

a negative and puzzled sate <strong>of</strong> mind. For example, difficulty in<br />

interpersonal communication, feelings <strong>of</strong> inferiority, decision<br />

making and adaptability issues.<br />

Stress is perceived pressure in fulfilling responsibilities<br />

pertaining to work as well as home, manifested in the form <strong>of</strong><br />

poor concentration, difficulty in prioritizing with multitasking,<br />

and modification in responsibilities.<br />

Anxiety is an apprehension <strong>of</strong> failure. In the present<br />

study it was observed in the form <strong>of</strong> job insecurity, low initiative<br />

and lack <strong>of</strong> trust in one’s self and others.<br />

Definition Of Key Terms:<br />

Development was the growth or realization <strong>of</strong> a<br />

person’s ability and potential through the provision <strong>of</strong> learning<br />

and educational experiences.<br />

Employee development was defined as the process <strong>of</strong><br />

re-education in order to reduce emotional disturbance and achieve<br />

a desirable state.<br />

Change: organizational restructuring was defined as<br />

the rearrangement <strong>of</strong> the existing division <strong>of</strong> labor, as well as the<br />

pattern <strong>of</strong> coordination, communication, workflow and authority.<br />

Emotional disturbance was defined in following terms:<br />

Stress: perceived pressure in fulfilling responsibilities,<br />

Anger outbursts: disagreements and misunderstandings,<br />

Anxiety: apprehension <strong>of</strong> failure and Frustration:<br />

inability to find solutions. These disturbances were reported to<br />

reflect in both domains <strong>of</strong> Work and Life.<br />

Brief Counseling: Brief Counseling where a minimum<br />

<strong>of</strong> eight to ten sessions including the intake interview were<br />

conducted. The duration <strong>of</strong> each session was between 30 to 60<br />

minutes.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

358


Research<br />

Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

Wok-life Balance: Gaining relative control over emotional<br />

disturbances caused by personal and workplace issues.<br />

Discussion <strong>of</strong> Results<br />

The purpose <strong>of</strong> the study helped identify the<br />

effectiveness <strong>of</strong> brief counseling at the workplace to reduce<br />

the employee’s emotional disturbances and bring about work<br />

life balance. The study elaborates the emotional disturbances<br />

faced by employees during the time <strong>of</strong> organizational<br />

restructuring causing spill over <strong>of</strong> work on home<br />

responsibilities. In order to reduce the emotional disturbance<br />

and restore balance, brief counseling was used as an effective<br />

intervention.<br />

In the Pakistani organizational context there is little<br />

evidence based work in counseling research.Expressive<br />

language has a therapeutic effect on one’s mental state.<br />

Similarly, counseling provides an opportunity for catharsis in<br />

a non judgmental environment with the assistance <strong>of</strong> a<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essional. Through this qualitative assessment the<br />

effectiveness <strong>of</strong> brief counseling on employee development<br />

was evident as given an opportunity to talk in an environment<br />

providing conflict resolution is healthier than gossiping. This<br />

allowed employees to gain awareness and insight on how to<br />

balance their work and home issues, in a healthier and more<br />

constructive manner.<br />

The manifested anger outbursts were identified as<br />

active and passive. Passive anger manifested itself as an inert<br />

struggle with feelings <strong>of</strong> unfair treatment, and stubbornness.<br />

Active anger was evident in the form <strong>of</strong> miscommunication,<br />

impulsivity and verbal arguments. During counseling active<br />

anger was addressed through debating, deep breathing<br />

exercises, and relaxation techniques. Employees with passive<br />

359<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

Research<br />

anger were taught to cope with anger outbursts through assertive<br />

training.<br />

Frustration was revealed through feelings <strong>of</strong> inferiority<br />

which were also reported like low self confidence and low self<br />

respect, where employees felt they were unable to express and<br />

resolve issues. Memory problems pertaining to retention and<br />

recall were bought during counseling. Techniques such as<br />

external memory aids and diary keeping were introduced for<br />

memory problems. Role play facilitated enhancement in<br />

interpersonal communication. Low self confidence and low self<br />

respect were restructured through debating negative and<br />

irrational thought patterns. For instance one <strong>of</strong> the senior<br />

employees felt inferior in terms <strong>of</strong> position/rank when compared<br />

to fellow colleagues. With debating a realistic picture was drawn<br />

to bring about healthy acceptance <strong>of</strong> existing circumstances<br />

which minimized the unfair comparison.<br />

Stress was observed in the form <strong>of</strong> poor concentration<br />

and difficulty in prioritizing with multitasking. Modification <strong>of</strong><br />

responsibilities during organizational restructuring was<br />

perceived as an added pressure. Married employees with<br />

dependent family members perceived relatively more stress than<br />

others. Socio economic background was another determinant in<br />

creating stress leading to work-life imbalance; this was also more<br />

evident in employees with dependants. Time management,<br />

structuring and planning with distribution <strong>of</strong> responsibilities were<br />

the main techniques utilized during counseling. For example, in<br />

case <strong>of</strong> one <strong>of</strong> the administration employees, the pre-counseling<br />

behavior indicated mounting stress due to difficulty in delegation<br />

<strong>of</strong> responsibilities and consequently finding oneself responsible<br />

for every task given. During counseling this stress was addressed<br />

by analyzing the tasks in steps and teaching delegation at various<br />

stages.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

360


Research<br />

Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

Anxiety was observed as apprehension <strong>of</strong> failure, a few<br />

<strong>of</strong> the employees reported reluctance in taking initiative and<br />

responsibilities during organizational restructuring due to<br />

increased fear <strong>of</strong> disapproval and losing one’s job. Techniques<br />

used during counseling for anxiety reduction were relaxation with<br />

deep breathing and imagination, thought stopping, mirroring,<br />

motivational debriefing and reassurance. For instance, one <strong>of</strong> the<br />

employee’s negative automatic thoughts were addressed during<br />

increased anxiety through the method with thought stopping.<br />

Table 1 Complaints <strong>of</strong> Emotional Disturbance<br />

Types <strong>of</strong> Emo tiona l D isturb an ce<br />

Ca se G ender M a rital Ang er F rustrati on Stress Anxiety<br />

No<br />

status O utburst<br />

1. M ale M arri ed Χ X X X<br />

2. M ale U nm arried X X<br />

3. M ale U nm arried X X X<br />

4. M ale M arri ed X X X X<br />

5. Fema le U nm arried X X X<br />

6. M ale M arri ed X X X<br />

7. M ale M arri ed X X X<br />

8. M ale M arri ed X X<br />

9. M ale M arri ed X X<br />

10 . M ale M arri ed X X<br />

11 . M ale M arri ed X X<br />

12 . M ale M arri ed X<br />

13 . M ale M arri ed X X<br />

14 . M ale U nm arried X<br />

15 . M ale U nm arried X X X<br />

16 . M ale M arri ed X X<br />

17 . M ale U nm arried X X<br />

18 . M ale M arri ed X X<br />

19 . M ale M arri ed X X X<br />

20 . M ale M arri ed X X X<br />

Table showing case wise frequency <strong>of</strong> complaints related to emotional disturbance<br />

361<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

Research<br />

Th r ough t h e m eth od <strong>of</strong> con t en t a n al ysi s<br />

counseling data was analyzed in units which were the<br />

participant’s presenting complaints. The results showed<br />

in Table 1 indicate that out <strong>of</strong> 20 employees two reported<br />

all four complaints <strong>of</strong> emotional disturbance (anger, stress,<br />

frustration and anxiety), seven reported three complaints<br />

<strong>of</strong> emotional disturbance and the combination varied<br />

accordingly (two out <strong>of</strong> seven complained <strong>of</strong> anger,<br />

frustration and stress, three complained <strong>of</strong> frustration,<br />

stress and anxiety, there was a single case <strong>of</strong> stress, anger,<br />

and anxiety, and a single case <strong>of</strong> anger frustration and<br />

anxiety). Nine employees reported two complaints <strong>of</strong><br />

emotional disturbance (and the combination varied<br />

accordingly two <strong>of</strong> anger and frustration, two <strong>of</strong> frustration<br />

and anxiety, one <strong>of</strong> stress and anxiety, two <strong>of</strong> frustration<br />

and stress and two <strong>of</strong> anger and stress). Two employees<br />

reported a single complaint <strong>of</strong> emotional disturbance (i.e.<br />

anxiety).<br />

These units were further evaluated in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

frequency, space and direction. Frequency refers to the<br />

number <strong>of</strong> participants with the recurrent unit presented,<br />

space referred to the amount <strong>of</strong> sessions covered for each<br />

unit and direction showed positive or negative impact in<br />

the unit. Some <strong>of</strong> the units identified in the study were<br />

emotional instability, need for enhancing education and<br />

marital issues. Based on the demographics <strong>of</strong> the sample<br />

in cl udin g ma rita l an d socio economi c st at us a nd<br />

educational level variations in terms <strong>of</strong> intensity in units<br />

were observed.<br />

It was observed that married employees were<br />

experiencing relatively more emotional disturbances as<br />

compared to unmarried employees due to more complicated<br />

family dynamics. The lack <strong>of</strong> quality time spent with family<br />

and the contributing lower socio economic background<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

362


Research<br />

Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

were the two other significant determinants that lead to the<br />

spill over hypothesis.<br />

A m a jor i t y <strong>of</strong> t h e em ployees wh o wer e<br />

undergraduates and have reached mid career levels with<br />

work experiences <strong>of</strong> eight to ten years were feeling job<br />

insecurities (threat was caused by less job opportunities<br />

outside the organization and the employee’s age group,<br />

with older employees feeling more insecure).<br />

Table 2 Feedback <strong>of</strong> efficacy for brief counseling sessions<br />

Cas e No No Yes Indifferent<br />

1. X<br />

2. X<br />

3. X<br />

4. X<br />

5. X<br />

6. X<br />

7. X<br />

8. X<br />

9. X<br />

10. X<br />

11. X<br />

12. X<br />

13. X<br />

14. X<br />

15. X<br />

16. X<br />

17. X<br />

18. X<br />

19. X<br />

20. X<br />

Total 18 (90% ) 2 (10% )<br />

363<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

Research<br />

To asses the efficacy <strong>of</strong> the brief counseling sessions<br />

the following question was asked in the terminal phase from<br />

each participant “Did you benefit from the counseling sessions?”<br />

The feedback received in the form <strong>of</strong> a verbatim was further<br />

divided into 3 categories i.e. Yes, No, and Indifferent. The results<br />

showed in Table 2 clearly indicates that 18 (90 percent) out <strong>of</strong> 20<br />

employees reported that they benefited from the counseling<br />

process and it helped them gain relative control over emotional<br />

disturbances caused by personal and workplace issues. As<br />

against this the response <strong>of</strong> two (10 percent) employees<br />

suggested indifference related to the outcome <strong>of</strong> the counseling<br />

process.<br />

The feedback obtained from the participants during the<br />

termination phase suggested that brief counseling sessions had<br />

a positive impact on employee development and helped them<br />

restore relative control over work-life balance.<br />

The study provided support to the non teaching staff<br />

to manage stress level during the time <strong>of</strong> organizational<br />

restructuring. In Pakistan most <strong>of</strong> the research data shows little<br />

documentation and thus for this purpose it was decided to<br />

document the findings reported in the study, which can serve as<br />

grounds for establishing facts regarding the effectiveness <strong>of</strong><br />

counseling for later research. This was the reason the study<br />

poses a limitation in terms <strong>of</strong> pre and post evaluation through a<br />

structured instrument.<br />

Conclusively, the feedback obtained from the<br />

participants during the termination phase suggested that brief<br />

counseling sessions had positive impact on employee<br />

development and helped them restore relative control over worklife<br />

balance.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

364


Research<br />

Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

Qualitative analysis <strong>of</strong> sessions based on participant<br />

feedback revealed that the process <strong>of</strong> counseling provided an<br />

opportunity to non teaching staff to openly express in a non<br />

judgmental environment. Through cognitive behavioral<br />

techniques employees gained insight to restore relative control<br />

over work-life balance. Such practices can prove to be helpful<br />

in organizations at a one to one level as this process reveals<br />

an in-depth understanding <strong>of</strong> employee issues.<br />

Study limitations indicate that employee’s verbal<br />

feedback was the only form <strong>of</strong> data collected during brief<br />

counseling and no other formal pre or post counseling<br />

assessments were conducted. For future studies it is<br />

recommended that formal pre and post assessments tools can<br />

be used to analyze the actual utilization <strong>of</strong> the insight and<br />

skills acquired in the employee’s everyday functioning.<br />

Moreover other demographic features like socio economic<br />

background, education etc. could be analyzed in detail in future<br />

researches. Consideration <strong>of</strong> detailed analysis <strong>of</strong> the drawings<br />

that were used in the ice breaking activity could also provide<br />

useful information in further studies.<br />

365<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Effectiveness <strong>of</strong> Brief Counseling Sessions for Employee Development<br />

Research<br />

References<br />

Ahmad, K. B. & Zadeh, Z. F. (2008). Number <strong>of</strong> Working Hours<br />

and Male Employee’s Psychological Work Stress levels.<br />

Pakistan Journal <strong>of</strong> Psychological Research, 23 (1-2), 29-36<br />

Armstrong, M. (2006). A Handbook <strong>of</strong> Human Resource<br />

<strong>Management</strong> Practice. (10 th Ed). Kogan Page. Philadelphia, USA.<br />

213, 535.<br />

Bloom, B. L. (1997). Planned Shot-term Psychotherapy, A Clinical<br />

handbook. (2 nd Ed). Allyn and Bacon. Massachusetts, USA. 5.<br />

Chatturvedi, R. (2007). Encyclopedia <strong>of</strong> Guidance and Counseling.<br />

Cresent Publishing Corporation. New Delhi, India. 175 – 186.<br />

Ivey, A. E., Ivey, M. B. & Simek-Morgan, L. (1997). Counseling<br />

and Psychotherapy, A Multicultural Perspective. (4 th Ed). Allyn<br />

& Bacon. Massachusetts, USA. 81 – 82.<br />

McLeod, J. (2003). Doing Counseling Research. (2 nd Ed). Sage<br />

Publication Limited. London, UK. 122 – 125.<br />

Robbins, P. S. (1998). Organizational Behavior. (8 th Ed). Prentice-<br />

Hall. New Jersey, USA. 210 – 212.<br />

Schultheiss, D. E.P. (2006). The Interference <strong>of</strong> Work and Family<br />

Life. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Psychology: Research and Practice, 37 (4),<br />

334-341.<br />

Shyam, R. & Yadev. S. (2006). Indices <strong>of</strong> Well-being In Older<br />

Adults: A Study Amongst Institutionalized and Noninstitutionalized<br />

Elderly. Pakistan Journal <strong>of</strong> Psychological<br />

Research, 21 (3-4), 79-94.<br />

Spector, P. E. (1996). Industrial and Organizational Psychology,<br />

Research and Practice. John Wiley and Sons, Inc. New York,<br />

USA. 235-236.<br />

Mcloed, J & Henderson. M. (2003). Does workplace counseling<br />

work? Retrieved from, http://bjp.rcpsych.org/cgi/content/full/<br />

182/2/103 Eisenberg and Delaney. Retrived from, http://<br />

www.citehr.com/26074-employee-counselling overview.html<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

366


Research<br />

Role <strong>of</strong> Popularity in Being Bullied at the Work Place<br />

ROLE OF POPULARITY IN<br />

BEING BULLIED AT THE<br />

WORK PLACE<br />

Abstract<br />

Qudsia Tariq<br />

Saima Masoom Ali<br />

Department <strong>of</strong> Psychology<br />

University <strong>of</strong> Karachi, Karachii<br />

The present study is designed to study “The Role <strong>of</strong> workplace<br />

popularity in being bullied at the work place”. The sample<br />

comprised <strong>of</strong> two hundred participants selected from different<br />

tall and flat organization <strong>of</strong> Karachi city. In this study a workplace<br />

bullying questionnaire based on DIAS (Direct Indirect<br />

Aggression Scale )by K.Bjorkquist and K.Osterman, Abou<br />

Akademi University Finland (1992); was used. The popularity <strong>of</strong><br />

the individual was rated on a ten point rating scale accompanying<br />

the demographic sheet, on which the participant was asked to<br />

rate him/herself in order to screen the level <strong>of</strong> popularity in the<br />

organization. It was hypothesized that people who are popular<br />

among their colleagues are more likely to be bullied as compared<br />

to unpopular people. The second hypothesis stated that women<br />

are more likely to be bullied as compare to men. Pearson<br />

correlation along with means was applied for statistical analysis.<br />

The results showed a significant relationship between bullying<br />

and popularity calculated value was + 0.8 which verified the first<br />

hypothesis and correlation <strong>of</strong> bullying scores <strong>of</strong> men and women<br />

was as + 0.2 which revealed no significant gender differences.<br />

Further, interesting findings indicated that men are more bullied<br />

by men bosses and women are more bullied by women bosses.<br />

JEL Classification: M14, M59, J81<br />

*An earlier version <strong>of</strong> this refereed paper was presented at the first<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Psychology Seminar held by the Department <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong><br />

Psychology IoBM in November, 2010<br />

367<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Role <strong>of</strong> Popularity in Being Bullied at the Work Place<br />

Research<br />

Introduction<br />

The purpose <strong>of</strong> this research was to identify the<br />

relationship between popularity at the work place in being<br />

bullied. It is needless to say that workplace bullying presents<br />

serious challenges to organizations, yet it remains one <strong>of</strong> the<br />

most neglected problems in the realm <strong>of</strong> employment relations.<br />

According to Tracy, Lutgen-Sandvik, and Alberts<br />

(2006), researchers associated with the Project for Wellness and<br />

Work-Life, workplace bullying is most <strong>of</strong>ten “a combination <strong>of</strong><br />

tactics in which numerous types <strong>of</strong> hostile communication and<br />

behaviour are used”.<br />

Gary and Namie, define workplace bullying as “repeated,<br />

health-harming mistreatment, verbal abuse, or conduct which<br />

is threatening, humiliating, intimidating, or sabotage that<br />

interferes with work or some combination <strong>of</strong> the three.”<br />

Pamela Lutgen-Sandvik (2003) expands this definition,<br />

stating that workplace bullying is “persistent verbal and<br />

nonverbal aggression at work that includes personal attacks,<br />

social ostracism, and a multitude <strong>of</strong> other painful messages<br />

and hostile interactions.”<br />

Workplace bullying comes in many forms, obvious and<br />

concealed, direct and indirect. It is deliberately spiteful, typically<br />

repeated, and <strong>of</strong>ten malicious in nature. Surrounded by the most<br />

commonly reported behaviors are yelling, shouting, and<br />

screaming; false accusations <strong>of</strong> mistakes and errors; hostile glares<br />

and other intimidating non-verbal behaviors; covert criticism,<br />

sabotage, and undermining <strong>of</strong> one’s reputation; social exclusion<br />

and the “silent treatment”; use <strong>of</strong> put-downs, insults, and<br />

excessively harsh criticism; and irrationally<br />

heavy work demands (As cited by David and Yamada, (2008).<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

368


Research<br />

Role <strong>of</strong> Popularity in Being Bullied at the Work Place<br />

Contrary to the impression generated by a growing<br />

number <strong>of</strong> news reports in the past several years, the occurrence<br />

<strong>of</strong> workplace violence extreme acts <strong>of</strong> aggression involving direct<br />

physical assault represent a relatively rare event in work settings.<br />

However, workplace aggression—efforts by individuals to harm<br />

others with whom they work or have worked—are much more<br />

common and may prove extremely damaging to<br />

individuals and organizations (Baron & Neuman 1998).<br />

If workplace bullying is to be taken more gravely, it may<br />

give details <strong>of</strong> as part <strong>of</strong> a deeper overall communal interest in<br />

human dignity. On this point, we may turn to Robert Fuller, a<br />

physicist and former college president who has attracted national<br />

attention for his examinations <strong>of</strong> dignity in the context <strong>of</strong> hierarchy<br />

and rank. According to Fuller, the primary obstacle to building<br />

what he calls a “dignitarian” society is the persistence <strong>of</strong><br />

“rankism,” which may manifest itself as discrimination on the<br />

basis <strong>of</strong> constructs such as race, sex, or age, but also may generate<br />

from unnecessarily hierarchical relationships in our private,<br />

public, and civic institutions (As cited by Yamada, 2008).<br />

Bullying can occur at various places depending upon<br />

the level <strong>of</strong> vulnerability <strong>of</strong> an individual in a group. For example,<br />

people are mainly bullied at work by their manager or co-workers<br />

or subordinates, or by their clients (bullying, workplace bullying,<br />

mobbing, work abuse, harassment, discrimination) at home by<br />

their partner or parents or siblings or children (bullying, assault,<br />

domestic violence, abuse, verbal abuse), at school (bullying,<br />

harassment, assault) in the care <strong>of</strong> others, such as in hospitals,<br />

convalescent homes, care homes, residential homes (bullying,<br />

harassment, assault), in the armed forces (bullying, harassment,<br />

discrimination, assault) by those in authority (harassment, abuse<br />

<strong>of</strong> power) by neighbors and landlords (bullying, harassment) by<br />

strangers (harassment, stalking, assault, sexual assault, rape,<br />

grievous bodily harm, murder).Bullying differs from harassment<br />

and assault in that the latter can result from a single incident or<br />

small number <strong>of</strong> incidents - which everybody recognizes as<br />

369<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Role <strong>of</strong> Popularity in Being Bullied at the Work Place<br />

Research<br />

harassment or assault / whereas, bulling tends to be an<br />

accumulation <strong>of</strong> many small incidents over a long period <strong>of</strong> time.<br />

Each incident tends to be trivial, and on its own and out <strong>of</strong> context<br />

does not constitute an <strong>of</strong>fence or grounds for<br />

disciplinary or grievance action. (Retrieved from<br />

http://www.bullyonline.org/workbully/amibeing.htm).<br />

Bullying is behavior by choice, and, therefore, bullying<br />

is a choice. Many bullies are in positions <strong>of</strong> management or power<br />

and, therefore, do not require help - except in their specious<br />

attempts to deceive others and to evade accountability and<br />

sanction. Bullies rely on naivety, inexperience and people feeling<br />

sorry for them and will ruthlessly exploit decent people’s urge to<br />

“help” and “forgive” them. Such people unwittingly swell the<br />

bully’s army <strong>of</strong> supporters, enablers, apologists, appeasers,<br />

acolytes, protectors and deniers. This could be one <strong>of</strong> the reasons<br />

for bullying being so common at the work place since the person<br />

bullying disguises him/herself very well in public.<br />

h t t p://www. bullyon l i n e. org/wor kbully/ m yt h s. h t m .<br />

People who bully others are usually incompetent and<br />

unskilled and in order to conceal their uselessness they try to<br />

belittle others. They usually victimize popular people as a result<br />

<strong>of</strong> intense jealousy against them. Since people who are popular<br />

and are being liked by the majority it makes them vulnerable in a<br />

sense that these people become prominent and a threat for those<br />

who lack potential and likeness among their colleagues. Hence<br />

they are targeted by the bully to be as invisible<br />

as themselves by threatening and harassing them.<br />

Policy and procedures could be ineffective, and one<br />

should not underestimate the ability (conscious or otherwise) <strong>of</strong><br />

senior managers to undermine the process! One <strong>of</strong> the most<br />

undermining systems we have observed is what is termed ‘vacuum<br />

management’(Rayner 2002). This is where decisions fail to be<br />

made. Senior managers may hope that by not giving an answer,<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

370


Research<br />

Role <strong>of</strong> Popularity in Being Bullied at the Work Place<br />

the situation will go away, and sometimes does. Of course, staff<br />

will know about their tactics. Unfortunately, this lack <strong>of</strong> action<br />

can lead to staff having no confidence in senior managers’<br />

willingness or ability to combat bullying at work and<br />

unfortunately, in some cases this is very well founded (as cited<br />

by Dorightatwork).<br />

Objectives<br />

The aim <strong>of</strong> this study was to observe the relation <strong>of</strong> popularity<br />

with work place bullying.<br />

Observe gender differences in work place bullying.<br />

Research Assumptions<br />

1- It was hypothesized that people who are popular among<br />

their colleagues are more likely to be bullied as compared to<br />

unpopularpeople.<br />

2- The second hypothesis stated that women are more likely to<br />

be bullied as compared to men.<br />

Methodology<br />

Sample<br />

A sample <strong>of</strong> 200, 120 men and 80 women participants<br />

were selected through random stratified technique after screening<br />

them on a popularity scale from various tall and flat organizations.<br />

It included both private and government sectors based in<br />

Karachi. For all tall organizations, banks, multinational<br />

companies, fast chains and for flat organizations schools, NGOs<br />

and single unit companies were considered. Their average age<br />

was 26 years and the minimum qualification was graduation.<br />

Inclusion Criteria<br />

Participants who had a job experience <strong>of</strong> at least 3 years<br />

and also rated ‘seven or above’ on popularity scales were<br />

included in the sample.<br />

Exclusion Criteria<br />

Participants who had a job experience <strong>of</strong> less than 3<br />

years or on contract and those who rated themselves less than<br />

‘seven ’ on popularity scales were excluded.<br />

371<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Role <strong>of</strong> Popularity in Being Bullied at the Work Place<br />

Research<br />

Material<br />

1- Consent Form: It communicates the purpose <strong>of</strong> research,<br />

ensures confidentiality and right to withdraw and was<br />

signed by each participant.<br />

2-Demographic: name (optional), age, gender, marital status,<br />

qualification, date <strong>of</strong> administration, subject’s designation<br />

and to which category <strong>of</strong> organization he/she belonged i.e.,<br />

flat organization or tall organization, work experience, job<br />

shifts in the last 3 years.<br />

3- A popularity questionnaire based on 10 point rating scale for<br />

screening purposes was used.<br />

4- Workplace bullying questionnaire was based on DIAS (Direct<br />

Indirect Aggression Scale). It is a 4 point rating scale ranging<br />

from 0 to 4, never to very <strong>of</strong>ten design by K.Bjorkquist and<br />

K. Osterman, Abou Akademi University Finland (1992).It has<br />

three domains 1-Physical aggression(7 items )2-Verbal<br />

Aggression(5 items) & 3-Indirect aggression(12 items).<br />

Procedure<br />

The first step <strong>of</strong> the methodology was to screen the<br />

employees on the popularity scale after getting the consent form<br />

signed by the participants. Then participants were asked to fill<br />

the demographic sheet in which they had to rate themselves on<br />

the bullying scale. Those who rated 7 or above on the popularity<br />

scale. On selected participants bullying scale (4 point likert scale)<br />

was administered. After they had filled the questionnaire, their<br />

scores were calculated. For statistical analysis Mean and Pearson<br />

correlation was applied.<br />

Results<br />

There is a 0.8 relation between bullying and popularity<br />

which is indicative <strong>of</strong> strong positive relation. Bullying scores <strong>of</strong><br />

men and women is 0.2 which shows very weak correlation. Results<br />

indicated interesting findings men are more bullied by men bosses<br />

and women are more bullied by women bosses. Men are bullied<br />

for their work performance while women for personal and moral<br />

values.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

372


Research<br />

Role <strong>of</strong> Popularity in Being Bullied at the Work Place<br />

Table 1: Correlation between Bullying and Popularity at<br />

Work Place<br />

N df r Level <strong>of</strong><br />

Significanc<br />

e<br />

200 198 0.8 p>0.5<br />

Table 2: Correlation <strong>of</strong> Bullying Scores between Men and<br />

Women<br />

N df r Level <strong>of</strong><br />

Significanc<br />

e<br />

200 198 0.21 P>0.5<br />

Table 3 Bullying scores <strong>of</strong> Males and Female Employees By<br />

Male<br />

7 0<br />

6 0<br />

5 0<br />

4 0<br />

3 0<br />

2 0<br />

1 0<br />

0<br />

b u llie d<br />

b y<br />

m e n<br />

b u llie d<br />

b y<br />

m e n<br />

M e n<br />

W o m e n<br />

Table 4 Bullying scores <strong>of</strong> Males and Female Employees By<br />

Female Bullies<br />

7 0<br />

6 0<br />

5 0<br />

4 0<br />

3 0<br />

2 0<br />

1 0<br />

0<br />

b u l l i e d<br />

b y<br />

f e m a l e s<br />

b u l l i e d<br />

b y<br />

f e m a l e s<br />

M e n<br />

w o m e n<br />

373<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Role <strong>of</strong> Popularity in Being Bullied at the Work Place<br />

Research<br />

Table 5 Gender Differences in Types <strong>of</strong> Bullying Attacks<br />

Men are bullied for their work performance, while women for<br />

personal and moral values<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

work related<br />

Discussion<br />

Character<br />

assassination<br />

Males<br />

Females<br />

Workplace bullying has been a concern for<br />

organizational heads not in the recent era only but ever since the<br />

industries were built. Hanley & Gilbraith (2008) suggest that<br />

abusive and bullying supervisors have at least some degree <strong>of</strong><br />

intent to inflict their behavior on subordinates, whereas poor<br />

supervisors are <strong>of</strong>ten simply “clueless” and lack any sense <strong>of</strong><br />

specifically trying to inflict stress on others in the workplace.<br />

Although the importance <strong>of</strong> this grave issue is <strong>of</strong> great concern<br />

for the mental health and good performance <strong>of</strong> the employees<br />

unfortunately, not much has been done to handle the issue.<br />

The first hypothesis was ‘Individuals who are popular<br />

would be bullied more than those who are not popular’. Relating<br />

the factor <strong>of</strong> popularity to bullying, the results depicted that there<br />

exist a strong correlation between popularity and bullying<br />

i.e.,+80. This factor leaves no room for doubt <strong>of</strong> popularity being<br />

a desirable attribute by bullies (Refer to Table 1). Since popular<br />

people are liked and appreciated by their bosses and colleagues<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

374


Research<br />

Role <strong>of</strong> Popularity in Being Bullied at the Work Place<br />

they get maximum benefit at the workplace. This creates an air <strong>of</strong><br />

jealousy for the bully who is less appreciated and mostly criticized<br />

by his/her colleagues.<br />

Organizations <strong>of</strong>ten find it difficult to identify just where<br />

the work place bullying is taking place, because the distinction<br />

between bullying and bossiness is hard to draw, and because<br />

efficient bosses are usually <strong>of</strong> economic value to the company<br />

by achieving results. Workplace bullying is an alarming future<br />

risk exposure for employers. Perhaps the difficulty in defining<br />

precisely what constitutes workplace bullying has contributed<br />

to the lack <strong>of</strong> attention given to this issue by many employers.<br />

(Query and Hanley 2010).<br />

The second hypothesis states that ‘popular females<br />

are more likely to be bullied as compared to popular males’.<br />

The correlation applied on these factors gave us the figure <strong>of</strong><br />

.215 which cannot be deemed as worth interpreting but the results<br />

revealed interesting findings that men are more bullied by men<br />

bosses and women are more bullied by women bosses. Refer to<br />

Tables 3 and 4 .This reveals the gender biases against females<br />

that even their counterparts do not spare them and harass them<br />

on equal grounds like men. Men on the other hand, are less<br />

negative towards their own gender. One reason could be that it<br />

is much easier to pick on the weaker sex than their counterparts<br />

who are on equal grounds with them. According to Braithwaite,<br />

et al 2008 impulsivity, emotional reactivity, sarcasm, a low<br />

tolerance for ambiguity and aggressiveness are qualities that<br />

predispose some to bullying others. In comparison, targets appear<br />

likely to have low self-esteem, poor social competence and exhibit<br />

negative affectivity more commonly than other employees; this<br />

could be another reason for women victimization at the work<br />

place. Men are bullied for their work performance while women<br />

for personal and moral values.(refer Table 5) It has been observed<br />

at the work place that men are usually targeted on their work<br />

375<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Role <strong>of</strong> Popularity in Being Bullied at the Work Place<br />

Research<br />

efficiency and skill pr<strong>of</strong>iciency, on the other hand, women are<br />

judged by their attitudes towards their colleagues and their body<br />

language and dress code. Their personal traits and moral conduct<br />

determines their vulnerability <strong>of</strong> being a victim <strong>of</strong> bullying. The<br />

constant harassment in the form <strong>of</strong> bullying can be very<br />

devastating for health.According to Yamada, Workplace bullying<br />

is an <strong>of</strong>ten unseen, dangerous practice encountered by countless<br />

workers today. Such harassment has taken a charge, not just on<br />

the physical and mental well-being <strong>of</strong> the individual directly<br />

affected, but on his or her family and social relations, job output,<br />

and overall workforce morale. As with more slight forms <strong>of</strong> sexual<br />

harassment, incidences <strong>of</strong> bullying are <strong>of</strong>ten unreported if<br />

investigated, brought to a quick and usually unsuccessful<br />

conclusion.<br />

“Problems at work are more strongly associated with<br />

health complaints than are any other life stressor – more so than<br />

even financial problems or family problems.” (As cited by Yamada,<br />

2008).<br />

According to Ronald Lindah (2006) it is indispensable<br />

to distinguish that large-scale organizational enhancement does<br />

not occur in a vacuum or sterile environment. It occurs in human<br />

systems, organizations, which already have beliefs, assumptions,<br />

expectations, norms, and values, both idiosyncratic to individual<br />

members <strong>of</strong> those organizations and communal.<br />

Conclusion<br />

Bulling in an organization can reduce staff turnover and<br />

increase de-motivation and absences among employees, hence<br />

affecting morale and productivity negatively. Since bullying<br />

affects likeable and popular people more it could cause a<br />

breakdown <strong>of</strong> trust, hence refraining an efficient and effective<br />

employee from contributing his/her best work, not giving extra<br />

ideas for improvement, not providing feedback on failures and<br />

may be less honest about performance. Women being among the<br />

more vulnerable group will be affected more.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

376


Research<br />

Role <strong>of</strong> Popularity in Being Bullied at the Work Place<br />

References<br />

Baron, Robert A. & Neuman, Joel H. (1998). Workplace<br />

Aggression — The Iceberg Beneath the Tip <strong>of</strong> Workplace<br />

Violence. Public Administration Quarterly, Vol. 21, No. 4<br />

Retrieved December 24, 2010 from<br />

http://jom.sagepub.com/content/24/3/391.abstract.<br />

Braithwaite, V., Ahmed, E., & Braithwaite, J. (2008) Workplace<br />

Bullying and Victimization: The Influence <strong>of</strong> Organizational<br />

Context, Shame and Pride. International Journal <strong>of</strong><br />

Organizational Behavior, Volume 13 [2] 71-94.<br />

Dorightatwork. The Problem Internal with Investigations <strong>of</strong><br />

Workplace Bully Bosses Retrieved January 12, 2011from http://<br />

marilynveincentotzs.wordpress.com/2010/04/26/the-problemwith-internal-investigations-<strong>of</strong>-workplace-bully-bosses/<br />

Half the population are bullied ... most people only realize it<br />

when they read this page What is bullying, how to recognize<br />

bullying. Retrieved December 24, 2010 from<br />

http://www.bullyonline.org/workbully/amibeing.htm<br />

Hanley, G., & Bryant, M. (2008) .The use <strong>of</strong> conceptual metaphors<br />

as interpretive tools in qualitative research. Paper presented at<br />

the 6th Conference on Workplace Bullying: Sharing our<br />

Knowledge, Ecole des Sciences de la Gestion, Université du<br />

Québec à Montréal, Canada. June.<br />

Lutgen-Sandvik, Pamela (2003) Take This Job and : Quitting and<br />

Other Forms <strong>of</strong> Resistance to Workplace Bullying<br />

Retrieved December 24, 2010 from<br />

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Workplace_bullying Myths and<br />

misperceptions about workplace bullying Overcoming<br />

stereotypes and false perceptions <strong>of</strong> adult bullying and<br />

377<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Role <strong>of</strong> Popularity in Being Bullied at the Work Place<br />

Research<br />

workplace bullying Retrieved December 24, 2010 from http://<br />

www.bullyonline.org/workbully/myths.htm<br />

Namie, Gary and Ruth Workplace Bullying <strong>Institute</strong> Definition<br />

Retrieved December 24, 2010 from<br />

h t t p: / / e n . wi k i pedia . or g/wi ki / Wor kp l a ce_ bul l yi n g<br />

Query. T & Hanley M.G, (2010) Recognizing and Managing Risks<br />

Associated with Workplace Bullying, CPCU e Journal Retrieved<br />

December18/1/20 from http://business.nmsu.edu/~tquery/<br />

r e s e a r c h / C P C U _ e J o u r n a l _ B u l l yi n g _ P a p e r . p d f<br />

Ronald Lindah (2006). The Role <strong>of</strong> Organizational Climate and<br />

Culture in the School Improvement Process: A Review <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Knowledge Base Retrieved January 12, 2011<br />

h t t p : / / c n x . o r g / c o n t e n t / m 1 3 4 6 5 / l a t e s t /<br />

Tracy, Lutgen-Sandvik, and Alberts (2006). Nightmares, Demons<br />

and Slaves, Exploring the Painful Metaphors <strong>of</strong> Workplace<br />

Bullying, Retrieved December 24, 2010 from<br />

h t t p: / / e n . wi k i pedia . or g/wi ki / Wor kp l a ce_ bul l yi n g<br />

Yamada, D. (2007) Imagining the Good Workplace: It Starts with<br />

Individual Dignity Retrieved December 24, 2010 from http://<br />

w w w . h u i l m i a t i o n s t u d i e s . o r g / d o c u m e n t s /<br />

Y a m a d a I m a g i n i n g t h e G o o d W o r k p l a c e . p d f<br />

Yamada, David C. (2008). Work Place Bullying and Ethical<br />

Leadership. The Journal <strong>of</strong> JVBL Values Based Leadership.1,<br />

2, Retrieved December 24, 2010 from http://<br />

www.valuesbasedleadershipjournal.com/issues/vol1issue2/<br />

yamada.php<br />

Yamada, David C. Workplace bullying and ethical leadership.<br />

Retrieved December 24, 2010 from http://www.scribd.com/doc/<br />

31645104/Summary-<strong>of</strong>-Workplace-Bullying<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

378


Research<br />

Personality Job-Fit<br />

PERSONALITY JOB-FIT<br />

Khalida Rauf<br />

Department <strong>of</strong> Psychology<br />

Federal Urdu University, Karachi<br />

Abstract<br />

The present study was conducted to investigate the<br />

relationship between traits <strong>of</strong> ascendancy and job satisfaction<br />

in three groups belonging to different pr<strong>of</strong>essions. The trait<br />

<strong>of</strong> ascendancy <strong>of</strong> 75 personnel was measured with the help <strong>of</strong><br />

Gordon personal Pr<strong>of</strong>ile (Gordon,1963) and the job satisfaction<br />

level <strong>of</strong> the same was measured with the help <strong>of</strong> the Ganguli<br />

scale <strong>of</strong> job satisfaction (Ganguli, 1954). The personnel<br />

included 25 faculty members,25 insurance agents and 25<br />

medical representatives. In order to assess the relationship<br />

<strong>of</strong> both the variables product moment correlation was<br />

calculated. In order to assess the level <strong>of</strong> difference in the<br />

level <strong>of</strong> ascendancy and job satisfaction <strong>of</strong> these three<br />

groups, one way analysis <strong>of</strong> variance was calculated for each<br />

variable. Results indicated that there was very weak inverse<br />

correlation between the two variables, r=-.006. F value for the<br />

variable <strong>of</strong> ascendancy is .196 p>.05 and the F value for the<br />

variable <strong>of</strong> job satisfaction is .077 p>.05.<br />

JEL Classification: J28, M50, 044<br />

*An earlier version <strong>of</strong> this refereed paper was presented at the first<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Psychology Seminar held by the Department <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong><br />

Psychology IoBM in November, 2010<br />

379<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Personality Job-Fit<br />

Research<br />

Introduction and Literature Review<br />

Personality is reflection <strong>of</strong> behavior, whatever human<br />

beings do in a persistent fashion that is known as personality.<br />

Though behavior differs from situation to situation i.e., behavior<br />

at the workplace may differ from behavior at home, yet people do<br />

not differ in their dominating style. This means that people who<br />

tend to relate well with their families prefer to be in jobs which<br />

require them to have interaction with others, people who are less<br />

talkative prefer to be in jobs which require individual concentration<br />

on work. Different traits have been identified as conducive to<br />

success in different pr<strong>of</strong>essions.<br />

Researchers generally describe personality in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

trait. A trait is a learned tendency <strong>of</strong> an individual to react as he<br />

has more or less successfully done in the past in similar situations,<br />

when similarly motivated. Motivation prompts all behavior in order<br />

to satisfy various needs (Shartle, 1953).<br />

Researchers over different timeframes (Jenkins and<br />

Maslach 1994;Ver<strong>of</strong>f and Feld 1971) have concluded that people<br />

with high power need reported more satisfaction in power related<br />

jobs.<br />

Landy(1978) discovered that people with high power<br />

needs are likely to be found in managerial jobs and leadership<br />

positions, that require them to exert influence over others.<br />

Similar results have been reported by McClelland (1961).<br />

According to him graduate students who showed a high need for<br />

achievement, after ten years <strong>of</strong> graduation, were more likely to be<br />

found in entrepreneurial occupations than those who had shown<br />

a low need for achievement.<br />

Similarly, later researchers like Condly and Viswesvaran<br />

(2000) and Watson et al. (2002) concluded that people with the<br />

trait <strong>of</strong> conscientiousness, extraversion or emotional stability are<br />

happier at work. However, Maslach et al (2001) reported that<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

380


Research<br />

Personality Job-Fit<br />

turnover was common among those who report more stress and<br />

burnout on their jobs.<br />

Personality has been shown to influence career choices,<br />

job satisfaction, stress, leadership and some aspects <strong>of</strong> job<br />

performance. Individual differences seem to affect job<br />

satisfaction. When the specific job factors are related to one’s<br />

makeup job satisfaction is possible. This conjecture is supported<br />

by the results <strong>of</strong> Hoppock (1963). The sample <strong>of</strong> this research<br />

was 500 teachers, those who reported more satisfaction were<br />

those who reported more emotional adjustment, more religiosity,<br />

and better human relations, felt more successful, selected their<br />

vocations and were on average 7.5 years older. One interesting<br />

finding in this research was that the difference in average salaries<br />

between the two groups was not statistically significant as<br />

determinant <strong>of</strong> job satisfaction.<br />

Personality can be considered a determinant <strong>of</strong> job<br />

satisfaction. When selection procedures are based on<br />

personality in addition to ability, people may find job content<br />

more interesting. When people are dissatisfied with their working<br />

conditions, they are likely to move to a new job but with similar<br />

content which matches their needs (www.aabri.com).<br />

Hulin (1991) argued that personality affects job<br />

satisfaction but through the mediation <strong>of</strong> working conditions.<br />

Job satisfaction is basically a reaction to working conditions.<br />

Working conditions could be improved to increase job<br />

satisfaction without manipulating the personality variables (Cook<br />

et al., 1995).<br />

The results <strong>of</strong> metaanalysis <strong>of</strong> stabilities in job<br />

satisfaction done by Dormann and Zapf (2001) concluded that<br />

personality factors play an important role leading to job<br />

satisfaction.<br />

Judge et al. (2002) maintained that job satisfaction is<br />

largely determined by personality traits. On the basis <strong>of</strong><br />

disposition, people view their job characteristics differently, a<br />

381<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Personality Job-Fit<br />

Research<br />

positively disposed person views his job as enriching and<br />

interesting and is more satisfied with his jobs, whereas, negatively<br />

disposed individuals generally focus on the negative aspects <strong>of</strong><br />

the job and are less satisfied. This is supported by Weiss and<br />

Cropanzano, 1996).<br />

Most <strong>of</strong> the recent researchers focus on matching<br />

individuals to organizations. For example, people high on<br />

openness to experience fit best in organizations with high<br />

emphasis on innovation, agreeable people work better in<br />

supportive environment (LePine et al, 2001). This congruence<br />

between personality and organization results in increased levels<br />

<strong>of</strong> well being and decreased levels <strong>of</strong> stress and turnover (Lovelace<br />

and Rosen, 1996).<br />

The trait <strong>of</strong> self monitoring among sales people have<br />

been studied by Vilela & Vilela and Gonzalez (2010), in addition to<br />

high self monitors, they reported that sales people have enhanced<br />

interpersonal skills and communication skills. Moreover, Blakely,<br />

Andrews and Fuller(2003) also reported positive relationship<br />

between self monitoring and interpersonal skills.<br />

Maslach et al (2001) found that people have a problem<br />

focused approach if they report more well being at the workplace.<br />

Similar results have been obtained by Houtman et al. (1999);<br />

Hallberg et al. (2007) and Shimizutani et al. (2008). They obtained<br />

the above mentioned results testing the statement that one’s<br />

personal approach to work plays a decisive role in developing<br />

work stress.<br />

Methodology:<br />

Based on the literature review the present study aims to<br />

identify the relationship between ascendancy trait and job<br />

satisfaction.<br />

The hypotheses tested are<br />

1. There will be a positive correlation between the trait <strong>of</strong><br />

ascendancy and job satisfaction.<br />

2. There will be no difference in the level <strong>of</strong> job satisfaction<br />

<strong>of</strong> the three groups.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

382


Research<br />

Personality Job-Fit<br />

3. There will be no difference in the level <strong>of</strong> ascendancy<br />

<strong>of</strong> the three groups.<br />

The sample comprised <strong>of</strong> 25 faculty members <strong>of</strong> private<br />

universities,25 medical representatives and 25 insurance agents.<br />

Their ages ranged from 25 to 50 years, the sample comprised <strong>of</strong><br />

married and unmarried people living in joint and nuclear family<br />

systems. Their educational level range from graduation to PhD.<br />

The Ascendancy scale <strong>of</strong> Gordon Personal Pr<strong>of</strong>ile (1963)<br />

was administered to gauge scores on Ascendancy whereas; job<br />

satisfaction was measured through Ganguli scale <strong>of</strong> job<br />

satisfaction (1954).Demographic information was collected<br />

through the standard Demographic Information Form.<br />

In order to assess the relationship between ascendancy<br />

and job satisfaction Pearson Product Moment Correlation was<br />

calculated. In order to find the difference among the three groups<br />

in terms <strong>of</strong> their ascendancy level and job satisfaction level one<br />

way analysis <strong>of</strong> variance was calculated for each variable.<br />

Ascendancy was defined as follows:<br />

Those individuals who are verbally ascendant, who<br />

adopt an active role in the group who are self assured and<br />

assertive in their relationships with others, and who tend to<br />

make independent decisions, score high on this scale. Those<br />

who playa low role in the group who listen rather than talk, who<br />

lack self confidence, who let others take the lead and who tend<br />

to be overly dependent on others for advice, normally make low<br />

scores(Gordon 1963).<br />

Job Satisfaction was defined as follows:<br />

Job satisfaction is the collection <strong>of</strong> feelings and beliefs<br />

that people have about their current jobs (Ganguli, 1954).<br />

383<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Personality Job-Fit<br />

Research<br />

Results and Analyses<br />

Table No 1 shows correlation <strong>of</strong> Ascendancy and Job<br />

Satisfaction<br />

Variables<br />

Job Satisfaction<br />

& Ascendancy<br />

r -0.006<br />

Sig 0.958<br />

N 72<br />

Job Satisfaction & Ascendancy have weak<br />

negative correlation, r=-.006, significant at .958<br />

level, N= number <strong>of</strong> cases are 72.<br />

Graph No 1 shows correlation <strong>of</strong> ascendancy and job<br />

satisfaction<br />

1 3 0<br />

SCORES ON JOB SATISFACTION<br />

1 2 0<br />

1 1 0<br />

1 0 0<br />

9 0<br />

8 0<br />

7 0<br />

6 0<br />

0<br />

1 0<br />

2 0<br />

3 0<br />

4 0<br />

SCO RE S O N AS CENDANC Y<br />

Figure 3 showing dispersion <strong>of</strong> cases as very weak<br />

correlation between ascendency and job satisfaction.<br />

In order to see, whether personality traits and job<br />

satisfaction correlate with each other, Pearson Product Moment<br />

Correlation was calculated and results revealed that there is<br />

very weak inverse correlation -.006 between the two variables<br />

p>.05, showing that these two variables are inversely but also<br />

weakly related to each other (Table No.13 & Graph No. 1).<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

384


Research<br />

Personality Job-Fit<br />

Table no 2 shows differences <strong>of</strong> the three groups on job satisfaction<br />

Source <strong>of</strong> Variance<br />

Sum <strong>of</strong><br />

squares<br />

Degree<br />

<strong>of</strong><br />

freedom<br />

Mean<br />

Square<br />

Between groups 28.311 2 14.156 .077 .926<br />

Within groups 12629.63 69 183.038<br />

Total 12657.94 71<br />

F=.077, df between group =2, df within group=69, significant at=.926 level<br />

F<br />

Sig<br />

Graph No 2 shows differences <strong>of</strong> the three groups on job<br />

satisfaction<br />

1 2 0<br />

1 1 0<br />

JOB SATISFACTION<br />

1 0 0<br />

9 0<br />

8 0<br />

7 0<br />

2 0<br />

6 0<br />

1 5<br />

5 0<br />

N =<br />

2 3<br />

2 4<br />

2 5<br />

fa c ul ty<br />

lif e i n su r a n ce<br />

m ed ica l r e p r e se n t a ti<br />

G R O U PS<br />

Figure 4 showing mean scores <strong>of</strong> faculty members,<br />

life insurance agents and medical representatives<br />

on the variable <strong>of</strong> job satisfaction.<br />

In order to have a clearer picture <strong>of</strong> the results, one way<br />

analysis <strong>of</strong> variance was calculated to test the difference among<br />

these three groups in their level <strong>of</strong> job satisfaction. Again the<br />

results show no significant difference among these three groups<br />

as F value is .077, p >.05 (Table No.2 & Graph No. 2). However,<br />

the spread <strong>of</strong> scores on job satisfaction are different for all the<br />

groups. There is wide dispersion in the scores <strong>of</strong> medical<br />

representatives followed by insurance agents and faculty<br />

members. However, work <strong>of</strong> Furnham et al (2002) concluded<br />

that personality does not have a consistent influence on what<br />

385<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Personality Job-Fit<br />

Research<br />

individuals perceive as important in the workplace, nor does it<br />

influence their levels <strong>of</strong> job satisfaction.<br />

Table No 3 shows differences <strong>of</strong> the three groups on Ascendancy<br />

Source <strong>of</strong> Sum <strong>of</strong> Degree <strong>of</strong> Mean F Sig<br />

variance Square freedom Square<br />

Between<br />

7.503 2 3.75 0.196 0.822<br />

groups<br />

Within groups 1320.497 69 19.13<br />

Total 1328 71<br />

F=.196, df between group =2, df within group=69, significant at=.822 level.<br />

Graph No 3 shows differences <strong>of</strong> the three groups on<br />

Ascendancy<br />

40<br />

SCORE ONASCENDANCY<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

7<br />

27<br />

0<br />

N =<br />

23<br />

24<br />

25<br />

Teachers<br />

iInsurance agents<br />

medical Rep<br />

GROUPS<br />

Figure 4 showing mean scores <strong>of</strong> faculty members, life insurance<br />

agents and medical representatives on the variable <strong>of</strong> job<br />

satisfaction<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

386


Research<br />

Personality Job-Fit<br />

In order to find the difference in the level <strong>of</strong> ascendancy<br />

<strong>of</strong> the three groups, one way analysis <strong>of</strong> variance was calculated<br />

on the scores <strong>of</strong> ascendancy, again the results showed no<br />

significant difference among the means <strong>of</strong> these groups, F<br />

.196,p>.05. However, there are two outliers in the graph O 7 in<br />

faculty members falling outside the range <strong>of</strong> scores <strong>of</strong> all the<br />

members and O27 within the insurance agents groups, whose<br />

score is falling much lower than the range <strong>of</strong> scores <strong>of</strong> all the<br />

members.<br />

The reason for the uniformity <strong>of</strong> job satisfaction level<br />

seems to lie in the fact that although these pr<strong>of</strong>essions require<br />

their persons to be ascendant the competence <strong>of</strong> job<br />

performance is equally important. The facilitation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

workplace and the management may also play an important<br />

role in person’s job satisfaction level.<br />

Table No. 4 showing Regression Analysis: Dependent<br />

Variable Job Satisfaction<br />

Model R R.Square Adjusted R<br />

Square<br />

Std error <strong>of</strong><br />

estimate<br />

1 0.189 0.036 -0.022 13.496<br />

a Predictors: (Constant), ASCENDANCY, SOCIABILITY,<br />

RESPONSIBILITY, EMOTIONAL STABILITY<br />

Unstandardized<br />

coefficient<br />

Standardized<br />

coefficient<br />

t<br />

Sig<br />

Model B Std Error Beta<br />

1 (Constant) 95.98 13.06 7.35 0<br />

Sociability 8.97E-02 0.067 0.163 1.348 0.182<br />

Responsib<br />

ility<br />

Emotional<br />

Stability<br />

Ascendan<br />

cy<br />

-0.248 0.38 -0.079 -0.652 0.517<br />

7.78E-02 0.326 0.003 0.024<br />

0.981<br />

8.06E-04 0.376 0 0.002 0.998<br />

387<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Personality Job-Fit<br />

Research<br />

In order to further ascertain the determinants <strong>of</strong> job<br />

satisfaction, some other traits <strong>of</strong> personality were rated by the<br />

same respondents namely, responsibility, emotional stability<br />

and sociability, the other three traits were measured by Gordon<br />

Personal Pr<strong>of</strong>ile. In order to find out which <strong>of</strong> these variables is<br />

a determinant <strong>of</strong> job satisfaction, Regression analysis was<br />

undertaken. Results reveal that none <strong>of</strong> the factors are<br />

significant determinants <strong>of</strong> job satisfaction.<br />

Results <strong>of</strong> exploratory factors reveal that mean scores<br />

on responsibility were highest followed by emotional stability<br />

and sociability.(Table No. 4 ).<br />

People may report job satisfaction because they perform<br />

their job with responsibility, as has been reported by Kujawski<br />

(1963). While measuring predictive validity, he administered<br />

Gordon Personal Pr<strong>of</strong>ile to 97 personnel in the sales department<br />

over the period <strong>of</strong> one year, and they were rated by their dealer<br />

salesmen. Scores reveal high correlation for responsibility and<br />

emotional stability i.e,.43** and.33** respectively.<br />

Though a group <strong>of</strong> researchers support personality and<br />

satisfaction relationship at work, another body <strong>of</strong> researches<br />

dispute this. Filan, et al (1986) related job satisfaction to<br />

psychological variables such as perception, responsibility and<br />

locus <strong>of</strong> control, whereas, Harnish and Creamer (1985, 1986)<br />

disregarded these variables. However, Eric digest (1988) reported<br />

that job satisfaction is related to both individual and work<br />

conditions. Different scales use different approaches to<br />

satisfaction.<br />

With regard to the present research, it is suggested that<br />

if the obtained results are supplemented with some kind <strong>of</strong><br />

performance rating, the conclusions would be different. The<br />

exploration <strong>of</strong> working conditions or hygienic factors should<br />

be looked into as a correlate <strong>of</strong> job satisfaction.<br />

** highly significant correlation<br />

Moreover, high scores on emotional stability also enable<br />

people to stick to their jobs despite difficulties their higher<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

388


Research<br />

Personality Job-Fit<br />

emotional stability allows them to face problems at the<br />

workplace effectively.<br />

In addition to having attitudes about their jobs as a whole,<br />

people can have attitudes about various aspects <strong>of</strong> their jobs<br />

such as their performance, however, the direction <strong>of</strong> influence<br />

between the personaliy and job satisfaction could be reversed:<br />

job performance may lead to job satisfaction.<br />

Furthermore, other than these personal factors certain<br />

environmental factors like the unstable economy and extreme<br />

competitiveness in the market require workers to be more<br />

responsible.<br />

Conclusion:<br />

The study was conducted to assess the relationship<br />

between job satisfaction and personality traits. It was<br />

hypothesized that individuals scoring high on ascendancy<br />

would score high on job satisfaction as they belong to jobs<br />

which require them to be ascendant, like faculty members,<br />

insurance agents and medical representatives. Results revealed<br />

insignificant very weak and inverse correlation between the<br />

variables <strong>of</strong> ascendancy and job satisfaction (p>.05). Analysis<br />

<strong>of</strong> variance among all three groups for the variables <strong>of</strong><br />

ascendancy and job satisfaction also appear insignificant<br />

(p>.05). In order to make the results conclusive, other variables,<br />

like working conditions or perception <strong>of</strong> work are to be<br />

incorporated into the future research.<br />

Limitations:<br />

1.The limitations <strong>of</strong> present research are that the study was<br />

conducted on a limited sample, since medical representatives<br />

and insurance agents are in the field; it was not possible to<br />

access them easily.<br />

2. The study included only personality variables as a correlate<br />

<strong>of</strong> job satisfaction. If some other variables like working<br />

conditions, intrinsic factors and some positive psychological<br />

attributes had been studied, the resultant picture would have<br />

been clearer.<br />

389<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Personality Job-Fit<br />

Research<br />

References:<br />

Blakely, G. L., Andrews, M. C., & Fuller, J. (2003). Are chameleons<br />

good citizens? A longitudinal study <strong>of</strong> the relationship between<br />

self-monitoring and organizational citizenship behavior.<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> and Psychology, 18 , 131–144.<br />

Cook, J. R. and Brown, B. L. (1995 ... presented in Division 14<br />

(SIOP) at the One-Hundred and Twelfth Annual Convention<br />

... Paper presented at the Eightieth Annual Convention<br />

www3.interscience.wiley.com/resolve/doi?DOI=10.1111/j.1365-<br />

2834.2010.01066. . www.jostor.org<br />

Connolly J.J. & Viswesvaran C. (2000) The role <strong>of</strong> affectivity in<br />

job satisfaction: a meta-analysis. Personality and Individual<br />

Difference. 265–281. www3.interscience.wiley.com/<br />

resolve/doi?DOI=10.1111/j.1365-2834.2010.01066.<br />

Dorman,C. & Zapf,D.(2001). Job- Satisfaction , A Meta-analysis<br />

<strong>of</strong> Stabilities. Journal <strong>of</strong> Organiztional Behavior, vol 22,<br />

No5.pp483-504. John Wiley & Sons. www.jostor.org<br />

Filan, Gary L.; Okun, Morris A.; and Witter, Robert A. “Influence<br />

<strong>of</strong> Ascribed and Achieved Social Statuses, Values, and Rewards<br />

on Job Satisfaction among Community College Faculty.”<br />

Community/Junior College Quarterly <strong>of</strong> Research and<br />

Practice: v10 n2 p113-122 www.ericdigests.org/pre-929/<br />

job.htm May 2010<br />

Furnham, A, Petrides, KV, Jackson, CJ and Cotter, T (2002) Do<br />

personality factors predict job satisfaction? Personality and<br />

Individual Differences,33,8:1325-1342.www.espace.library.uq.edu.au/<br />

view/UQ:63035 May 2010<br />

Ganguli H. C., 1954. Job Satisfaction Scales for Effective<br />

<strong>Management</strong> Manual for Managers and Social Scientists. New<br />

Delhi. Ashok Kumar Mittal Concept Publishing Company.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

390


Research<br />

Personality Job-Fit<br />

Gordon,L.V. (1963) Gordon Personal Pr<strong>of</strong>ile. US Army<br />

Personnel Research <strong>of</strong>fice 1963.<br />

Hallberg U.E., Johansson G. & Schaufeli W.B. (2007) Type A<br />

Behavior and Work situations: Associations with Burnout<br />

and Work Engagement. Scandinavian Journal <strong>of</strong> Psychology<br />

48,135–142.<br />

Harnish, D; Creamer, D.G.(1985-86). “Faculty Stagnation and<br />

Diminished Job Involvement.” Community College Review;<br />

vol,13. No.3, p.33-39, Winter 1985-86. www.ericdigests.org/<br />

pre-929/job.htm May 2010-08-09<br />

Hoppock,R.(1963). Occupational Information (2 nd ed) London<br />

, Central Book. www.aabri.com/ manuscript10470pdf.<br />

Houtman I., Kornitzer M., De Smet P. et al. (1999) The job<br />

stress, absenteeism and coronary heart disease European<br />

cooperative study (the JACE-study)-design <strong>of</strong> a multicenter<br />

prospective<br />

study. European Journal <strong>of</strong> Public Health 9, 52–57.<br />

Hulin,C.L (1991) Adaptation, Persistence, and Commitment in<br />

organizations. In Handbook <strong>of</strong> Industrial and Orgaizational<br />

Psychology,vol2, Dunnette MD.Hough Lm (eds) Consulting<br />

Psychologists Press: Palo Alto, C;445-<br />

505.www3.interscience.wiley.com/resolve/doi?DOI=10.1111/<br />

j.1365-2834.2010.01066. . www.jstor.org May 2010<br />

Jenkins,s.r.& Maslach,C.(1994) Psychological Health and<br />

Involvement in Interpersonally Demanding Occupations: A<br />

Longitudinal Perspective, Journal <strong>of</strong> Organizational<br />

Behaviour.<br />

Judge T.A., Heller D. & Mount M.K. (2002) Five-factor model <strong>of</strong><br />

personality and job satisfaction: a meta-analysis. Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong>AppliedPsychology87,530–541. www3.interscience.wiley.com/<br />

391<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Personality Job-Fit<br />

Research<br />

resolve/doi?DOI=10.1111/j.1365-2834.2010.01066. www.jostor.org<br />

May 2010<br />

Kujawsaki (1963). In Gordon,L.V.(1963) Gordon Personal<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>ile. US Army Personnel Research Office 1963.<br />

Landy,E.J.(1978) Opponent Process Theory <strong>of</strong> Job Satisfaction,<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied Psychology.1978,63.533-547.<br />

LePine,J.A,; Colquitt,J.A.& Eraz,A.(2000).Adaptability to<br />

changing Task Contents: Effects <strong>of</strong> General cognitive ability,<br />

conscientiousness, openness to experience. Personnel<br />

Psychology, 33 pp.563-595. In Robins.S.P., Judge.T,A.,&<br />

Sanghi,.S.(2009).Organizational Behavior 13 th ed. Prentice Hall.<br />

Pearson Education Inc. India.<br />

Lovelace,K.,& Rosen,B.(1996). Differences in achieving person<br />

–organization fit among diverse groups <strong>of</strong> managers. Journal<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>Management</strong> ,22,703-722. In Vilela González and Ferrín<br />

Salespersons’ Self-Monitoring: Direct, Indirect, and<br />

Moderating Effects on Salespersons’ Organizational<br />

Citizenship Behavior. Psychology & Marketing, Vol. 27(1): 71–<br />

89 (January 2010)Published online in Wiley InterScience<br />

(www.interscience.wiley.com) © 2009 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.<br />

DOI: 10.1002/mar.20320, May 2010<br />

Maslach C., Schaufeli W.B. & Leiter M.P. (2001) Job Burnout.<br />

Annual Review <strong>of</strong> Psychology 52, 397–422.<br />

www3.interscience.wiley.com/resolve/doi?DOI=10.1111/j.1365-<br />

2834.2010.01066. May 2010<br />

McClelland and DC.(1961). The Achieving Society. NewYork,<br />

Van Norstrand.<br />

Shartle,C.L,(1952) Occupational Information, NewYork,<br />

Prentice Hall.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

392


Research<br />

Personality Job-Fit<br />

Shimizutani M., Odagiri Y., Ohya Y. et al. (2008) Relationship<br />

<strong>of</strong> nurse burnout with personality characteristics and coping<br />

behaviours. Industrial Health 46, 326–335.<br />

Ver<strong>of</strong>f,J.& Feld,S.C.(1970). Marriage and Work.<br />

America.NewYork:Van Norstrand, Reinhold.<br />

Watson D., Suls J. & Haig J. (2002) Global self-esteem in<br />

relation to structural models <strong>of</strong> personality and affectivity.<br />

Journal <strong>of</strong> Personality and Social Psychology 83, 185–197.<br />

www3.interscience.wiley.com/resolve/doi?DOI=10.1111/<br />

j.13652834.2010.01066. May 2010<br />

Weiss H.M. & Cropanzano R. (1996) Effective Events Theory:<br />

atheoretical discussion on the structure, causes and<br />

consequences <strong>of</strong> affective experiences at work. In Research<br />

in Organisational Behaviour (B. Staw & L. Cummings eds),<br />

pp. 1–74, JAI Press, Greenwich, CT. . www.jstor.org May 2010<br />

393<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

Market Report<br />

<strong>BUSINESS</strong> INTELLIGENCE:<br />

A NEW DIMENSION TO<br />

<strong>BUSINESS</strong><br />

Abstract<br />

Azimuddin Khan<br />

Karunesh Saxena<br />

Faculty <strong>of</strong> <strong>Management</strong> Studies<br />

M L Sukhadia University, Udaipur (India).<br />

Due to numerous factors such as global competition,<br />

technological breakthroughs, changing regulatory requirements,<br />

customer expectation, structural changes, environmental<br />

concerns and also the impact <strong>of</strong> economic recession, business<br />

organizations are compelled to reshape and restructure their<br />

business processes.<br />

Due to the fiercely competitive environment and also high stakes<br />

<strong>of</strong> making wrong decision, it has become inevitable to design<br />

and implement <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence solutions which proved to<br />

be immensely beneficial in decision making.<br />

An attempt has been made in this paper to develop the conceptual<br />

framework pertaining to <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence and also to discuss<br />

its application, decision making as well as to analyze its<br />

significance in creating business value.<br />

Keywords: <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence, Data Warehouse, ETL,<br />

Dashboard, Reporting and Querying.<br />

JEL Classification: A19, D78, D79, O29<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

394


Market Report<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

1. Introduction<br />

Today, organizations have lots <strong>of</strong> data and available<br />

systems but they are not effective at turning all that data into<br />

useful strategic information. Over the past two decades,<br />

companies have gathered tons and tons <strong>of</strong> data about their<br />

operation. Information is said to double every 18 months. Most<br />

organizations are faced with information crises because the<br />

available data is not readily usable for strategic decision making.<br />

These large quantities <strong>of</strong> data are very useful and good for<br />

running the business operations, but hardly acquiescent for use<br />

in making decisions about business strategies and objectives.<br />

This happens due to spread <strong>of</strong> data across many types <strong>of</strong><br />

incompatible structures and systems. Sales and marketing data<br />

is lying with newly developed systems whereas financial and<br />

accounting data be kept with old legacy systems, while material<br />

and inventory data is collected through client server application.<br />

Another problem which exists with data is that available<br />

operational data cannot be readily used to spot trends.<br />

Operational data is event driven. The data in organizations resides<br />

in various disparate systems, multiple platforms, and diverse<br />

structures. For proper decision making on overall corporate<br />

strategies and objectives, the organization has to integrate<br />

information from all the systems. Managers should be in a<br />

position to review the sales by product, sales person, district,<br />

region, and customer group.<br />

2. Concept <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence (BI)<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence is the process <strong>of</strong> getting<br />

information about the business from available data sources. These<br />

systems are essential for organizations to keep track <strong>of</strong> their<br />

affairs. Data becomes information when you can use it to answer<br />

business questions, so you can understand business better.<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence allows you to answer the questions, so<br />

that executives and managers at all levels can respond quickly<br />

to changes in the business.<br />

395<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

Market Report<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence can provide answers to the<br />

following questions:<br />

• What happened?<br />

o What are my five top selling products?<br />

• What is happening?<br />

o How do my sales this year compare to last<br />

year?<br />

• Why did it happen?<br />

o Why are sales down in this region?<br />

• What will happen?<br />

o What can we predict the sales <strong>of</strong> the next<br />

quarter to be?<br />

• What do I want to happen?<br />

o How will our margins improve if we run this<br />

promotion?<br />

<strong>Business</strong> intelligence starts with day to day information<br />

that organizations need to run the business and assist to take<br />

correct decisions based on facts at the right time and at the right<br />

place through out the life <strong>of</strong> the business by doing business<br />

analytics.<br />

According to Devenport and Harris (2007), <strong>Business</strong><br />

Intelligence (BI) is required to encompass analytics as well as the<br />

processes and technologies used for collecting, managing, and<br />

reporting decision-oriented data and information. The <strong>Business</strong><br />

Intelligence architecture (a subset <strong>of</strong> overall IT architecture) is an<br />

umbrella term for an enterprise-wide set <strong>of</strong> systems, applications,<br />

and governance processes that enable sophisticated analytics,<br />

by allowing data, content, and analysis to flow to those who<br />

need them, when they need them. Top management, unit heads,<br />

functional heads, knowledge workers, and business analysts all<br />

need such information in various forms at various times to take<br />

decisions.<br />

Mike Steadman (2003) defined <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence as<br />

the act <strong>of</strong> capturing raw data, then transforming and combining<br />

that data into information that can be proactively used to improve<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

396


Market Report<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

business. The goal <strong>of</strong> BI is to empower decision makers, allowing<br />

them to make better and faster decisions.<br />

As per Wikipedia, <strong>Business</strong> Analytics (BA) to the set<br />

<strong>of</strong> skills, technologies, applications and practices for continuous<br />

iterative exploration and investigation <strong>of</strong> past business<br />

performance to gain insight into and drive business planning.<br />

Analytics are a subset <strong>of</strong> business intelligence, a set <strong>of</strong><br />

technologies and processes that use data to understand and<br />

analyze business performance. Analytics is a critical component<br />

<strong>of</strong> business intelligence, one that delivers the ability to derive<br />

more value from data and answer the more challenging questions.<br />

Analytics enables us to make smart business decisions<br />

which provide a competitive advantage to leading organizations<br />

across the industry. Analytics such as statistical analysis,<br />

forecasting, predictive modeling and optimization, provides<br />

actionable intelligence and insight to support the changing need<br />

<strong>of</strong> the organization. It provide confidence to the business with<br />

maximum efficiency and effectiveness, supporting continuous<br />

learning and improvement for developing a sustainable<br />

competitive edge.<br />

Strategic BI is to align multiple business processes with<br />

key business objectives through integrated performance<br />

management and analysis. The emphasis is on achieving long<br />

term, strategic goals like increasing revenues, cost controls,<br />

increasing market share and pr<strong>of</strong>itability with the improvement<br />

<strong>of</strong> customer satisfaction. Top level management uses <strong>Business</strong><br />

Intelligence to asses the company’s key performance indicators<br />

(KPI) in terms <strong>of</strong> targets. It also provides in depth analytics to<br />

take corrective action if it is not achieved. This type <strong>of</strong> analysis<br />

is based on time series data. Strategic business intelligence, is<br />

also called performance management (PM) with other prefixes<br />

like corporate performance management (CPM), enterprise<br />

performance management (EPM) or business performance<br />

management (BPM).<br />

397<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

Market Report<br />

Tactical BI is to optimize business processes by<br />

identifying trends, anomalies, and behaviors for initiating<br />

appropriate management action at the right time. Tactical use <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence addresses short term goals such as<br />

marketing campaigns, introduction <strong>of</strong> new products, pricing,<br />

buying <strong>of</strong> raw material, production scheduling and management<br />

<strong>of</strong> funds. The analysis is based on weekly or monthly data. It is<br />

used to predict business trends, provide periodic comparative<br />

study <strong>of</strong> sales and expenses, need for inventory to meet expected<br />

demands, advertisement schedules etc.<br />

Operational BI is a means for helping businesses to make<br />

more informed decisions and take more effective action in their<br />

daily business operations. Operational <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence<br />

provides analytics based on real time, low latency and historical<br />

data to the operation managers. It can be used in reducing fraud,<br />

decreasing loan processing times, optimizing pricing, monitoring<br />

current campaign, checking order status etc. It helps employees<br />

to make knowledgeable decisions before their daily problems<br />

become corporate disasters. Colin White (2009) noted that<br />

“Competitive pressures … are forcing companies to react faster<br />

to changing business conditions and customer requirements. As<br />

a result, there is now a need to use <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence to help<br />

drive and optimize business operations on a daily basis and, in<br />

some cases, even for intra-day decision making. This type <strong>of</strong> BI is<br />

usually called operational business intelligence. The objective <strong>of</strong><br />

operational BI is to make more timely business decisions.<br />

3. Applications <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence<br />

Companies like Netflix, Google, CEMEX, Proctor and<br />

Gamble, Amazon.com, Wal-Mart, Fed ex, Capital One have shown<br />

their presence as the best and fast growing companies. There to<br />

take decisions are based on analytics by extensive use <strong>of</strong> data,<br />

statistical and quantitative analysis, predictive modeling,<br />

forecasting, optimization and simulation techniques. In India,<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence Implementation is at its initial stage but a<br />

lead has been taken by banking, financial services and insurance<br />

(BFSI) sector companies. ICICI, IDBI, Standard Chartered Bank<br />

(SCB) and Max New York Life are the companies which have<br />

taken the lead in implementing <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence. Industries<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

398


Market Report<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

such as airlines, telecom, retail, hospitality, and healthcare are<br />

also realizing the need <strong>of</strong> business intelligence. Borojardi,<br />

Ayatullah Tabatabai, Ayatullah Hakim, Imam Shariat Madar –<br />

none <strong>of</strong> whom was a sectarian and all <strong>of</strong> whom stood unflinchingly<br />

for Shia-Sunni unity and for Islam’s universal dominance. The<br />

Shia segment <strong>of</strong> the contemporary Islamic revolutionary<br />

movement has developed this line <strong>of</strong> thought and gone from<br />

strength to strength – specially in Iran, Labnan and Iraq 4 – in the<br />

twentieth century.<br />

Table1: Examples <strong>of</strong> BI Applications<br />

Retails<br />

- Sales patterns<br />

- Integrated customer view<br />

- Campaign management<br />

- Customer valuation<br />

- Analytical CRM<br />

- Space planning<br />

- Mark down optimization<br />

Telecom<br />

- Call behavior analysis<br />

- Fraud detection<br />

- Service usage analysis<br />

- Number portability<br />

- Promotion effectiveness<br />

- Unbilled sales analysis<br />

- Price plan optimization<br />

Financial<br />

- Credit Risk<br />

- Monetary risk<br />

- Asset management<br />

- Liability management<br />

- Fraud detection<br />

- Compensation analysis<br />

- Regulatory compliance<br />

- Aging analysis<br />

Airline<br />

- Revenue management and accounting<br />

- Customer relationship management<br />

- Crew operations<br />

- Security and fraud<br />

- Flight operations<br />

- Peak performance analysis<br />

Manufacturing<br />

- Order life cycle<br />

- Inventory analysis<br />

- Quality assurance<br />

- Supplier compliance<br />

- Distribution analysis<br />

- Defect analysis<br />

- Preventive maintenance analysis<br />

- Schedule analysis<br />

Healthcare & Pharmaceutical<br />

- Patient flow analysis<br />

- Health plan analysis<br />

- Equipment utilization<br />

- Pharmaceutical analysis<br />

- Testing and clinical trial analysis<br />

- Sales force analysis<br />

- Back order and lost sales analysis<br />

Government<br />

- Policy formulation<br />

- Logistics<br />

- Disaster management<br />

- Citizen relationship management<br />

- Education management<br />

- National security<br />

- Crime analysis<br />

- Health & welfare analysis<br />

- Fraud detection<br />

All industries<br />

- Pr<strong>of</strong>itability<br />

- Performance analysis<br />

- Value chain analysis<br />

- Pr<strong>of</strong>iling<br />

- Operation management<br />

- Attrition analysis<br />

- Customer service analysis<br />

- Customer complaint analysis<br />

399<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

Market Report<br />

4. <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence Solutions<br />

With the consolidation <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence use over<br />

the last few years, <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence market will be driven by<br />

some big companies. There are seven major players in the<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence solution provider industry, namely SAP<br />

(<strong>Business</strong> Objects), IBM (Cognos), Oracle (Hyperion), Micros<strong>of</strong>t,<br />

Information Builders (IBI), MicroStrategy, and SAS.<br />

MicroStrategy, SAS and IBI are independent and mainly focused<br />

on BI only. 75% <strong>of</strong> the market share has been acquired by five<br />

major vendors only.<br />

In the current climate with economic downturn, proactive<br />

business people will focus on improving business processes to<br />

gain efficiencies with the same or lower budget, improving<br />

customer service to reach new and existing customers, complying<br />

with regulation; and addressing risk associated with business.<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence solution can be implemented based on its<br />

architecture. Following Conceptual framework <strong>of</strong> BI, helps in<br />

implementing the successful BI.<br />

o Existing IT Setup for data collection<br />

o Data transformation tools<br />

o Data warehousing and Data Mart<br />

o Tools for Analytics<br />

Figure 1: Framework <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence (Source: Khan & Saxena, 2010)<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

400


Market Report<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

We must begin by defining and designing data<br />

management strategy to ensure that the organization has the<br />

right information and uses it properly. The challenge is to collect<br />

clean data, from various sources so that BI solutions deliver the<br />

correct actionable information to management at different levels.<br />

The organization should concentrate on quality <strong>of</strong> data, and<br />

investment must be made to ensure high levels <strong>of</strong> data quality.<br />

The duplicate data should be unified as it comes from various<br />

sources. The data coming from the transaction system is atomic<br />

level data and should be recorded in detailed form.<br />

The integration <strong>of</strong> data is important as it is generated<br />

by various operational systems with different naming<br />

conventions, attributes, codes, business rules and measurement.<br />

Inconsistencies have to be removed by standardized various<br />

data elements. The data should be distributable among various<br />

users at various levels located at different locations.<br />

Most companies don’t have a precise view about their<br />

customers, products, suppliers, inventory or even employees.<br />

Whenever organizations add new enterprise applications to<br />

“manage” data, they unwittingly contribute to an overall<br />

confusion about an organization’s overall view <strong>of</strong> the enterprise.<br />

As a result, the concept <strong>of</strong> master data management (MDM),<br />

creating a single, unified view <strong>of</strong> an organization is growing in<br />

importance now a days.<br />

Data transformation is one <strong>of</strong> the most important stages,<br />

where the data coming from various sources gets into the data<br />

warehouse after going through the various stages <strong>of</strong> data<br />

cleansing. It is necessary to first clean and validate data using<br />

business rules through data cleansing tools. Transformation<br />

procedure defines business logics which maps data from its<br />

source to destination. ETL (Extract, Transfer and Load) tools are<br />

very mature and helpful for reducing the development time,<br />

managing the flow <strong>of</strong> data from source to destination and<br />

uploading data to the tables <strong>of</strong> data warehouse. ETL tools can<br />

assist in ensuring that data is cleansed and conforms to<br />

standards before entering into the data warehouse. The ETL<br />

processes consist <strong>of</strong> the following steps:<br />

401<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

Market Report<br />

Initiation - Building reference data – Extract from sources<br />

– Validate – Transform – Load into stages tables – Audit reports<br />

– Publish – Achieve - Cleanup<br />

Effective data ETL processes represent the number one<br />

success factor for data warehouse projects and consume 70% <strong>of</strong><br />

the total time spent on the project. Data extraction also takes time<br />

depending on the complexity <strong>of</strong> source systems. The data<br />

extraction strategy can be defined by considering sources<br />

identification, extraction method (manual or tool based), extraction<br />

frequency (daily, weekly, quarterly etc.), time window for extraction<br />

process, and job sequencing and exception handling for input<br />

records that cannot be extracted.<br />

Inmon (1995) defined a data warehouse as a centralized<br />

repository (collection <strong>of</strong> resources that can be accessed to retrieve<br />

information) <strong>of</strong> an organization’s electronically stored data,<br />

designed to facilitate reporting and analysis. Inmon (1995) is one<br />

<strong>of</strong> the leading proponents <strong>of</strong> the top-down approach to data<br />

warehouse design, in which the data warehouse is designed using<br />

a normalized enterprise data model. A data warehouse is a subjectoriented,<br />

integrated, time-variant and non-volatile collection <strong>of</strong><br />

data in support <strong>of</strong> management’s decision making process. The<br />

top-down design methodology generates highly consistent<br />

dimensional views <strong>of</strong> data across data marts since all data marts<br />

are loaded from the centralized repository and also proven to be<br />

robust against business changes. Generating new dimensional<br />

data marts against the data stored in the data warehouse is a<br />

relatively simple task. The main disadvantage to the top-down<br />

methodology is that it represents a very large project with a very<br />

broad scope.<br />

Kimball (2002) has given the bottom-up approach where<br />

data marts are first created to provide reporting and analytical<br />

capabilities for specific business processes. Data marts contain,<br />

primarily, dimensions and facts. Facts can contain either atomic<br />

data and, if necessary, summarized data. The single data mart<br />

<strong>of</strong>ten models a specific business area such as sales or production.<br />

These data marts can eventually be integrated to create a<br />

comprehensive data warehouse.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

402


Market Report<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

Data Mart: To improve the query performance, a<br />

partitioned sector <strong>of</strong> the overall data warehouse is known as<br />

Data Mart. The emphasis <strong>of</strong> a data mart is on meeting the specific<br />

demands <strong>of</strong> a particular group <strong>of</strong> knowledge users in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

analysis, content, presentation, and ease-<strong>of</strong>-use. Data marts are<br />

designed to support business function like sales, marketing,<br />

finance, inventory, HR, production etc. In general, a data<br />

warehouse tends to be a strategic but somewhat unfinished<br />

concept; a data mart tends to be tactical and aimed at meeting an<br />

immediate need.<br />

Meta Data: Meta Data is the data about data. It is<br />

basically a data dictionary which acts as the glue that connects<br />

all the part <strong>of</strong> the data warehouse. Metadata can be stored and<br />

managed in a database, <strong>of</strong>ten called a registry or repository. It<br />

provides information about the contents and structures <strong>of</strong> data,<br />

such as means <strong>of</strong> creation, purpose <strong>of</strong> the data, time and date <strong>of</strong><br />

creation, creator or author <strong>of</strong> data, placement on a network<br />

(electronic form) where the data was created, what standards<br />

used etc.<br />

Organizations are increasingly using <strong>of</strong> business<br />

intelligence to identify cost saving opportunities and to improve<br />

quality <strong>of</strong> products and services as a way to beating the<br />

competition. There are many categories <strong>of</strong> tools available in the<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence market from simple query and reporting to<br />

complex performance management and advanced visualization<br />

systems. <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence vendors are now also<br />

consolidating tools in every category to provide complete<br />

business intelligence solutions to companies.<br />

However, some organizations still prefer to have a ‘best<br />

<strong>of</strong> bread’ strategy in which they select <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence<br />

tools in each category from different vendors.<br />

i. Query & Reporting:<br />

It is the process <strong>of</strong> putting a query to database, then<br />

formatting it to create a report. There are two types <strong>of</strong> reporting,<br />

403<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

Market Report<br />

one is “Production Reporting” and the other is “<strong>Business</strong> Query<br />

and Reporting”.<br />

ii. Online Analytical Processing:<br />

The objective <strong>of</strong> Online Analytical Processing (OLAP)<br />

is to promote information based insight and understanding by<br />

providing decision makers with information they need quickly,<br />

and in the form they want it. An OLAP allows manager to tailor<br />

their information and knowledge requirements by discriminating<br />

according to user defined criteria by making comparisons,<br />

analyzing trends based on past and current data. Online Analytical<br />

Processing is a category <strong>of</strong> s<strong>of</strong>tware tools that provides analysis<br />

<strong>of</strong> data stored in a database. The OLAP cube consists <strong>of</strong> numeric<br />

facts called measures which are categorized by dimensions.<br />

Measures are derived from the records in the fact table and<br />

dimensions are derived from the dimension tables.<br />

According to industry visualization expert Stephen Few<br />

(2006), a dashboard is a visual display <strong>of</strong> the most<br />

important information needed to achieve one or more<br />

objectives; consolidated and arranged on single screen<br />

so the information can be monitored at a glance. These<br />

tools can display multiple objects by connecting from<br />

multiple data sources. These tools provide the user<br />

specific dashboard at all the three hierarchical levels <strong>of</strong><br />

the organization by combining ease <strong>of</strong> use with<br />

meaningful information.<br />

Scorecards are a management system that enables<br />

organization to set, track, and achieve key business<br />

strategies and objectives. It has four business<br />

perspectives Customer (e.g. Customer satisfaction),<br />

Financial (Operating income and cash flow), Internal<br />

business process (Productivity) and Learning & Growth<br />

(No <strong>of</strong> training Hours). It focuses on metrics and<br />

compares it with targets. It also generates alerts when<br />

potential problems arise, analyzes the root cause <strong>of</strong><br />

problems by exploring relevant information in detail and<br />

allows the user to take corrective action. The scorecard<br />

allows a user to answer the question: “How does my<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

404


Market Report<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

goal support the corporate strategy?” Scorecards<br />

enable an organization to improve processes and reduce<br />

cost by aligning strategy, plans, targets, and forecasts<br />

by creating a consolidated, strategic view <strong>of</strong> existing<br />

data.<br />

Performance <strong>Management</strong> is involved with monitoring<br />

and managing an organization’s performance, according<br />

to key performance indicators such as revenue, return<br />

on investment, overhead, and operational costs. These<br />

applications include budgeting, planning and financial<br />

consolidation. Performance <strong>Management</strong> may be related<br />

to workforce planning, supply chain optimization,<br />

capacity planning etc. other than finance. Craig Schiff<br />

(2007) stated that performance management is really<br />

about the business process that enables a business to<br />

set strategic goals and measure how successfully it is<br />

performing in terms <strong>of</strong> its objectives. The technology<br />

that supports these processes include BPM packaged<br />

applications such as budgeting, planning, and<br />

consolidation, as well as BI tools such as ETL, Query<br />

and Report, and OLAP cubes.<br />

Predictive Analytics and Data Mining provide highly<br />

specialized functionality for statisticians and skilled<br />

senior analyst to find the pattern in data and generate<br />

statistical models and rules. These tools are based on<br />

neural network, decision tree, artificial intelligence,<br />

Bayesian network theory, and statistics.<br />

Predictive analytics is an area <strong>of</strong> statistical analysis<br />

that deals with extracting information from data and<br />

using it to predict future trends and behavior patterns.<br />

The core <strong>of</strong> predictive analytics relies in capturing<br />

relationships between explanatory variables and<br />

predicted variables from past occurrences, and<br />

exploiting it to predict future outcomes. The accuracy<br />

and usability <strong>of</strong> results will depend greatly on the level<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> and Data Understanding <strong>of</strong> the user.<br />

405<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

Market Report<br />

Data mining is the technology for the extraction <strong>of</strong> hidden<br />

predictive information from large databases, with great<br />

potential to help companies focus on the most important<br />

information in their data warehouses. Data mining is more<br />

popular in strong consumer focused organizations such<br />

as retail, financial, communication, and marketing firms.<br />

It enables these organizations to determine relationships<br />

among “internal” factors such as price, product<br />

positioning, or staff skills, and “external” factors such<br />

as economic indicators, competition, and customer<br />

demographics and enables them to determine the impact<br />

on sales, customer satisfaction, and corporate pr<strong>of</strong>its.<br />

Advanced visualization and discovery tools <strong>of</strong>ten use<br />

an in memory architecture to provide highly interactive<br />

dashboards. Advanced visualization and discovery, are<br />

interactive ways <strong>of</strong> working with the data. With<br />

advanced visualization, the visualization and query<br />

process is one and the same. It’s much more exploratory.<br />

The “in memory technologies” basically load data from<br />

sources into the memory <strong>of</strong> the computer they are<br />

running on, rather than landing or reading data to the<br />

disk as is done in other business intelligence tools. It<br />

provides nearly instantaneous response times to user<br />

queries. These tools provide the business user to see<br />

the data in graphical form including representation <strong>of</strong><br />

data in heat maps, histograms, waterfall charts,<br />

decomposition trees, geographic maps, spark lines, and<br />

bullet graph etc.<br />

5. <strong>Business</strong> Value <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence<br />

In the 1990s, most business reports were developed by<br />

IT departments, even though the implementation <strong>of</strong> ERP, SCM<br />

and CRM was started by the organization at get the benefits <strong>of</strong><br />

transactional efficiency, process improvements and integration,<br />

process automation, better control over day to day operation,<br />

and information availability across the organization on reduced<br />

cost and time. These systems had generated huge volumes <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

406


Market Report<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

data which were stored in the newly developed concept <strong>of</strong> data<br />

warehousing. With the attainment <strong>of</strong> maturity Data Warehousing,<br />

organizations were able to collects good quality transactional<br />

data, which in turn, initiated the concept <strong>of</strong> business intelligence<br />

tools where business reports were developed by business users<br />

in place <strong>of</strong> IT.<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence can empower people to make their<br />

decisions effective and correct. It can deliver many tangible and<br />

intangible benefits to the organization. These include.<br />

- Alignment <strong>of</strong> an organization around a set <strong>of</strong> Key<br />

Performance Indicators (KPIs) & Metrics and generate<br />

graphical presentation<br />

- Better strategies and plans<br />

- Respond faster to new opportunities and changing<br />

demands<br />

- Timely and accurate data helps to identify and quickly<br />

address inefficiencies<br />

- Improve productivity by reducing the decision making<br />

cycle time<br />

- Reduce costs by minimizing the time required to collect<br />

data<br />

- Optimize customer relationships and increase customer<br />

loyalty<br />

- Allows organizations to monitor competitor<br />

information, giving extra edge needed to stay ahead<br />

- Supports interactive exploration across multiple<br />

dimensions <strong>of</strong> business<br />

- Helps to identify the issues that fall outside norms and<br />

signals potential problem<br />

- Supports what-if analysis to model the operational and<br />

financial impact <strong>of</strong> multiple scenarios on revenue, cost<br />

and cash flow<br />

- Provides the predictive analysis based on the current<br />

and past data<br />

407<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

Market Report<br />

A structured approach should be used to capture the<br />

business value <strong>of</strong> BI investments by implementing business<br />

intelligence best practices, involvement <strong>of</strong> top level executive<br />

and IT department, support <strong>of</strong> finance, engagement <strong>of</strong> end users,<br />

strategic alignment and business process engineering, change<br />

management and encouraging the data through out the<br />

organization<br />

More and more organizations are now implementing<br />

business intelligence in their IT setup. With the increase in demand<br />

<strong>of</strong> BI, a lot <strong>of</strong> research is being done to provide ease <strong>of</strong> use with<br />

reduction <strong>of</strong> cost for its deployment. New initiatives such as<br />

Master Data <strong>Management</strong>, Customer Data Integration, <strong>Business</strong><br />

Process <strong>Management</strong> and Service Oriented Architecture, S<strong>of</strong>tware<br />

as a Service, and Decision Services will enhance BI usage business<br />

intelligence market;<br />

S<strong>of</strong>tware as a Service (SaaS) BI is gaining momentum in<br />

small and mid size organization which reduces the cost, complexity,<br />

and economies on IT resources and time requirement to implement.<br />

Instead <strong>of</strong> purchasing and implementing BI solutions,<br />

organizations are taking services from vendors through secure<br />

internet connection.<br />

With the implementation <strong>of</strong> business intelligence<br />

solution, organization can generate actionable information by<br />

utilizing various analytics. Dashboard and Scorecard are the best<br />

tools to visualize the organizations performance. <strong>Business</strong><br />

intelligence usage increases the business value in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

efficiency, cost reduction, margins, pr<strong>of</strong>its and customer<br />

satisfaction.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

408


Market Report<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence: A New Dimension to <strong>Business</strong><br />

References:<br />

Devenport Thomas H. and Harris Jeanne G, 2007, Competing on<br />

Analytics: The New Science <strong>of</strong> Winning, Harvard <strong>Business</strong><br />

School Press, 2007, p. 155.<br />

Mike Steadman, 2003, Practical <strong>Business</strong> Intelligence for<br />

Associations & Non Pr<strong>of</strong>it Organizations, p. 1-6.<br />

Colin White, 2009, The Evolution <strong>of</strong> Real-Time <strong>Business</strong><br />

Intelligence, Gravic Inc, p. 12.<br />

Gartner, 2010, RAS Core Research Note G00173700 by Joseph<br />

Feiman and Neil MacDonald.<br />

Khan Azimuddin and Saxena Karunesh, 2010, <strong>Business</strong><br />

Intelligence: How to make Organisations Agile,<br />

Indian <strong>Management</strong> Journal, 49(10).<br />

Inmon, W.H., 1995, What is a Data Warehouse?, Prism Solutions,<br />

Volume 1.<br />

Kimball, Ralph and Ross, Margy, 2002, The Data Warehouse<br />

Toolkit, John Wiley and Sons Inc., Second Edition, p. 16.<br />

Few, Stephen, 2006, Information Dashboard Design: The Effective<br />

Visual Communication <strong>of</strong> Data, O’Reilly Media, p. 2-8.<br />

Schiff, Craig, 2007, Fact vs. Fiction in Performance <strong>Management</strong>,<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Intelligence Network, http://www.b-eye-network.com/<br />

view/4452, May 16.<br />

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Predictive_analytics accessed on<br />

August 10, 2010.<br />

<strong>Business</strong> Objects, 2008, Query as Web Service, A SAP Company,<br />

2008, p. 2.<br />

409<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Workshop on Environment and Energy: An Overview<br />

Conference Report<br />

WORKSHOP ON<br />

ENVIRONMENT AND<br />

ENERGY:<br />

AN OVERVIEW<br />

Shahid Amjad<br />

Department <strong>of</strong> Environmental <strong>Management</strong><br />

College <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> <strong>Management</strong>, Karachi<br />

An environment and energy workshop was held at<br />

<strong>Management</strong> Excellence Center (MEC) <strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong><br />

<strong>Management</strong>, Karachi on February 12, 2011. It highlighted the<br />

significance <strong>of</strong> environment and the energy sector management<br />

issues in Pakistan. The workshop discussed some <strong>of</strong> the essential<br />

tools needed by junior level executives, middle level managers<br />

and supervisors, to assist them in capacity building and updating<br />

their knowledge on conservation <strong>of</strong> energy as well as preservation<br />

<strong>of</strong> the environment in which they operate. More businesses are<br />

moving towards eco-friendly products and image development.<br />

This is imperative as the future investments in Pakistan will mainly<br />

be in the fields <strong>of</strong> energy, environment conservation and<br />

renewable energy sectors. The competitiveness <strong>of</strong> organizations<br />

and manufacturing units, that are leaders in conserving energy<br />

and operating in an environmentally friendly system, will improve<br />

in the global dynamics <strong>of</strong> the 21st century market place. The<br />

workshop was intended for graduates with a clear affinity for<br />

management and/or technology, as well as for decision-makers in<br />

companies, government and non-governmental organizations<br />

who wish to engage in environment and energy management. A<br />

number <strong>of</strong> presentations were made by environmental scientists<br />

and energy experts.<br />

Mr. Talib Karim, Rector IoBM, highlighted the role <strong>of</strong><br />

IoBM in contributing its share to environmental management.<br />

The <strong>Institute</strong> has succeeded in the disposing <strong>of</strong>f <strong>of</strong> industrial<br />

waste water from the nearby industrial area that passes near the<br />

IoBM campus and drains into the Korangi nala. Plantation <strong>of</strong><br />

trees have been initiated in this area to make the IoBM<br />

microenvironment more pleasing.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

410


Conference Report<br />

Workshop on Environment and Energy: An Overview<br />

Dr. Akhlaq Ahmad presented a brief history <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Stockholm Conference 1972, establishment <strong>of</strong> UNEP, Tiblisi<br />

Conference 1977 and UNESCO 1980. The efforts <strong>of</strong> these<br />

organizations in the field <strong>of</strong> environment were highlighted and<br />

their role was discussed. Environmental codes, standards,<br />

legislation, training and monitoring in the field <strong>of</strong> environment<br />

were described. The role <strong>of</strong> Ministry <strong>of</strong> Housing and Works<br />

(Environment and Urban Affairs) and EPA (Federal and Provincial)<br />

were also presented.<br />

Dr. Shahid Amjad presented a paper on environment<br />

sector related job opportunities Pakistan spans a remarkable<br />

number <strong>of</strong> the world’s broad ecological regions, including more<br />

than five biomes in its land area <strong>of</strong> over 880,000 km 2 , these biomes<br />

are; the desert biome, temperate grassland biome, tropical forest<br />

biome, mountain biome, Coastal and Marine, Wetlands etc.<br />

Pakistan fauna (as per IUCN Red Book) includes 668<br />

birds species (25 threatened), 198 freshwater fish species (29<br />

endemic, 1 threatened), over a 1000 species <strong>of</strong> marine fish. 177<br />

reptiles (13 endemic, 6 threatened), and 174 mammals (6 endemic,<br />

20 threatened). About 5,700 species <strong>of</strong> flowering plants have also<br />

been identified.<br />

Environmental Issues faced by Pakistan include<br />

• Degradation <strong>of</strong> soil and issues related to solid waste<br />

disposal.<br />

• Pollution <strong>of</strong> freshwater, lakes and aquifers<br />

• Degraded coastal and marine life.<br />

• Air pollution and noise.<br />

• Overall negative Impact on the biosphere<br />

Both big industrial estates and small cottage industries<br />

generate hazardous and toxic chemicals. The fertilizer plants, textile<br />

industry, glass industry, steel plants etc are major sources <strong>of</strong><br />

pollution. They emit SO 2,<br />

NO 2<br />

, smoke, volatile organic compounds,<br />

chlorine gas, ammonia, CO, CO 2<br />

, phenol, cyanide and particulate<br />

matter, into the atmosphere. Human health is adversely affected<br />

by different-sized airborne particulate matter. Larger particles PM 10<br />

411<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Workshop on Environment and Energy: An Overview<br />

Conference Report<br />

are trapped in the nose and throat, whereas smaller particles<br />

(PM 2.5<br />

) penetrate the lungs and are associated with a range <strong>of</strong><br />

respiratory symptoms. In order to create an economy based on<br />

sustainable development, interactions <strong>of</strong> humans and ecosystems<br />

must be regulated.<br />

Job opportunities identified were:<br />

• After successful completion <strong>of</strong> environment and<br />

energy management program IoBM graduates will<br />

be able to develop, implement, monitor and evaluate<br />

environmental and energy management programs,<br />

policies and projects.<br />

• Successful graduates will be employed by,<br />

multinationals in the private sector. They may<br />

become consultants for large, small and medium<br />

sized enterprises, or work for governmental or non<br />

governmental organizations.<br />

• In the public sector, national public authorities, ,<br />

larger municipalities’ sewage and water boards may<br />

employ them.<br />

Mr. Moin Uddin Ali Khan spoke on Environmental<br />

Impact Assessment (EIA). EIA is most effective and constructive<br />

for new projects when potential environmental impacts are<br />

assessed at the pre-feasibility and feasibility stages. The object<br />

<strong>of</strong> EIA is to provide for environmental matters to be taken into<br />

account in the making <strong>of</strong> decisions, by all interested parties.<br />

The EIA process involves screening scoping, baseline<br />

analysis , impact prediction, impact mitigation measures,<br />

documentation , public hearing, review and decision-making ,<br />

and post project monitoring (PPM).<br />

In Pakistan EIA is an upcoming field and there is dearth<br />

<strong>of</strong> environment impact assessors. Also there is a great demand<br />

in this field in the Middle East.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011<br />

412


Conference Report<br />

Workshop on Environment and Energy: An Overview<br />

Syed Nadeem Arif: Director. Environment <strong>Management</strong><br />

Consultants spoke on the Karachi Transportation Improvement<br />

Project. He highlighted current issues related to traffic congestion<br />

in Karachi. Mr. Arif is working on a JICA assisted program in<br />

association with Karachi Mass Transit Cell, CDGK, to identify,<br />

alleviate and facilitate movement <strong>of</strong> public through mass transport<br />

schemes. Novel ideas were presented to reduce the traffic<br />

congestion on the streets thereby creating space on roads by<br />

attracting greater number <strong>of</strong> commuters on to mass transit modes<br />

<strong>of</strong> transport. The Karachi Transportation improvement Project<br />

(KTIP) is an engineering solution envisaged to implement the<br />

Karachi Urban Transport Master Plan (KUTMP). In a preliminary<br />

social environment study significant issues were addressed that<br />

pertain to the demographic social, cultural and economic aspects<br />

<strong>of</strong> urban development. Currently more than 60% <strong>of</strong> air pollution<br />

is caused by the transport sector.<br />

Mr. Akthar Ali energy expert spoke on energy resources<br />

and the Pakistan Energy Development Plan. He highlighted issues<br />

related to Thar coal development, promotion <strong>of</strong> LNG, renewable,<br />

solar and winds energy, and use <strong>of</strong> nuclear fuels.<br />

Dr. Samiuz Zaman spoke on the management <strong>of</strong> solid<br />

waste disposal systems in Karachi. He highlighted the issues<br />

related to setting up <strong>of</strong> an incinerator in Karachi that he had<br />

designed in the 1990s. This incinerator continues to be used by<br />

the industrialists and others. He has his own lab facility that is<br />

able to test and measure key environmental parameters NEQS as<br />

stipulated by Environmental Agencies <strong>of</strong> Pakistan. The lab<br />

facilities are open for students <strong>of</strong> IoBM Environment and Energy<br />

Program for conducting experiments related to their courses.<br />

Dr. A. A. Baig former Director PCSIR concluded the<br />

workshop proceedings by highlighting the term social pollution.<br />

A non caring attitude <strong>of</strong> the people and the concerned<br />

environmental monitoring agencies has contributed to the growing<br />

menace <strong>of</strong> pollution in the city. Karachi has now become the most<br />

polluted metropolis in Asia according to a recent World Bank<br />

study.<br />

413<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


July 2011<br />

Volume 13 Number 2<br />

INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS<br />

(Research Section)<br />

1. Papers must be in English.<br />

2. Papers for publication should be sent in triplicate or by e-mail to:<br />

Managing Editor, Pakistan <strong>Business</strong> Review<br />

<strong>Institute</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Business</strong> <strong>Management</strong><br />

Korangi Creek, Karachi- 75190, Pakistan<br />

UAN: (9221) 111-002-004 Fax: (9221) 3509-0968, 3509-2658<br />

E-mails: sabina@iobm.edu.pk, mec@iobm.edu.pk<br />

Submission <strong>of</strong> a paper will be held to imply that it contains original unpublished work and is not<br />

being submitted for publication elsewhere. The Editors do not accept responsibility for damages or<br />

loss <strong>of</strong> papers submitted.<br />

3. PBR is a multi-disciplinary journal covering all subject areas <strong>of</strong> relevance to business in<br />

Pakistan. Research in the areas <strong>of</strong> Finance, Human Resources, <strong>Management</strong>, Informatics,<br />

Ethics, Marketing, Psychology, Economics and issues related to governance is specially<br />

encouraged.<br />

4. Manuscripts should be typewritten on one side <strong>of</strong> the page only, double spaced with wide<br />

margins. All pages should be numbered consecutively, titles and subtitles should be short.<br />

References, tables and legends for figures should be typed on separate pages. The legends and<br />

titles on tables and figures must be sufficiently descriptive such that they are understandable<br />

without reference to the text. The dimension <strong>of</strong> figure axes and the body <strong>of</strong> tables must be<br />

clearly labelled in English.<br />

5. The first page <strong>of</strong> the manuscript should contain the following information; (i) the title; (ii)<br />

the name(s) and institutional affiliation(s); (iii) an abstract <strong>of</strong> not more than 100 words. A<br />

footnote on the same sheet should give the name and present address <strong>of</strong> the author to whom<br />

reprints will be sent.<br />

6. Acknowledgements and information on grants received can be given before the references or<br />

in a first footnote, which should not be included in the consecutive numbering <strong>of</strong> footnotes.<br />

7. Important formulae (displayed) should be numbered consecutively throughout the manuscript<br />

as (1), (2), etc., on the right hand side <strong>of</strong> the page where the derivation <strong>of</strong> formula has been<br />

abbreviated, it is <strong>of</strong> great help to referees if the full derivation can be presented on a separate<br />

sheet (not to be published).<br />

8. Footnotes should be kept to a minimum and be numbered consecutively throughout the text<br />

with superscript arabic numerals.<br />

9. The references should include only the most relevant papers. In the text, references to<br />

publications should appear as follows: “Khan (1978) reported that….” Or “This problem has<br />

been a subject in literature before [e.g., Khan (1978) p. 102].” The author should make sure<br />

that there is a strict “one-to-one correspondence” between the names (years) in the text and<br />

those on the list. At the end <strong>of</strong> the manuscript (after any appendices) the complete references<br />

should be listed as:<br />

for monographs and books.<br />

Ahmad, Jaleel, 1978, Import substitution, trade and development, Amsterdam: North-Holland,<br />

For contributions to collective works<br />

Newbery, Daved M.G., 1975,. The use <strong>of</strong> rental contract in peasant agriculture, in: Reynods,<br />

ed., Agriculture in development theory, New Haven: Yale University Press p. 3-40.<br />

Continued next page<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011


Volume 13 Number 2 July 2011<br />

INSTRUCTIONS TO AUTHORS<br />

(Research Section)<br />

From previous page:<br />

For periodicals<br />

Baumol, W.J., 1982, Applied fairness theory and rational policy, American Economic<br />

Review, 72(4): 639561.<br />

Note that journal titles should not be abbreviated.<br />

10. Illustrations should be provided in triplicate (one original drawn in black ink on white<br />

paper and or with two photocopies). Care should be taken that lettering and symbols<br />

are <strong>of</strong> a comparable size. The drawings should not be inserted in the text and should<br />

be marked on the back with figure numbers, title <strong>of</strong> paper and name <strong>of</strong> author. All<br />

graphs and diagrams should be numbered consecutively in the text in arabic numerals.<br />

Graph paper should be ruled in blue and any grid lines to be shown should be inked<br />

black. Illustrations <strong>of</strong> insufficient quality which have to be redrawn by the publisher<br />

will be charged to the author.<br />

11. All unessential tables should be eliminated from the manuscript. Tables should be<br />

numbered consecutively in the text in arabic numerals and typed on separate sheets.<br />

Any manuscript which does not conform to the instructions may be returned for<br />

necessary revision before publication.<br />

<strong>PAKISTAN</strong> <strong>BUSINESS</strong> <strong>REVIEW</strong> JULY 2011

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!